NP/NP+ Advanced Diagnostics

Technical
Publications
2202119
Revision 13
CT HiSpeed Series
Advanced Diagnostics
Copyrighte 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 by General Electric Company
Advanced Service Documentation
Property of GE
For GE Service Personnel Only
No Rights Licensed – Do Not Use or Copy
Disclosure to Third Parties Prohibited
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 0
2202119
D THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.
WARNING
D IF A CUSTOMER’S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER
THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE
TRANSLATION SERVICES.
D DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE
MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
D FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE
PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK,
MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
D CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N’EST DISPONIBLE QU’EN ANGLAIS.
AVERTISSEMENT
D SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE
LANGUE QUE L’ANGLAIS, C’EST AU CLIENT QU’IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE
TRADUIRE.
D NE PAS TENTER D’INTERVENTION SUR LES ÉQUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE
MANUEL SERVICE N’A PAS ÉTÉ CONSULTÉ ET COMPRIS.
D LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAÎNER CHEZ LE
TECHNICIEN, L’OPÉRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES À DES
DANGERS ÉLECTRIQUES, MÉCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
WARNUNG
D DIESES KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN
ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.
D FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENÖTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FÜR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE ÜBERSETZUNG
ZU SORGEN.
D VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT, DAS GERÄT ZU REPARIEREN, BEVOR DIESES
KUNDENDIENST–HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN
WURDE.
D WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN
DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN
DURCH ELEKTRISCHE SCHLÄGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
D ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SÓLO EXISTE EN INGLÉS.
AVISO
D SI ALGÚN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLÉS, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCIÓN.
D NO SE DEBERÁ DAR SERVICIO TÉCNICO AL EQUIPO, SIN HABER
CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
D LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELÉCTRICAS, MECÁNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.
a
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 0
2202119
ATENÇÃO
D ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA SÓ SE ENCONTRA
DISPONÍVEL EM INGLÊS.
D SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIÇO DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA, QUE NÃO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, É DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIÇOS DE TRADUÇÃO.
D NÃO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E
COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTÊNCIA TÉCNICA.
D O NÃO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANÇA
DO TÉCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A‘ CHOQUES ELÉTRICOS,
MECÂNICOS OU OUTROS.
AVVERTENZA
D IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE È DISPONIBILE
SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
D SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS RICHIEDE IL
MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE È TENUTO A PROVVEDERE
DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
D SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL’APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO
AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL
CONTENUTO.
D NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL’ADDETTO ALLA
MANUTENZIONE,
ALL’UTILIZZATORE
ED
AL
PAZIENTE
PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI.
b
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 0
2202119
IMPORTANT! . . . X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein contained should
be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment before you attempt to place this
equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and
cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the useful beam, no
practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any practical design compel the operator to
take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to
radiation.
It is important that everyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the
recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements as published in NCRP Reports
available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the
International Commission on Radiation Protection, and take adequate steps to protect against injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, its agents,
and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective material and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT
All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be
performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed
by licensed electrical contractors. Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing shall
be performed by qualified GE Medical personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are
highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required.
In performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of GE’s electrical
work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers, personnel of third-party
service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
c
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 0
2202119
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent, have notation “damage in
shipment” written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted or “signed for” by a General
Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported to the
carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after receipt, and the contents and containers held
for inspection by the carrier. A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested
within this 14 day period.
Call Traffic and Transportation, Milwaukee, WI (414) 827–3449 / 8*285–3449 immediately after damage is found. At
this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express bill number, item
damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section “S” of the Policy & Procedure Bulletins.
OMISSIONS & ERRORS
GE personnel, please use the GEMS CQA Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in this documentation.
Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
CAUTION
Do not use the following devices near this equipment. Use of these devices near this equipment could cause
this equipment to malfunction.
Devices not to be used near this equipment:
Devices which intrinsically transmit radio waves such as; cellular phone, radio transceiver, mobile radio transmitter,
radio–controlled toy, etc.
Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment.
Medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients and other people who may be
around this equipment to fully comply with the above regulation.
d
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
Off–line Test
3–1 to 3–6
12
Error Message
4–1 to 4–53
13
i
9
1–1 to 1–19
10
2–1
5
i to ii
11
LED Description
1–1 to 1–11
11
Errors, Diagnostics &
Troubleshooting (NP, NP+, NP+
Twin)
2–1 to 2–39
11
Errors, Diagnostics &
Troubleshooting (NP++, NP++
Twin)
3–1 to 3–45
13
4–1 to 4–47
11
5
Errors, Diagnostics &
Troubleshooting (for p5.4 or later
JEDI Software)
6–1 to 6–11
9
6 (Functional Diagram)
i
5
7–1 to 7–2
11
Emergency
1–1
5
i
10
Safety Loop
2–1
5
LED Description
1–1 to 1–33
10
Gantry Rotation
3–1
5
Test Programs
2–1 to 2–18
11
Tilt FWD/BWD
4–1
5
Host Processor Troubleshooting
3–1 to 3–11
11
Cradle In/Out
5–1
5
NPR (Recon Engine)
Troubleshooting
4–1 to 4–23
10
IMS In/Out
6–1
5
i
13
Table Up/Down
7–1
5
LED Description
1–1 to 1–9
10
Auto Voice
8–1
5
Power–on Test
2–1 to 2–5
1
Blank/Rear cover
–
Tab – Section
Page
REV
–
Title page
13
Title page rear
blank
(Warning and other important information)
a to d
0
(Revision Information)
A to C
13
(System Notation (NP,
NP+, ...)
i
11
1 (System)
i to iii
13
Service Menu
1–1 to 1–92
13
Message Display
2–1 to 2–5
10
Unix Commands
3–1 to 3–11
13
Irix Guide
4–1 to 4–10
11
Software Structure
5–1 to 5–6
Troubleshooting
Ring Value Measurement
2 (Operator Console)
3 (Table/Gantry)
4 (DAS/Detector)
Channel – Ring Radius Table
LED Description
5 (X–ray Generator)
–
A
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
REVISION HISTORY
REV
Date
13
8/22/01
Primary Reason for Change
System
Operator Console
Updated the error message information for V/R 6 (Sec. 4).
DAS/Detector
–
Functional Diagram
4/18/01
–
Table/Gantry
X–ray Generator
12
Updated: Service Tool For V/R 6 (Sec. 1) and Unix Commands (Sec. 3).
System
Added explanations to 30–0324H error (Sec. 3).
–
Updated: For V/R 5.5 (sec 1)
Added: SnapState option, TubeTempMax, history log (sec3)
Table/Gantry
11
12/08/00
System
Added a new TGP board part No. (Sec. 3).
Colored: Sec. 1, 4.
Added the section ‘Ring Value Measurement’ (Sec. 7).
Operator Console
Colored: Sec. 2, 3.
Table/Gantry
Colored: Sec. 3.
X–ray Generator
Colored: Sec. 1.
Updated the descriptions–which section is applicable to which systems (Sec. 2, 3, 4).
10
8/31/00
System
Changed: The stationary scan parameter during aperture Z–axis zigzag motion (Sec. 1–tube procedure(change)).
Added (within Sec. 1): View log file note on GSA, Scan Analysis – Z–Axis Tracking, A note for
Raw Data Functions, Z–axis collimation diagnostics.
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2, 3, 4.
Operator Console
Added: New DASM information (DASM II–VDB (2191523–3), DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2)) (Sec.
1), Other error message information to IDE tests (Sec. 3), NPR (Recon Engine) Troubleshooting
(Sec. 4).
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2.
Table/Gantry
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 1, 3.
DAS/Detector
Added the cross reference tables for Twin systems (Sec. 1).
X–ray Generator
Adopted the new revision control for Sec. 2, 3, 4.
9
6/02/00
–
Added Twin system related information.
8
4/20/00
–
JEDI p5.4 software.
7
2/25/00
–
Tube spits log description; Host Processor Troubleshooting, System menu.
6
12/17/99
–
Corrected some Service Menu descriptions; Service Tool for V/R 4.1; Corrected some of the XG
diagnostic procedures.
B
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
REVISION HISTORY
REV
Date
Primary Reason for Change
5
10/19/99
–
Added Software Structure diagram/descriptions; Corrected pin numbers in Ring Radius Charts;
Corrected/Added LED descriptions; Added Power–on Test descriptions; Added NP++ XG diagnostics.
4
4/22/99
–
Added Unix command information to the System tab.
3
2/25/99
–
Service Menu – Automated DAS Linearity Test, Detector Channel Information, MTF Survey, TGP
off–line test, Jedi V4.0 software.
2
10/29/98
–
Service Menu – XG Test – Error log retrieve (Jedi).
1
7/23/98
–
MTF Survey, OC H/W diag test time, LED descriptions for TGP and OGP, TGP Power–on tests
and off–line tests, OGP power–on tests and error messages, XG Diagnostics, Functional Interconnection Diagrams.
0
4/09/98
–
Initial release.
C
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
D
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SYSTEM NOTATION (NP, NP+, ...)
Hardware Constitution of NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin
According to system models or customer options installed on the system, a number of system specifications or functions available may differ from system to system; such are:
D Selectable scan times, MA values, FOV dimensions
D ‘Remote Tilt’ function
D Number of arrays of DAS/detector units, i.e., single or twin DAS/detector subsystem
D ...
However, the ‘HiSpeed’ series scanners are principally grouped into four, for which the following notations are given
respectively:
‘NP’, ‘NP+’, ‘NP++’ and ‘Twin’
In this ‘Diagnostics’ manual, these notations NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin are used to describe differences among these
four groups and to make descriptions of this manual read simpler.
(However, ‘Twin’ is further grouped into two, that is, ‘NP+ Twin’ and ‘NP++ Twin’. In general outline,
NP+ Twin systems are NP/NP+ systems with a twin DAS/detector, and NP++ Twin systems are NP++ systems
with a twin DAS/detector. These notations also will be used when required.)
The following table describes the constitution of the major hardware of NP, NP+, NP++, and Twin.
Hardware Constitution
Subsystem/Component
OC
Gantry
Table
NP
NP+
–
Mechanics – Positioning Light
NP++
NP+ Twin
common
Halogen
Lamps
Laser
Mechanics – others
common
Electrics
Firmware only is different.
IMS
(Intermediate Support)
NP++ Twin
Standard or Option
Others
Standard
Standard or
Option
Standard
common
DAS
–
common
twin DAS
Detector
–
common
twin detector
X–ray Generator
–
common (Jedi)
NP++ Jedi
Jedi
NP++ Jedi
X–ray Tube
–
common (D3142T tube)
D3152T
tube
D3142T
tube
D3152T
tube
PDU
–
common
i
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
ii
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – SERVICE TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15
1-16
1-17
1-18
1-19
1-20
1-21
GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-1
Service Tool Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-2
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-3
Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-4
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-5
Security Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-6
Accessing the System Message Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUDIO CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-1
POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTO DAS LINEARITY TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTO POST RECON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAS DATA TRANSFER TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DASM DIAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DETECTOR CHANNEL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERATOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-10-1 View Log Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-10-2 Format Raw Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-10-3 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GETSTATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11-1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11-2 Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEAT SOAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H/W DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-13-1 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-13-1-1
Interactive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-13-1-2
Offline Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMAGE PROFILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MTF SURVEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFFLINE SCAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-16-1 T/G Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RAW DATA FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCAN ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-18-2 DD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHUTDOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
1–1
1–1
1–1
1–3
1–8
1–9
1–16
1–17
1–18
1–19
1–20
1–24
1–25
1–26
1–27
1–28
1–29
1–32
1–32
1–34
1–37
1–42
1–42
1–43
1–44
1–45
1–47
1–48
1–52
1–53
1–54
1–59
1–59
1–61
1–62
1–67
1–71
1–75
1–76
1–77
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
SECTION
PAGE
1-21-1 Application Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-21-2 System Shutdown (For the system V/R 5.5 or later) – Class C . . . . . . . . . .
SYSTEM BROWSER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, CHANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, MFG.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TUBE PROCEDURE (MFG.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UPDATE SYSTEM LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
USER PREFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VECTOR CONVERT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–77
1–77
1–78
1–83
1–84
1–85
1–89
1–90
1–91
1–92
SECTION 2 – MESSAGE DISPLAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
1-22
1-23
1-24
1-25
1-26
1-27
1-28
1-29
2-1
2-2
MESSAGE DESKTOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–3
SECTION 3 – UNIX COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3-1
UNIX COMMANDS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-1
Disk Usage Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-2
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-3
Software Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-4
How to Collect Log (SnapState) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-5
How to Display History Log (For V/R 4.13 or later) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-6
How to Use MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-7
How to Display Cooling Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-8
How to Rise the Tube Temperature to 100 % . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-9
How to Install SMPTE and QA Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-10 How to Change AutoVoice, X–ray Buzzer Sounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-11 How to Change Image Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-12 How to Change Image Annotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-13 How to Change Display Gamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-14 How to Restart Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-15 How to Delete All Recon Queues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-16 How to Change Exhibition Mode, Stand Alone Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-17 How to Perform Z–axis Collimation Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–1
3–1
3–1
3–2
3–5
3–6
3–6
3–7
3–7
3–8
3–8
3–8
3–9
3–9
3–9
3–10
3–11
SECTION 4 – IRIX GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IRIX OPERATING COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LOG FILES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SCRIPTS AND EXECUTABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VI EDITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
4–1
4–2
4–6
4–8
4–10
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 5 – SOFTWARE STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-2
5–1
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOFTWARE MODULE DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-1
UIF: User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-2
IOS: Imaging and Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-3
ScanReconMgr: Scan Recon Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-4
ScanCtrl: Scan Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-5
tgp_in, tgp_out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-6
AcqCtrl: Acquisition Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-7
RawMgr: Raw Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-8
RawLoad: Raw Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-9
RawStore/RawStoreSlave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-10 ReconCtrl: Recon Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-11 ReconJob: Recon Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-12 ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, RTScoutReceive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2-13 ToolCtrl: Tool Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5–1
5–2
5–2
5–2
5–2
5–3
5–3
5–4
5–4
5–4
5–5
5–5
5–5
5–6
5–6
SECTION 6 – TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6–1
6-1
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1-1
Theory of Wake–up Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1-2
Error Messages and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAS DATA PATH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2-1
Pre–requisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2-2
DAS TRIG Signal Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2-3
DAS Data Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2-4
Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6–1
6–1
6–2
6–3
6–3
6–4
6–7
6–9
SECTION 7 – RING VALUE MEASUREMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–1
6-2
iii
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
iv
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
SECTION 1 – SERVICE TOOL
1-1
GENERAL
Click on the ‘Service’ icon to display the Service Tool desktop.
1-1-1
Service Tool Structure
The Tools for V/R 5.5x or later ONLY:
Underlined : Class C tool
Depending on the system version, some tools cannot be used. (See
table 1–1, Service tool index, Version compatibility.)
Error Logs
Diagnostics
Image Quality
Calibration
OC SYSLOG (System Browser)
Viewlog
AW Logs (System Browser)
Storelog
System Browser (All features)
Tube Usage (System Browser)
Update System Log
Shell
Offline Scan
Generic System Analyzer
Scan Analysis
Auto Scan
Auto DAS Linearity Test
DAS Data Transfer Test
Generator Test (Shutdown)
H/W Diagnostics (Shutdown)
View H/W Diag
DASM Diag
Auto Post Recon Test
Detector Channel Information
Vector Convert
SnapState
FRU Report
Verify Security
Shell
Generic System Analyzer
Scan Analysis
Image Profile
MTF Survey
Install SMTPE Image
Verify Security
Shell
Automated Alignment
Service Calibration
CT Number Adjustment
Quick CT Number Adjustment
Gravity SAG
Heat Soak
Audio Controls
Verify Security
Shell
Configuration
User Preference
OC Hardware Info (System Browser)
Software Version
Verify Options
Verify Security
Shell
* : For the system witn
Version 6 or later ONLY
Replacement
Offline Scan
Generic System Analyzer
Tube Procedure (Mfg.)
Tube Procedure (Change)
*Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Mfg.)
*Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Change)
Generator Test (Shutdown)
Auto DAS Linearity Test
Automated Alignment
Service Calibration
CT Number Adjustment
Quick CT Number Adjustment
Verify Security
Shell
1–1
Toolboxes/Utilities
PM
Service Manual
Raw Data Function
Increment Exam#
Savestate
Selective Save
SnapState
Calculator
Calendar
getStats
Change Display IP
Shutdown
–Application Shutdown
– System shutdown
Verify Security
Shell
Offline Scan
Generic System Analyzer
Audio Controls
System Browser
getStats
Service Notepad
Verify Security
Shell
Home
See Section 1-1-4.
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-1
2202119
Service Tool Structure (Continued)
The Tools for V/R 5.0x or lower ONLY:
Underlined : Class C tool
Depending on the system version, some tools cannot be used. (See
table 1–1, Service tool index, Version compatibility.)
System Func. Check
Service Adjustment
Diagnostics & analysis
Utilities
Offline Scan
Auto Scan
Auto Image Verification
Auto DAS Linearity Test
Generator Test
Service Calibration
Automated Alignment
CT Number Adjustment
Quick CT Number Adj.
Audio Control
Heat Soak
Gravity sag
Tube Procedure (Mfg.)
Tube Procedure (change)
H/W Diagnostics
DAS Data Transfer Test
Auto Post Recon Test
Generic System Analyzer
Scan Analysis
Detector Channel Information
MTF Survey
Image Profile
Raw Data Functions
Install SMPTE image
Vector Convert
Increment Exam#
User Preference
SnapState
Viewlog
SaveState
Verify Security
Service Manual
Selective Save
DASM Diag
FRU Report
Update System Log
System Tools
Information
Calculator
Calendar
Unix Shell
System Browser
Application Shutdown
Software Version
1–2
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-1-2
2202119
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
The service tools provided are listed in Table 1–1, in alphabetical order.
Note
The Class C tools are filled in gray.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Note
The Class A tools, yet including the Class C sub menu, are filled in yellow stripe.
Table 1–1
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Tool
Description
System Software V/R
Section No.
(for details)
Application Shutdown
Terminates the application software to enter the desktop menu.
All
1-21
Audio Controls
X–ray On Sound Params, Alert Sound Params,
Autovoice Volume, CD Sound Volume
All
1-2
Auto Image Verification
N/A currently.
N/A
–
Auto Scan
You can perform continuous scans automatically with
several protocols, but this is the tool for engineering
evaluation, not for FE (field engineer).
All
–
Automated Alignment
Tube Rough ISO Alignment, Tube ISO Alignment, Radial Alignment, Bowtie Filter Alignment, Phantom Centering, Tube POR Alignment
All
1-3
Auto DAS Linearity Test
Tests the linearity of CAM board amplifiers.
All
1-4
Auto Post Recon Test
Tests that post recon operations are correctly performed on a specified raw data file.
All
1-5
AW Logs (System
Browser)
Shows log files of ISO LOGS in System Browser.
5.50 or later
1-22
Calculator
Provided functions:
All
–
All
–
5.50 or later
–
All
–
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
x, /, +, –, 1/x, x^2, SQR, sin, cos, tan, log, ln, y^x, x!, (,
), etc.
Calendar
Monthly display.
Change Display IP
Allows the remote (InSite) user to change the IP Address where GUI’s and icon’s will be displayed.
For no use in a Field Engineer.
CT Number Adjustment
KV values only can be selected (80 kV, 120 kV,
140kV). It takes approx. 30 minutes to complete it.
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment.
Note: If you do not click on Confirm in the scan confirm screen within 15 minutes, Time–out occurs.
1–3
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Table 1–1
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Tool
Description
System Software V/R
Section No.
(for details)
DAS Data Transfer Test
Tests that test pattern data is correctly sent to the operator console.
All
1-6
DASM Diag
Analyzes communication status between the HOST
computer and DASM or between the HOST computer
and camera.
5.00 or later
1-7
Detector Channel Information
Shows the relation among Channel No., ring radius,
CAM No., cable No., etc.
All
1-8
FRU Report
When entering this menu, the errors about TGP, OGP,
and DAS are displayed. Then when entering the error
code and clicking on Find, a list of suspicious parts to
be replaced is displayed.
5.00 or later
–
Generator Test
Retrieve JEDI Error Log, Saved RAM upload, Saved
RAM download, kV Diagnostics, Heater Diagnostic,
Rotor Diagnostic, (others)
All
1-9
Generic System Analyzer
View Log Files
All
1-10
Tube Usage Log
Tube Spits Log
Bad Raw Log
Format Raw Data
Fan Data
DAS Data
Analysis
View Raw Data
View Vector
Calculations
getStats
Allows you to know the Gantry revolution and tube
spits.
5.50 or later
1-11
Gravity sag
Allows you to perform a Gravity sag procedure easily.
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray
Alignment, Gravity sag.
4.00 or later
–
Heat Soak
Scan protocols (Scan Group# 1 ∼ 7) are programmed
for heat soak scans.
All
1-12
1–4
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Table 1–1
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Tool
H/W Diagnostics
Description
Diagnostics:
System Software V/R
Section No.
(for details)
All
1-13
4.00 or later
1-14
Diagnostics for operator console boards and devices
are provided. Read first Cautions written in Section
1-13, H/W Diagnostics, when performing safety test.
View Log:
Displays diagnostics related logs.
Image Profile
The graphical profile data on selected line of the image
can be displayed. Horizontal, vertical, and free direction of a line can be selected.
Increment Exam#
Increments the exam No.
All
–
Install SMPTE image
Installs the SMPTE image (and QA images for V/R 5.5
or later) to the OC.
All
–
All
1-15
For procedures to install and display the images, refer
to Functional Check/Adjustment, Introduction, Common Procedures, Basic Operation.
MTF Survey
Calculates the image spatial resolution performance
data of the system.
OC Hardware Info (System Browser)
Shows log files of OC Info in System Browser.
5.50 or later
1-22
OC SYSLOG (System
Browser)
Shows log files of SYSLOG OC in System Browser.
5.50 or later
1-22
Offline Scan
Technic – Scan Type
All
1-16
All
–
Axial, Helical, Cine, Scout, Stationary,
T/G Control
Quick CT Number Adj.
This menu performs the CT number adjustment with
fewer scans than ‘CT Number Adjustment’. It takes
approx. 5 minutes to complete it.
Note: If you do not click on Confirm in the scan confirm screen within 15 minutes, Time–out occurs.
Raw Data Function
For raw data save/load using an MOD.
All
1-17
Savestate
Saves/restores scan protocols, calibration files,
autovoice data, and other data to/from an MOD.
All
–
Scan Analysis
Analyzes the raw data so that the scan header or cal
vector can be displayed.
4.10 or later
1-18
Selective Save
Saves/restores selectively scan protocols, calibration
files, or autovoice data, to/from an MOD.
All
–
Service Calibration
Auto Sequence 1 ∼ 5, Q Cal, XT Cal, AV Cal, DG Cal,
Asymmetric Seq
All
1-19
1–5
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Table 1–1
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Tool
Description
System Software V/R
Section No.
(for details)
Service Manual
Displays the contents of CT service CD–ROMs.
4.00 or later
1-20
Service Notepad
Allows you to make/save a memo.
5.50 or later
–
The memo can be seen in the message log report
(Section 1-1-6). In addition, this information is recorded in the Health page file so that it will be reported
to the OLC via InSite.
(Unix) Shell
Unix Shell window is displayed. To terminate the shell
window, enter exit.
All
–
Shutdown
Includes the two types of “Shutdown”. One is application shutdown, the other is system shutdown.
All
1-21
SnapState
Collects information for debug purpose.
All
–
Software Version
Shows the system name and software version.
(e.g., ‘HiSpeed Series 5.01’)
All
–
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
For V/R 5.5 or later only, the detailed information of all
softwares installed in the system appears. When
checking current software version only, see Home, OC
Application Software. (Section 1-1-4) To terminate this
window, enter Q.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍ
Storelog
Saves core, log, and data file to the file, /usr/sc/log/
xxxx.xxx for troubleshooting.
5.50 or later
–
System Browser
Shows the log files of GE System Log, SYSLOG_OC,
IOS_LOGS, Tube_Usage, Run_time_stats, OC_Info,
Config_Files, History_log, and Software_Health_Page.
4.10 or later
1-22
System Shutdown
Terminate all softwares to shut down the system.
5.50 or later
1-21
Tube Pro. (NoFilm,
Change)
For Single Detector system ONLY:
When the tube is replaced, use this program for adjustment.
6.00 or later
1-23
Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Mfg.)
For Single Detector system ONLY:
For manufacturing use.
6.00 or later
1-24
Tube Procedure
(change)
For Twin system ONLY:
When the tube is replaced, use this program for adjustment.
5.00 or later
1-25
Tube Procedure (Mfg.)
For Twin system ONLY:
For manufacturing use.
5.00 or later
1-26
Tube Usage (System
Browser)
Shows log files of Tube Usage in System Browser.
5.50 or later
1-22
Update System Log
Updates ‘Tube Usage’ log, ‘Tube Spits’ log, or ‘Bad
Raw’ log.
All
1-27
1–6
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Table 1–1
Tool
Service Tool Index (Alphabetical Order)
Description
System Software V/R
Section No.
(for details)
User Preference
Sets ‘Axial image direction’, ‘Gantry direction’, etc.
All
1-28
Vector Convert
Vectors: Warmup Whole, Warmup History, Hilight, Air
& Ptm
All
1-29
Verify Options
Shows the options which always have been installed.
5.50 or later
–
All
–
To terminate this windows, click on Cleanup in the
Service desktop or select Quit from the pop–up menu
of the left upper corner of the window.
Verify Security
Displays information of Security Level, Key Expiration
Date, and UserID.
used when the security key can not be recognized.
Refer to Section 1-1-5.
View H/W Diag
Views Diag Log, P–ON Test Log, SYSLOG, or HINV
inventory.
5.50 or later
–
Viewlog
Views GE sys log files. The same log files as ones
shown in the System browser are displayed.
All
–
1–7
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-3
2202119
Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY)
When Starting Service Desktop:
When clicking on Service icon to start the service desktop, the Image works browser also start up and the Service
Desktop hides behind it.
To display the Service Desktop fully, perform either of the followings:
D Click on Start SV Desktop button or
D Click on the border on the Service desktop
Click button.
Service Desktop
Click border.
Cleanup
The Cleanup button on the bottom of the desktop cleans up any previously opened windows, and restores the desktop
to its original state, rather than closing or dismissing each individual application visible on the Service Desktop.
The Cleanup button should be selected whenever the user is done with the Service Desktop or whenever it is desired
to get the desktops back to a known state.
1–8
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-3
2202119
Service Desktop User Interface (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
Using the Mouse on the Service Desktop:
Use the mouse to access and operate diagnostics and tools, or open a shell and type/enter a UNIX command line.
Use the mouse to make screen selections on the service desktop.
Typical mouse button functions:
Function
Mouse Button to be used
How?
Window Resize
Left button
Move the mouse pointer at the border of the window,
then press and hold the left button and drag the cursor
to resize the window.
Window Move
Center button
1-1-4
Move the mouse pointer at the border of the window,
then press and hold the center button and drag the
cursor to move the window.
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY)
1–9
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
System Information
Item
Facility
Meanings
This information is Hospital Name set in System Configuration –> System setting.
Suite Name
This information is Host Name set in System Configuration –> Network setting.
System Type
This information is Model Name set in System Configuration –> System setting.
System ID
This information is Machine Number set in System Configuration –> System setting.
IP Address
This information is IP Address set in System Configuration –> Network setting.
Access Level
Software Installation
Date
When the security key is connected to the OC, “Class M” and its expiration date are
displayed. Refer to Section 1-1-5, Security Key.
This information is updated automatically when performing LFC or LFW. Note that this
is NOT updated when installing the patch software only.
DASM Camera
When selecting System Configuration –> Camera Setting –> Laser Camera, “Laser
Camera” is displayed.
DICOM Network
Cameras
This information is Device Files set in System Configuration –> Camera Setting –>
DICOM Printer.
Installed Tube
This is information recorded in the tube usage file.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube Usage (section 1-27) at tube replacement.
Tube Install Date
This is information recorded in the tube usage file.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube Usage (section 1-27) at tube replacement.
Current System Status
Item
Meanings
System Date
To modify this information, use Application shutdown –> Date Setting.
System Time
To modify this information, use Application shutdown –> Date Setting.
OC Application Software
Next Patient Exam
The current application software version is displayed.
The next patient examination number is displayed.
Recon Status
Archive Status
Network Status
For a remote user only:
The same information as the Scan top panel, illustrated on the left, are displayed in these columns.
Filming Status
1–10
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
System Health Information
Item
Meanings
Total Gantry Revolutions
Indicates the Gantry rotation numbers in “Status” column. This indication can be reset
using getStats (section 1-11). The date when the counter was reset is displayed in “Information” column.
The rotation number is slightly less than the mechanical Gantry rotation counter located
near the TGP board (a few %), because this software counter does NOT read all of G
pulse interrupt.
The data of rotation number is sent to the OC just when the Gantry stops.
Total Tube Spits
Indicates total tube spits numbers currently.
This is automatically reset when performing Update system log –> Tube spits (section 1-27) at tube replacement.
IQ Performance Tool Status
This tools give us advance notice for IQ performance change.
For the system with V/R 5.5x or later, the two types of warm–up scan can be selected:
D Tube Warm–up: performs tube several warm–up scans. These can achieve 13% case temperature.
D Daily calibration (Warm up): performs conventional tube warm–up scans (tube warm–up scans:30% case
and calibration scans) plus IQ performance measurement scans. (For detail scan protocol, refer to IQ
performance Measurement scan described below.)
So, whenever the daily calibration is performed, the IQ performance data are collected and analyzed automatically,
and the results are stored in the file, then displayed on the “Status” column of the IQ Performance Tool Status. The
“Information” means the date when the status has been determined.
The three types of status are displayed:
D GREEN: displayed when the result is WITHIN allowable specifications. (Also refer to IQ performance tool
specifications.)
D YELLOW: displayed when the result is OUTSIDE OF allowable specifications. There is a possibility to
affect Image Quality. (Also refer to IQ performance tool specifications.)
D RED: displayed when the result is OUTSIDE OF allowable specifications. A serious Image Quality problem might occur. (Also refer to IQ performance tool specifications.)
Note
The results are stored as a vector file, so that they can also be seen using Scan Analysis, DD file
analysis function. (For mA Smudge and Scan Time Smudge Only, they can not be seen, because
the files can NOT be made.)
The files is stored up to 5MB. In excess of 5MB, the directory of the files will be cleaned up when
executing this tool. Since the vector files of approx. 400 KB per daily calibration are created, 10 days’
data can be stored. However calculation in Scan Analysis reduces data to be stored.
1–11
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
IQ Performance Measurement Scan
The following scans are performed as IQ Performance Measurement scans.
Item
Scan Type
Scan
Time
Thickness
kV
mA
Focus
Rotor
X–ray
Air Calibration 10mm
Axial
1.0
10
120
30
Large
ON
ON
Air Calibration 7mm
Axial
1.0
7
120
40
Large
ON
ON
Air Calibration 5mm
Axial
1.0
5
120
60
Large
ON
ON
Air Calibration 3mm
Axial
1.0
3
120
100
Large
ON
ON
Offset SD/Mean
Axial
0.8
1
0
0
Large
ON
OFF
Detector/DAS Linearity
Stationary
1.0
3
120
60
Large
ON
ON
Detector/DAS Linearity
Stationary
1.0
3
120
200
Large
ON
ON
Detector/DAS Linearity
Stationary
3.0
3
120
70
Large
ON
ON
AB Ratio
Stationary
1.0
1
120
100
Small
ON
ON
Z–axis stop movement
Stationary
3.0
1
120
100
Small
ON
ON
Note: The air calibration renewal data are used for calculating air calibration drift.
1–12
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
IQ Performance Tool Specifications
For equation for each item below, refer to IQ Performance Tool Analysis.
Item
Offset Mean
Offset SD
Meanings
Green
Yellow
Red
–1.0 ≤ Mean ≤ 1.0
–2.0 ≤ Mean ≤ 2.0
Mean < –2.0 or
Mean >2.0
SD ≤ 2.0
SD ≤ 3.5
SD > 3.5
0.95 ≤ New/Old ≤
1.05
0.90 ≤ New/Old ≤
1.10
New/Old < 0.90 or
New/Old > 1.10
mA–dependent DAS Differences between
Linearity variation
#25 and #26 (Center module) and be(Center section
only)
tween #27 and #26
≤ 500 ppm (0.05%)
≤ 1000 ppm (0.1%)
>1000 ppm (0.1%)
mA–dependent DAS
Linearity variation
(Total)
Difference among
channels ≤ 1000
ppm (0.1%)
≤ 2000 ppm (0.2%)
>2000 ppm (0.2%)
Validity of offset
Mean value.
Validity of offset SD
value.
Air Cal Drift 10000
Stability of 10 mm
air calibration.
Air Cal Drift 7000
Stability of 7 mm air
calibration.
Air Cal Drift 5000
Stability of 5 mm air
calibration.
Air Cal Drift 3000
Stability of 3 mm air
calibration.
mA Smudge
mA Band
Specifications
Scan Time Smudge
Scan–time–dependent DAS Linearity
variation (Center
section only)
Differences between
#25 and #26 (Center module) and between #27 and #26
≤ 500 ppm (0.05%)
≤ 1000 ppm (0.1%)
>1000 ppm (0.1%)
Scan Time Band
Scan–time–dependent DAS Linearity
variation (Total)
Difference among
channels ≤ 1000
ppm (0.1%)
≤ 2000 ppm (0.2%)
>2000 ppm (0.2%)
A/B ratio (Q channel
16 view smoothing)
≤± 5%
≤ ± 10%
> ± 10%
A/B ratio (Center
channel 16 view
smoothing)
≤ ± 20%
≤ ± 30%
> ± 30%
A/B ratio (Last
channel 16 view
smoothing)
≤ ± 20%
≤ ± 30%
> ± 30%
AB Ratio Q Channel
(See Note below.)
AB Ratio Center
(See Note below.)
AB Ratio Last
(See Note below.)
Note: The 1 ~ 250 View data are NOT used when calculating AB Ratio.
1–13
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
IQ Performance Tool Analysis (How to calculate the status)
D Offset Mean/Offset SD:
Uses data of Offset SD/Mean scan (with Offset correction ON and with others OFF) .
D Air Cal Drift:
Uses data of air calibration 3mm~10mm. After completion of calculation for renewing air calibration data,
the new Vector is compared with the reference Vector (that is a Calibration Vector acquired at last CT #
Adjustment) using the following equation.
New Vector / Reference Vector
D mA Smudge:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 60mA and 200mA to calculate linearity difference between #25
and #26 (Center) modules of the DAS/Detector and difference between #27 and #26 modules.
How to Calculate:
1. The Mean Vector is calculated after performing the Offset and Reference Correction of each scan data.
2. Differences between modules are calculated using the following equations, then they are compared with
specifications.
Equation to calculate difference between #25 and #26 (Center) (#25•#26/#26):
NJǒ ȍ
387
i+372
ǒ
ȍ VecB Ǔ ȍ VecA ń ȍ VecB
387
VecA iń
i
i+372
ǒȍ
403
403
i
_i+388
403
i
i+388
ǓNj
ȍ VecB Ǔ
Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector
403
VecA iń
i+388
i
i+388
Equation to calculate difference between #27and #26 (Center) (#27•#26/#26):
NJǒ ȍ
419
i+404
ǒ
ȍ VecB Ǔ ȍ VecA ń ȍ VecB
419
VecA iń
i
i+404
ǒȍ
403
i
_i+388
403
i+388
403
i+388
i
ǓNj
ȍ VecB Ǔ
Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector
403
VecA iń
i
i+388
Difference between
#26 and #27
Difference between
#26 and #25
#25
#26
1–14
#27
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-1-4
2202119
Home (For V/R 5.5x or later ONLY) (Continued)
D Scan Time Smudge:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 1sec and 3sec to calculate linearity difference between #25 and
#26 (Center) modules of the DAS/Detector and difference between #27 and #26 modules.
How to Calculate:
Refer to mA Smudge other than Vec A and Vec B. (Vec A: 3 sec mean vector, Vec B: 1 sec mean vector)
D mA Band:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 60mA and 200mA to calculate linearity difference between adjacent modules for all channels.
How to Calculate:
1. The Mean Vector is calculated after performing the Offset and Reference Correction of each scan data.
2. Difference between modules are calculated using the following equations, then they are compared with
specifications.
HPF (Vec A / Vec B)
(Vec A: 60mA mean vector, Vec B: 200mA mean vector)
D Scan Time Band:
Uses data of Detector/DAS Linearity scan 1sec and 3sec to calculate linearity difference between adjacent
modules for all channels.
How to Calculate:
Refer to mA Band other than Vec A and Vec B. (Vec A: 3 sec mean vector, Vec B: 1 sec mean vector)
D AB Ratio Q Channel/Center/Last:
Uses data of AB ratio scan. For Q cal channel, Center Channel, and Last Channel, (kA–B) / (kA+B) are
calculated per view, then they are compared with specifications for16 view smoothing.
The channels to be used:
Q cal channel: 1~3 ch, Center Channel: 396~398 ch, Last Channel: 791~793 ch
D Z–axis step movement:
The motor pulse and Z–channel Vectors are only calculated and stored.
1–15
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-5
2202119
Security Key
To use the Class C service tools, remove the key cover, and connect the security key to the connector. See below.
Some time (approximately 20 sec) is required for class C menus to become available, after any service tool operations.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
If the Class C menu are NOT displayed, click on ‘Verify Security’ in the Service Tool with the
security key connected to the connector.
Security
Key Connector
1–16
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-1-6
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Accessing the System Message Log
To display the System Message Log Report, click the status message area on the desktop, then click on View Log.
Click this
message
area.
1–17
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
AUDIO CONTROL
Table 1–2
Audio Control
Audio
Adjustable Parameter
X–ray On Sound Params
Volume, Pitch, Length
Alert Sound Params
Volume, Pitch, Length
Autovoice Volume
Volume
CD Sound Volume
Gantry Volume, Operator Console Volume
1–18
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-3
2202119
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Table 1–3
Automated Alignment
Note
The Menu filled in yellow stripe below are the Class C tool.
Automated Alignment Menu
(Sequence)
Tube ISO Alignment
Displayed Instruction
Air Scan → Pin Scan
[Adjust Tube position without Bowtie Filter]
Tube Rough ISO Alignment
Air Scan → Pin Scan
[Adjust Tube position without Bowtie Filter]
Radial Alignment
Air Scan → Rad Pin Scan
[Adjust Detector position without Bowtie Filter]
Tube Alignment must be completed before Radial Alignment.
Bowtie Filter Alignment
Air Scan [without BTF] → Air Scan [with BTF]
Adjust Bowtie Filter position.
Twin Sys
stem
Phantom Centering
–
POR Alignment
Filmless POR,
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, POR
for Twin System.
BOW Alignment
When POR is correctly adjusted, then filmless BOW (Beam–ON–Window) can be performed. Measure the three points of the channel bands
and move the Detector to align the wave is just on the 0 line. In this adjustment, vertical axis is normalized in value so that center is 0 and Max,
Min is 1 and –1.
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, BOW
for Twin System.
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
ÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈÈ
Q–cal Channel Ratio
Single Dettector System
Fo
or V/R 6.00
0 or later ONLY
POR
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, Q–cal
Channel Ratio.
Refer to the following instrucitons, Section 1-3-1.
Air Scan (Small Focus) → Air Scan (Large Focus)
For Small Focus:
Tool Scan (Azimuth 0 deg) → Tool Scan (Azimuth 180 deg)
For Large Focus:
Tool Scan (Azimuth 0 deg) → Tool Scan (Azimuth 180 deg)
Film POR
Stationary Scan (Azimuth 0 deg.→ 180 deg)
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, POR
Except for Twin System.
BOW
Film BOW
N/A
Stationary Scan (Azimuth 0 deg.)
Refer to Functional Check/Adjustment, System, X–ray alignment, BOW
Except for Twin System.
1–19
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-3
2202119
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT (continued)
Note
The Tube Rough ISO Alignment and Radial alignment are rarely performed. Only when loosening
the detector locking screw, they must be performed.
1-3-1
POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY)
Special Tool
D POR Tool (2168161)
This program checks and adjusts the plane of rotation of the x–ray fan beam until it is perpendicular to the axis of
Gantry rotation within the specification.
1.
Set the POR Tool to the phantom holder.
Verification of the POR Tool positioning (on the horizontal plane):
a. Perform a scout scan on the POR Tool at Scout plane 0 degree.
The scout image appear.
b. Press on Grid On/Off button.
c. Verify that the horizontal line and the edge of the POR Tool are parallel. See Illustration below.
d. Verify that the POR Tool is placed at the center of the X axis.
VERIFY THAT THESE LINES ARE PARALLEL
POR–TOOL
HORIZONTAL LINE
CENTER OF THE X AXIS (X = 0 mm)
1–20
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-3
2202119
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT (continued)
1-3-1
POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) (continued)
Verification of the POR Tool positioning (on the vertical plane):
e. Perform a scout scan on the POR Tool at Scout plane 90 degrees.
f. Press on Grid On/Off button.
g. Verify that the horizontal line and the POR Tool surface are parallel. See Illustration below.
h. Verify that the POR Tool is placed at the center of the Y axis.
HORIZONTAL LINE
CENTER OF THE Y AXIS (Y = 0 mm)
POR–TOOL SURFACE
i. Verify that the POR Tool is not tilted along the Z axis (A–A’ in the illustration below).
A’
If the POR–TOOL is tilted,
the following scout image appears.
A
A
A’
1–21
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-3
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT (continued)
1-3-1
2.
2202119
POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) (continued)
Position the POR Tool at the scan center using localize function (Show Localizer).
quired to be placed on the scan plane.) See the illustration below.
(In this step a tool is re-
X=0mm
Y=0mm
POR–TOOL
3.
Position the POR Tool at the (scan center +170 mm) height. See the illustration below.
Hold down the [Height] button to display the current height (ex. ‘–206’), and press the [Up] button to raise the
Table by 170 mm (ex. Until the Display reads ‘–036’).
If the Table can not be raised to the specified height due to the interlock function, switch ON (up) the S1–T3
Table dip switch on the TGP Board to disable the interlock function, and continue to raise the Table. In this
case, be careful not to have the Table collide against anything.
170 mm Up
CENTER OF SCAN PLANE
1–22
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-3
2202119
AUTOMATED ALIGNMENT (continued)
1-3-1
POR (For the Single Detector System ONLY) (continued)
4.
Press INLM button on the Gantry Display panel to reset the current tool position.
5.
Remove the Bow–tie filter.
6.
Move the cradle out from the Gantry to perform the air scan.
7.
Select Service –> Service Adjustment –> Automated Alignment –> Tube POR Alignment –> OK.
8.
Air Scan:
Perform air scans, according to the instructions displayed.
9.
Move the cradle IN to the 0 position set in step 4.
10. Azimuth 0 degree Scan:
Perform tool scans, according to the instructions displayed.
11. Azimuth 180 degree Scan:
Perform tool scans, according to the instructions displayed.
12. The tube travel appears on the screen.
Move the tube according to the instructions displayed. For adjustment, refer to Functional Check / Adjustment,
System, X–ray Alignment, Plane of Rotation.
Repeat steps 8 to 11 until specification is within tolerance.
******************************* Displayed *******************************
Move the tube toward the Gantry by 23.81 mm.
Press OK after adjusting the Tube Position.
************************************************************************
1–23
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-4
2202119
AUTO DAS LINEARITY TEST
Note
To perform this ’Auto DAS Linearity Test’, disconnect all of the flex cables (51 cables) connected between the detector and the DAS (disconnect them at the detector side).
Refer to the Component Replacement manual.
Table 1–4
Auto DAS Linearity Test
Test Parameter to be
Specified
Detector Selection
([A Side] or [B Side])
Mode Selection
([High], [Medium], [Low])
Description
For systems with twin detectors, select the ‘A Side’ or ‘B Side’ detector.
For systems with a single detector, the ‘A Side’ only can be selected.
‘High’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X1 and
X4, using a ‘High’ level test current.
‘Medium’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X4
and X16, using a ‘Medium’ level test current.
‘Low’: Test of the CAM board linearity at amplification factors of X16 and
X64, using a ‘Low’ level test current.
Usually, select all of ‘High’, ‘Medium’, and ‘Low’.
Scan Type
[Axial], [Stationary]
Scan Time
‘Axial’: The gantry rotates while test data is collected.
‘Stationary’: The gantry does not rotate while test data is collected.
Select a scan time, during which test data is collected.
Test Execution
After selecting the parameters in Table 1–4, click [Ok].
The linearity specification is 0.999 ∼ 1.001.
Channels whose linearity data was found out of this specification are listed in the ‘Spec Out Ch#’ window.
Click [Show Numerical] to numerically show linearity data of each channel in the ‘Numerical’ window.
You can store the linearity data to a mean vector.
1–24
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-5
2202119
AUTO POST RECON TEST
This menu automatically tests the operation of post reconstruction for a number of times.
First, select an ID of a raw data file on which post recon test is performed.
And then, input the image ID which is correctly reconstructed from the selected raw data (called reference image).
During the test, recon operation on the selected raw data is performed and then the resulted image is compared with
the reference image to check if they are identical. This check is repeated for the number of times specified or until
specified number of errors occur.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
For the V/R 5.xx System, do not select a helical image for this test. Only an axial image can
be used for this test.
Table 1–5
Auto Post Recon Test
Test Parameter to be
Specified
Raw ID
Image ID
No. of Test
Selectable Parameter
Enter a raw data file ID directly, or select one from ‘Raw Browser.’
(Exam#, Series#, Acq#)
Enter the image ID directly, or select one from ‘Image Browser.’
(Exam#, Series#, Image#)
(arbitrary)
(arbitrary)
Until
Errors Occur
(The test will be terminated after the specified number of errors occur.)
1–25
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-6
2202119
DAS DATA TRANSFER TEST
Table 1–6
DAS Data Transfer Test
Test Parameter to be
Specified
Test Mode: Bit by Bit
Selectable Parameter
Normal, Infinite
Scan Mode
Stationary Scan, Rotate Scan
Scan Time
0.8 (or 0.7, if a 0.7 sec option is installed), 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0, 1.0 <–> 2.0
Alternate, Sequential (All)
No. of Scan
(arbitrary)
No. of Test
(arbitrary)
(The total number of scans performed will be (No. of Scan) X (No. of
Test).)
(arbitrary)
Until
errors occur.
(The test scans will be terminated after the specified number of errors
occur.)
Test Results
[Result of Comparison] → [View Log]:
Select either of the following to view test results previously performed:
‘Das Data Transfer Test Log1’
‘Das Data Transfer Test Log2’
‘Das Data Transfer Test Log3’
1–26
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
1-7
2202119
DASM DIAG
This tool analyzes communication status between the HOST computer and DASM or between the HOST computer
and camera. The following tests are performed continuously, then the results are displayed.
D hinv:
Displays hardware configuration information.
D scsistat:
Checks the SCSI bus, connectors, and SCSI ID. Make sure that DASM is powered and being run.
D showdasm:
This will query the DASM and provide you with configuration information for it.
D rsp:
Once this command is issued, ‘clrsp’, ‘rqs’, and ‘rsp’ programs are executed in this order. You can check
if the DASM is properly connected to the laser camera.
1–27
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-8
2202119
DETECTOR CHANNEL INFORMATION
In this menu, the relation among the following is shown.
D Detector channel No.
D Ring radius
D DAS transfer order
D CAM No.
D Cable No.
D Module No.
Table 1–7
Detector Channel Information
Description
Menu
Detector Channel Number Select any of the following, and then, enter the channel No. in the box.
‘Active Channel’ (1 ∼ 793)
‘Ref1 Channel’ (1 ∼ 10)
‘Ref2 Channel’ (1 ∼ 10)
‘Q Channel’ (1 ∼ 3)
MK1
MK2
VN
VEM (1 ∼ 4)
Radius
DAS Transfer Order
Enter the radius of a ring artifact. (0.00 mm ∼ 250.00mm)
Enter the transfer order. (1 ∼ 868)
1–28
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-9
2202119
GENERATOR TEST
Click on Generator Test, the following message appears. Enter y to enter the Generator test.
Table 1–8
Generator Test
Command
Retrieve Board Version
Retrieve Software Version
Clear Filament aging, Tube status
Description
JEDI
software
Version
Version information of each board is sent to the operator
console (OC) and displayed.
All
Software version information of the JEDI generator is sent
to the OC and displayed.
All
Clears data of filament aging and statistics of the x–ray
tube currently installed.
All
This command should be executed after the x–ray tube is
replaced; do not execute this command for the currently
used x–ray tube.
Clear Error Log
Clear generator tracking/trendiing database
Error log retrieve (JEDI)
Clears the error log data stored in the JEDI generator.
All
Clears the tracking/trending data stored in the JEDI genera- All
tor.
Retrieves the error log stored in the JEDI generator, and
displays it.
All
The JEDI error log contains up to 60 error records and they
are more detailed than the corresponding error information
provided by the system. The date and time recorded in the
log are generated in the generator (i.e., JEDI time).
If the error log is not displayed due to some error, see the
‘JEDIerror.log’ or ‘JEDIerror.log.detail’ file in the /usr/g/service/log directory, as follows:
1. Select Unix Shell from the System Tools menu to open
the winterm window.
2. Enter the following (underlined) in the window.
cd /usr/g/service/log <Enter>
JEDIerror.log <Enter>
or
JEDIerror.log.detail <Enter>
(detailed log)
(continued)
1–29
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-9
2202119
GENERATOR TEST (continued)
Table 1–8
Generator Test (continued)
Command
Description
JEDI
software
Version
JEDI tracking/trending datum upload
The tracking/trending data stored in the generator is sent to
the OC.
P5.xx or
later
Sends the JEDI firmware data to the generator.
All
Code Download (JEDI)
This command is used when the generator firmware needed to be updated.
At first, a data checksum is calculated and then the firmware data is sent to the generator, which takes approximately 12 hours.
Error Definition file update
Updates the error code definition information.
This command should be executed after the Code Download (JEDI) command is executed, since error code Nos.
are changed by the firmware update.
TnT Definition file update
Updates the TnT code definition information.
This command should be executed after the Code Download (JEDI) command is executed, since TnT code Nos. are
changed by the firmware update.
P5.xx or
later
P5.xx or
later
Saved RAM data Upload
The data stored in the generator is sent to the OC.
All
Saved RAM data Download
Sends the saved generator data to the generator.
All
Tests the inverter operation with no main DC power input.
All
kV Diagnostic (Gates Drive Test)
A delay time until the actual execution starts can be specified.
Refer to Section 2–10 or 3–10–1 ‘Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostics’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
kV Diagnostic (Primary power test)
Tests the high voltage inverter operation with the inverter
output shorted.
All
Refer to Section 2–11 or 3–10–2 ‘Inverter in Short Circuit
Diagnostics’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
kV Diagnostic (no load kV)
Tests the high voltage operation without making x–ray exposures.
All
Refer to Section 2–12 ‘No Load HV Diagnostics’ or Section
3–10–3 ‘No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor
Filament Heating’, of X–ray Generator of this manual.
(continued)
1–30
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
1-9
2202119
GENERATOR TEST (continued)
Table 1–8
Generator Test (continued)
Command
Heater Diagnostic
Description
Tests the filament heating operation.
JEDI
software
Version
All
Refer to Section 2–8 ‘Heating Function Diagnostics’ or Section 3–8 ‘Heating without HV nor Rotation Diagnostic’, of
X–ray Generator of this manual.
Rotor Diagnostic
Tests the x–ray tube rotor operation.
All
Refer to Section 2–9 ‘Rotation Function Diagnostics’ or
Section 3–9 ‘Rotation without HV nor Filament Diagnostic’,
of X–ray Generator of this manual.
Set JEDI time
Sets the generator date and time equal to the system ones.
All
To do this, do ‘get system time’, and then, ‘set JEDI time’.
Checksum saved RAM
Calculates a checksum of RAM.
All
This command should be executed after a software patch is
performed using the Saved RAM data Download command.
D Click [Apply] to send a selected command to the x–ray generator.
1–31
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER
1-10-1 View Log Files
IMPORTANT NOTE:
For the V/R 5.0x System, this function can NOT be used. (This is available for V/R 4.xx or
lower or for V/R 5.5x or later.)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
For V/R 5.5x or later system , the Tube Usage Log menu is deleted. Use Tube Usage in Error
Logs to display the tube usage log.
Table 1–9
View Log Files
View Log Files
Menu
Submenu
Tube Usage Log
Current Tube
(Usage Log of the currently
installed tube)
After Installed
(Usage Log of tubes previously used on the system)
Tube Spits Log
–
Description
This log includes the following data:
1. Total tube slice counts
2. Number of slices of cluster scans for each scan technique
3. Time of each helical/scout scan
This log includes total spit counts along with time and date.
A trend of spit occurrence frequency can be observed.
Bad Raw Log
–
This file contains total counts of bad raw data files.
Tube Usage Log
D Use [ ↑ ] or [ ↓ ] keys to scroll the log lists.
D [After Installed] → Previous Tube Usage Log files:
Up to the following five log files ( for five tubes) can be displayed.
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old1’
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old2’
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old3’
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old4’
‘Sv Tube Usage.log.old5’
1–32
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-1 View Log Files (continued)
Tube Spits Log
Tube spits log is graphically displayed as below.
The data indicates accumulated values.
KV values used while spits occurred are indicated on the graph.
Spits Log Data
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
No. of Slices
50000
Bad Raw Log
Bad raw data file log is graphically displayed as below.
1
Bad Raw Log Data
0
–1.0
No. of Slices
50000
1–33
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-2 Format Raw Data
Table 1–10
Format Raw Data
Format Raw
Data Menu
Submenu
Fan Data
Store to File, Numerical
Display
Stores or numerically displays raw data or vector data.
The original raw data is converted into floating point number
format with or without data correction or conversion applied.
DAS Data
Numerical Display
Displays numerically raw data without any data correction or
conversion applied; i.e., displays DAS data itself in hexadecimal format.
A Side
B Side
Description
For Twin System ONLY:
GSA has a function to manipulate two raw data (A and B). So we can make mean file or
raw file from each detector channel independently. It means, in every scan mode, the two
raw data (A and B) are corrected and used for reconstruction.
Raw Data File Selection
1.
Select ‘Generic System Analyzer’ from ‘Diagnostics & analysis.’
2.
Select a raw data ID from the lists:
a. Select first an Exam #.
b. Select a Series #.
c. Select an Acq #. If the selected series # above is for a helical scan, further select an Acq #.
1–34
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-2 Format Raw Data (continued)
Fan Data
D Fan Data Format – Correction & Conversion:
Select whether the following corrections or conversion are to be applied or not.
– Offset File Correction: If ‘Yes’, the raw data is corrected by offset views (offset views are the
first 64 views which are collected prior to x–ray exposure to gather offset data).
– Reference Correction: If ‘Yes’, the raw data is corrected by reference channel data (reference
channels receive direct x–rays, i.e., which have not passed through an object to be scanned).
– Natural Log Conversion: If ‘Yes’, natural log operation is applied to the raw data.
Then, the following data ‘Fan Data Averages’ are displayed:
– Active Views
Max of Max
Min of Min
Avg of Mean
Avg of SD
Offset Views
Max of Max
Min of Min
Avg of Mean
Avg of SD
=
=
=
=
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
channel x view x
channel x view x
=
=
=
=
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
x.xxxxxx
channel x view x
channel x view x
1–35
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-2 Format Raw Data (continued)
D Fan Data Format – File Data Type:
Select either of the following data types (written in bold) to store it to a raw data file or a vector file, or to
display (numerically) it.
‘Original’ is stored to a raw data file, and the others (‘Active Min’, ‘Active Max’, ...) are stored to a vector
file. ‘Vector file’ means here a one–dimensional type file, on the other hand, a raw data file is a two–dimensional file; i.e., each channel has data for each view.
– Original
(Specify 1, 2, ... , or 6, as an ID No. A raw data file stored with this ID No. can be graphically viewed
in ‘View Raw Data’ (Generic System Analyzer → Analysis → View Raw Data).)
(For all the ones below, specify a number as a vector file No. A vector file stored with this number
can be graphically viewed in ‘View Vector’ (Generic System Analyzer → Analysis → View Vector).)
– Active Min
(This vector consists of minimum values of each channel during active views.)
– Active Max
(This vector consists of maximum values of each channel during active views.)
– Active Mean
(This vector consists of mean values of each channel during active views.)
– Active SD
(This vector consists of standard deviation values of each channel during active
views.)
– Offset Min
(This vector consists of minimum values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset Max
(This vector consists of maximum values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset Mean
(This vector consists of mean values of each channel during offset views.)
– Offset SD
(This vector consists of standard deviation values of each channel during offset
views.)
DAS Data
D Select ‘Channel’ or ‘View.’
– ‘Channel’ is selected: Specify a channel No. Data for every view, of the specified channel, is
numerically displayed in hexadecimal format.
– ‘View’ is selected: Specify a view No. Data for every channel, of the specified view, is numerically displayed in hexadecimal format.
1–36
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-3 Analysis
Table 1–11
Analysis
Analysis Menu
Provided Functions
View Raw Data
Magnify, Minify, Gray
Scale, Cursor, Numerical,
Plot, Erase, ROI Graphics
Displays data of a raw data file as shades.
View Vector
Magnify, Numerical, Plot,
Erase
Displays data of vector files as graphs.
Calculations
Vect/Vect. Op
A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B, ln(A), HPF(A), LPF(A), Diff. Filter(A)
Raw/Vect. Op
A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B
Raw/Raw Op
A+B, A–B, AXB, A/B, ln(A), HPF(A), LPF(A), Diff. Filter(A)
Description
View Raw Data
Before you use this menu, you have to store a raw data file in the ‘Fan Data’ menu (Diagnostics & analysis → Generic
System Analyzer → Format Raw Data → Fan Data).
1.
Select a raw data file from SvSupRaw1, SvSupRaw2, ... , SvSupRaw6.
A raw data file is a two–dimensional type: each channel has data for each view.
In this menu, data is shown as shades, i.e., gray scaling.
Since the length of the vertical axis (view) is not enough for showing all the views, use the scroll bar to display
the not–displayed upper or lower part of views.
Channel
1
1000
1
View
By scrolling, up to the 1037th view
can be displayed.
The actual number of channels or
views varies according to a product
model.
576
Scroll Bar
1–37
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-3
2.
Analysis(continued)
You can use the following functions for the displayed raw data (shades).
D [Magnify]:
Scales up both horizontal (channel) and vertical (view) axes by a factor of any of 1, 2, ... , 9.
D [Minify]:
Select ‘Remove Odd View’ or ‘Remove Even View.’
D [Gray Scale]:
Select ‘Auto range’ or ‘Manual range.’
D [Cursor]:
Shows and sets a (+) cursor to the designated location (channel, view). The cursor can be dragged and
set (by a second click).
D [Numerical]:
Use this after setting a cursor position. Displays values on the positions surrounding the cursor (eight
positions).
Cursor
D [Plot]:
Before selecting this function, show and set a cursor to a location of interest (channel, view) by [Cursor].
– Horizontal Profile: Data for each channel is graphically displayed for the specified view; i.e.,
shades on a horizontal line (on the specified view) are displayed by a graph.
– Vertical Profile: Data of each view is graphically displayed for the specified channel; i.e., shades
on a vertical line (on the specified channel) are displayed by a graph.
‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale’ can be selected for the graph plotting. (For ‘Manual Scale’, enter ‘Minimum’
and ‘Maximum’ values.)
D [Erase]:
Erases graphs and/or the cursor.
1–38
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-3
Analysis(continued)
D [ROI Graphics]:
ROI Graphics Menu: ‘Distance’, ‘Erase’, ‘Ellipse’, ‘Erase All’, ‘Rectangle’
The graphics Distance, Ellipse, and Rectangle can be dragged, sized, and numbered.
Distance
Ellipse
Rectangle
– Distance: Shows a length (distance) by a number of channels and a number of views.
Number
of Views
Number of
Channels
– Ellipse or Rectangle: Shows the following values of the region inside the graphic.
Mean, Standard Deviation (S. D.),
1–39
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-3
Analysis(continued)
View Vector
Before you use this menu, you have to store a vector file in the ‘Fan Data’ menu (Diagnostics & analysis → Generic
System Analyzer → Format Raw Data → Fan Data).
1.
Select a vector file.
2.
Click on [Plot] and select ‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale’ to display a graph.
Data of channels are displayed as a graph.
‘Vector File’ means a one–dimensional type file; a typical example is a mean file.
Data
Channel
3.
You can use the following functions for the displayed graph.
D [A], ["]:
When the ‘Magnify’ function (refer to below) is used, the length of the horizontal axis is not enough for
showing all the channels.
Shift the graph in the right or left direction with these buttons to display the not–displayed right or left part
of the graph.
D [Magnify]:
Scales up both horizontal (channel) and vertical (data) axes.
D [Numerical]:
Data for each channel is numerically displayed in the right bottom corner area of the monitor screen.
D [Plot]:
Select ‘Auto Scale’ or ‘Manual Scale.’
D [Erase]:
Erases the graph currently displayed.
1–40
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-10 GENERIC SYSTEM ANALYZER (continued)
1-10-3
Analysis(continued)
Calculations
1.
Select any of the following as a combination of data types which arithmetic operations are to be applied to.
‘Vect/Vect. Op’
‘Raw/Vect. Op’
‘Raw/Raw Op’
(Vect: Vector file, Raw: Raw data file)
2.
Select a kind of operation (addition, subtraction, division, ...).
3.
‘Enter Output Vector (or Raw File) Number’
(Enter a number; a file with this identification No. will contain the calculation result.)
1–41
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-11 GETSTATS
1-11-1 General
Click on getStats. The following screen appears to know the Gantry revolution and tube spits.
Show Tube Spits Count
Shows total spits count and last updated date.
Show Tube Spits Log File
Shows total spits count, slice count, and spits count.
Show Gantry Revolution Count
Shows total Gantry revolution count, last updated date, and Gantry revolution count within a specific period.
Reset Total Gantry Revolution Count
Using this function, you can set the total Gantry revolution count to the number you desire. A comment can also
be entered.
Reset Gantry Revolution Count
Using this function, you can set the Gantry revolution count to 0 (Zero).
Show Total Gantry Revolution Count Log File
Shows the number of Total Gantry revolution per day. (The data of 50 days are displayed.)
Show Total Gantry Revolution Counter Reset History
Shows the reset history of the total Gantry revolution count.
1–42
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-11 getStats (Continued)
1-11-2 Command
You can execute the same getStats function using command line. First run a shell, then enter:
No.
Item
Command
–
getStats main menu
getStats
2
Show Tube Spits Count
getStats TUBE_SPITS
tubeSpits
tubeSpits –s
3
Show Tube Spits Log file
getStats TUBE_SPITS_LOG
tubeSpits –l
4
Show Gantry Revolution Count
getStats GANTRY_REV
revCounter –s
5
Reset Total Gantry Revolution Count
revCounter TOTALRESET
6
Reset Gantry Revolution Count
revCounter RESET
7
Show Total Gantry Revolution Count Log file
(for 50 days)
getStats GANTRY_REV 50
Show any Gantry Revolution Count Log file
getStats GANTRY_REV [any number]
–
revCounter –l 50
revCounter –l [any number]
–
Show all Gantry Revolution Count Log file
getStats GANTRY_REV_ALL
revCounter –a
8
Show Total Gantry Revolution Counter Reset History
getStats GANTRY_REV_HISTORY
revCounter –h
1–43
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-12 HEAT SOAK
Prior to starting Heat Soak
D The x–ray tube should be sufficiently cool.
D If the ‘Cooling time too long’ error message is displayed, you will have to wait at least for 31 minutes to
be able to start Heat Soak.
Table 1–12
Heat Soak
Scan Protocol
#Scans
(V4 Cooling)
(V5 Cooling)
Scan Group# 1
10
10
Scan Group# 2
10
20
Scan Group# 3
30
10
Scan Group# 4
30
20
Scan Group# 5
20
3
Scan Group# 6
15
–
Scan Group# 7
5
–
D Click [Report] to check the results, after performing heat soak scans.
1–44
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS
CAUTION
Unexpected x–ray exposure! After finishing tests in Diagnostics of H/W Diagnostics, power
Off the system before rebooting the system. This is to avoid unexpected accidental x–ray
exposure, because not all the hardware devices are initialized only by rebooting the system.
Click on H/W Diagnostics, the following message appears. Click on YES to enter the H/W Diagnostics.
1–45
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
Table 1–13
H/W Diagnostics
Menu
Diagnostics
H/W Diagnostics
Submenu
Interactive Test
(Refer to below for
how to reach this
menu.)
Description
Provided Tests:
Monitor Test, Keyboard Test, Audio Test,
Misc Test (Hardware Inventory, SCSI Test, View SYSLOG,
NPR LED, Safety Loop, Shutdown Test),
Work Station Default Test
(Refer to ‘Interactive Test – XXXXXX’ in Section 1-13-1 (Diagnostics) in this section.)
Offline Test
Provided Tests:
NPR PCI TEST, DBPCI#0 PCI TEST, NPR INTERNAL TEST
(Refer to ‘Offline Test’ in Section 1-13-1 (Diagnostics) in this
section.)
View Log*
Function Test
N/A currently.
View Diag Log
Displays the log of diagnostics results.
View SYSLOG
Displays the system log (from the latest system start–up to the
present).
View P–ON Test Log
Displays P–ON Test results.
H/W inventory
Displays a list of main operator console hardware devices.
Open File
–
*: Many of the ‘View Log’ submenus are included in ‘Diagnostics’; however, this ‘View Log’ can be used without
terminating the application unlike ‘Diagnostics.’
1–46
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics
1.
Click [Diagnostics] in the H/W Diagnostics menu, and then the following message is displayed:
******************************* Displayed *******************************
Attention
This requires the application to be shutdown.
Continue ?
************************************************************************
2.
Click [YES], and then some messages and windows are shown, and then the following message is displayed:
******************************* Displayed *******************************
Okay to power off the system now.
Press any key to restart.
************************************************************************
3.
Switch OFF the power switch on the operator console (OC).
4.
Wait for several minutes, and then, switch ON the power switch on the OC.
5.
During the power–up sequence, the following screen will appear:
Power on test
DBPCI test
DBPCI test : OK
Errors :
H/W diag
Startup
Shutdown
6.
Promptly click [H/W diag].
1–47
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
1-13-1-1
Interactive Test
Misc Test – Hardware Inventory (hinv)
Displays a list of operator console hardware devices which are identified by the operating system software.
Refer to Table 1–14 which lists some of the displayed devices and their names.
Table 1–14
Hardware Inventory (for System Software versions earlier than V4.00)
Device Name
Displayed Device
Disk drive: unit 1** on SCSI controller 3
Raw data disk
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 3
Raw data disk*
Optical disk: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1
MOD drive)
Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1
MOD drive*
Common device: unit 4 on SCSI controller 1
Serial port expander (ST1800)
Disk drive: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1
DASM*
CDROM: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1
CD–ROM drive
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 0
System disk*
Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0
System disk
PCI SCSI controller 3: Version ADAPTEC 7880
UW SCSI card (AHA–2940UW)
Unknown Type PCI: Bus 2, Slot 6, Function 0, Vendor
ID 0x10b5, Device ID 0x9060
DBPCI board
Unknown Type PCI: Bus 2, Slot 5, Function 0, Vendor
ID 0x10b5, Device ID 0x9061
NPR (NP Recon Engine) Assy
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 2, Slot 4
PCI extender card (on the backplane board)
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 1, Slot 4
PCI backplane controller card
Bit3 PCI Bridge Card: Bus 0, Slot 4
PCI host card (within the host processor (O2))
Integral SCSI controller 1: Version ADAPTEC 7880
SCSI controller 1 included in the host processor (O2)
Integral SCSI controller 0: Version ADAPTEC 7880
SCSI controller 0 included in the host processor (O2)
*: Indicates that this is an optional device; otherwise (without *), this is a standard device.
**: The number ‘unit 1’ indicates a SCSI device ID number; the set ID number should equal this unit number.
(This description applies to other unit numbers.)
1–48
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
Table 1–15
Hardware Inventory (for System Software V4.00 or later)
Displayed Device
Device Name
Disk drive: unit 1** on SCSI controller 3
Raw data disk
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 3
Raw data disk*
Optical disk: unit 6 on SCSI controller 1
MOD drive
Optical disk: unit 5 on SCSI controller 1
MOD drive*
Common device: unit 4 on SCSI controller 1
ST1800 (alternative to Serial Exp)
Disk drive: unit 3 on SCSI controller 1
DASM*
CDROM: unit 1 on SCSI controller 1
CD–ROM drive
Disk drive: unit 2 on SCSI controller 0
System disk*
Disk drive: unit 1 on SCSI controller 0
System disk
PCI SCSI controller 3: Version ADAPTEC 7880
UW SCSI card (AHA–2940UW)
Integral SCSI controller 1: Version ADAPTEC 7880
SCSI controller 1 included in the host processor (O2)
Integral SCSI controller 0: Version ADAPTEC 7880
SCSI controller 0 included in the host processor (O2)
Serial Exp: PCI Adapter ID (vendor 4277, device
36973) pci slot 5
(alternative to ST1800)
*: Indicates that this is an optional device; otherwise (without *), this is a standard device.
**: The number ‘unit 1’ indicates a SCSI device ID number; the set ID number should equal this unit number.
(This description applies to other unit numbers.)
1–49
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
Misc Test – SCSI Test
Displays detailed information about the SCSI devices which are identified by the host processor.
Verify that detailed information is displayed for each of the SCSi devices which are identified in the ‘Hardware Inventory’ (Diagnostics – Interactive Test – Misc Test – Hardware Inventory).
Misc Test – View SYSLOG
Opens a log viewer and displays SYSLOG. SYSLOG is a log file managed by the OS (operating system) and includes
information on the host processor (O2) and also a part of status/error messages generated by device drivers (software) for the NPR (NP Recon Engine) and the DBPCI board.
The SYSLOG only contains logs generated since the last start–up which occurred after the last 12 o’clock midnight.
When it passes 12 o’clock midnight, the logs contained up to then are stored and the SYSLOG is initialized.
The following log will be displayed (an example).
******************************* Displayed *******************************
Mar 9 15:19:46 6F:aoyagi syslogd: restart
Mar 9 15:19:46 2A:aoyagi unix: IRIX Release 6.3 IP32 Version 12161207
System V
Mar 9 15:19:46 2A:aoyagi unix: Copyright 1987–1996 Silicon Graphics,
Inc.
..................
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcinre attach: Config.address is
0x80022800
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcinre_attach: Configuration
fields:
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: Vendor Id = 0x10b5, Device Id =
0x9061, Base_Reg = 0x81000000
..................
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcindb attach: Config.address is
0x80032000
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: pcindb_attach: Configuration
fields:
Mar 9 15:19:46 5A:aoyagi unix: NOTICE: Vendor Id = 0x10b5, Device Id =
0x9060, Base_Reg = 0x81400000
************************************************************************
Verify that the underlined information is displayed; other than underlined may be different.
If underlined information is displayed, it indicates that the DBPCI board and the NPR (NP Recon Engine) are initialized
by the host processor.
1–50
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
Misc Test – NPR LED
Turns on LEDs on the NPRM (NP Recon Engine Master) board according to the dip switch (S1) setting on the board.
Refer to the illustration below (if switch 2 is set to ON, for example, LED6 should light).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
LED7
LED6
LED5
LED4
LED3
LED2
LED1
LED0
O
N
S1 is set according to the memory capacity and the number of NPRS (NP Recon Engine Slave) boards installed on
the NPRM board. The LEDs turn On during approximately 30 seconds.
Misc Test – Safety Loop
This test turns On/Off the safety loop relay on the REAR CN1 board.
CAUTION
Unexpected hazards! Take appropriate precautions (steering clear of the gantry, etc.) against
gantry/table movement or x–ray exposure before turning On the safety loop relay. And do not
forget to turn Off the relay before exiting the test.
Misc Test – Shutdown Test
Tests the OC power off timer function of the FRONT PNL board.
1–51
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-13 H/W DIAGNOSTICS (continued)
1-13-1 Diagnostics (continued)
1-13-1-2
Offline Test
To select a test, refer to below:
D Click [NPR] and [PCI TEST] to select ‘NPR PCI TEST’.
D Click [DBPCI#0] and [PCI TEST] to select ‘DBPCI#0 PCI TEST’.
D Click [NPR] and [INTERNAL TEST] to select ‘NPR INTERNAL TEST’.
In ‘NPR INTERNAL TEST’, ‘Master DSP’ or ‘Slave DSP’ can be selected.
Click [DETAIL] to check/set test parameters.
Other selectable parameters:
Parameter
WHEN ERROR OCCUR
TEST MODE
Selection
STOP, CONTINUE
NORMAL, QUICK, MANUAL
For more detailed information about Offline Test, refer to Section 2-3, Off–line Test, of the Operator Console tab.
1–52
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-14 IMAGE PROFILE
The graphical profile data on selected line of the image can be displayed. Horizontal, vertical, and free direction of
a line can be selected.
Selections in Image Profile
1.
Click on Browse in Functions selection.
Application sort screen appears.
2.
Upon application sort window, you can highlight an EXAM –> Exam. No. –> Series No., and click on Accept .
The desired image appears in the screen.
3.
Select the desired image profile type by pressing any of the following buttons:
D Horizontal:
The graphical profile data on the selected horizontal line is displayed.
D Vertical:
The graphical profile data on the selected vertical line is displayed.
D Free:
By selecting two given points, the graphical profile data is displayed.
D FWHM:
Full Width Half Maximum
D Auto:
sets area automatically for profile graphic representation.
D Use FOV:
D Smooth:
Not available yet.
4.
Drag a cursor on the displayed image.
The graphical profile data is displayed.
5.
To delete the lines, click on Erase. To exit from this program, click on Quit.
1–53
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY
Image spatial resolution can be measured by scanning a wire existing within a GE Performance Phantom or equivaĆ
lent, and analyzing the acquired image with this menu. The menu calculates MTF data by the two-dimensional
Fourier Transform of the point spread function using pixel data around the wire, and displays the MTF curve. EvaluĆ
ate the system spatial resolution performance by reading the curve.
Special Tool
D GE Performance Phantom (2102580) or equivalent
Scanning the GE Performance Phantom
1.
Set the GE Performance Phantom approximately at the scan center.
1–54
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY (continued)
2.
Adjust the position of the phantom so that the wire point within the phantom is positioned at the scan center:
a. Perform axial scans with the following parameters (others: default):
Recon FOV
Scan Time (Sec)
kV
mA
Thickness
Focal Size
10 (Head)
2.0
120
150
10
L
10 (Body)
1.5
120
130
10
L
b. Measure the distance between the wire point and the scan center.
c. Shift the phantom so that the wire point is positioned at the scan center, according to the distances meaĆ
sured at the above step.
Use the up-down adjuster and right-left adjuster of the phantom holder (one turn: 1 mm movement).
Y
Wire Point
X
Scan Center
d. Repeat steps a through c, until the wire point is positioned at the scan center within ±0.5 mm.
If the image shows a white band over the wire point, as shown below, this indicates that the wire point is not
yet positioned correctly at the scan center.
White band
3.
Record the image No.
1–55
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY (continued)
Mode – ‘Automatic’, ‘Manual’
4.
‘Manual’:
If you select ‘Manual’, proceed to step 5.
‘Automatic’:
If you select ‘Automatic’, perform the following:
a. Perform step 5.
b. Proceed to step 9.
If it does not seem to work well, try the ‘Manual’ mode.
Image ID
5.
Enter the image No. (Patient ID#.Exam#.Series#.Image#); or, select the image, using the [Browse] function.
‘Pin Center X’, ‘Pin Center Y’
6.
Enter X and Y values as follows. X and Y are the locations of the pin center existing within the phantom.
a. Click [Locate]. The pencil cursor appears on the image field.
b. Use the mouse to position the tip of the cursor on the center of the pin. See below:
Pin
c. Click the right button, and then, the location values are entered into the boxes.
1–56
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY (continued)
‘Inner ROI’, ‘Outer ROI’
7.
Measure the ROI values, of an area within the pin and of an area encompassing the pin:
a. Click [Measure] for ‘Inner ROI’. A circle cursor appears on the image field.
b. Use the mouse to position the cursor within the pin and enter the value, as follows:
i.
Position the cursor, by moving the mouse while pressing the center button.
ii.
Adjust the cursor size, by moving the mouse while pressing the left button.
iii.
Enter the value into the box, by clicking the right button.
c. Click [Measure] for ‘Outer ROI’.
d. Perform step b. In this step, encompass the pin with the cursor.
Advanced Settings – ‘Adjust’, ‘Use Default’
8.
Usually select ‘Use Default’.
1–57
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-15 MTF SURVEY (continued)
[Compute], [View Plot]
9.
Click [Compute]. The MTF values are calculated.
10. Click [View Plot].
11. Read the lp/cm values (on the horizontal axis) of the curve at 0.5, 0.1, and 0.05 (on the vertical axis), using the
mouse. And enter the values in the ‘MTF lp/cm@50%’, ‘MTF lp/cm@10%’, ‘MTF lp/cm@5%’ boxes, respectively. Refer to below:
1
EXAMPLE
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.1
0.05
0.2
0
0
2
4
6
8
lp/cm@50%
10
lp/cm@5%
lp/cm@10%
[Submit]
12. Click [Submit] to record the data. (File name: /usr/g/service/log/mtf.report)
1–58
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-16 OFFLINE SCAN
Table 1–16
Offline Scan
Parameter Group
Parameter
Selection
Technic
Scan Type
Axial, Helical, Cine, Scout, Stationary, T/G Control (Refer
to Section 1-16-1.)
(others)
Thickness [mm]
–
For the system with Asymmetric Option Installed only, this
parameter is displayed.
“10: 1” provides 10 mm and 1 mm slices.
“10: 2” provides 10 mm and 2 mm slices.
“6: 1” provides 6 mm and 1 mm slices.
Scan Environment
X Ray
ON, OFF
Rotor
ON, OFF
Data Collection
ON, OFF
DAS Mode
Gantry Tilt [deg]
Tech. for Scan Type
(other scan parameters)
NORMAL, PATTERN, DAS64L, DAS16L, DAS16M,
DAS4M, DAS4H, DAS1H
(arbitrary)
–
1-16-1 T/G Control
T/G Control
The following mechanical controls of the gantry and table can be performed with this menu. After setting these parameters, click on Back to return to perform the 1st screen of Offline scan.
D Table Pos. [mm]: The cradle is moved (horizontally) to a specified position. The cradle button on the
keyboard lights during cradle movement.
D Gantry Tilt [deg]: The gantry is tilted to a specified position. You have to press the tilt button on the keyboard after it lights and continue to press it until the gantry stops tilting.
If a remote tilt option is not installed on the system, you have to press the tilt button on the gantry to execute
the operation.
D Azimuth [deg]: The gantry is rotated to a specified position.
Collimator Control (For Twin System ONLY)
After setting these parameters, click on Back to return to perform the 1st screen of Offline scan.
D Auto Collimator: When set to ON, collimator tracking control during offline scan becomes available.
D Position Change: When set to ON, the collimator can be moved to the desired position using the following parameters (Move mode and Pulse) .
1–59
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-16 Offline Scan (Continued)
D Move mode: When ‘Position Change’ is set to ON, this parameter can be available.
– Abs.: (Absolute position change) moves the collimator from the reference position (zero position)
held by the DAS to the desired position specified by ‘Pulse’ parameter.
– Rel.: (Relative position change) moves the collimator from the current position held by the DAS
to the desired position specified by ‘Pulse’ parameter.
D Pulse: specifies the collimator travel from –8,192 to 8,191 pulses. (1 pulse = 2 micrometers)
D Reset: When set to ON, the collimator position is reset.
D CIF Mode: (For V/R 5.5 or later ONLY)
The following operation can be performed according to the Function mode selected. X–ray ON selection
must be required.
IMPORTANT NOTE:
When selecting Zigzag or Vibration mode, do not select Helical or Cine scan as a Scan Type.
This is why one data only is acquired.
CIF Mode
Function
Value
Operation
Normal
00
Normal Operation
ZIGZAG
01
The collimator moves zigzag. This mode can be used in combination with a tracking mode.
STEP A
02
The collimator moves in 20 pulse steps.
STEP B
03
The collimator moves in 5 pulse steps.
STEP C
04
The collimator moves + 10 pulse every one scan.
STEP D
05
The collimator moves + 1 pulse every one scan.
VIBRATION
10
The collimator vibrates, using for belt tension adjustment. After completion of this test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST A
11
The collimator moves 20 pulses of a reciprocating motion for
test. (for a manufacturing test use) After completion of this
test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST B
12
The collimator moves 140 pulses of a reciprocating motion for
test. (for a manufacturing test use) After completion of this
test, the Gantry must be reset.
TEST C
13
The collimator moves [Home → 20 pulses] of a reciprocating
motion for test. (for an endurance test use) After completion of
this test, the Gantry must be reset.
Value
–
Selected when selecting Function as a value. For example, if
“01” is entered, the ZIGZAG function is selected.
–
06–0F
Reserved
–
14–7F
Reserved
1–60
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-17 RAW DATA FUNCTIONS
Table 1–17
Raw Data Functions
Bar Menu
Pulldown Menu
File
Exit
Function
Selection
Save to MOD
Restore/Delete from MOD
Reserve/Release
Initialize MOD
Raw data
Selection
Whole Exam, Whole Series,
Individual Raw
Function
Exits ‘Raw Data Functions.’
(Selected as default when ‘Raw Data Functions’ is selected.)
Loads raw data files from the MOD to the system hard disk, or,
deletes raw data files on the MOD.
–
Initializes an MOD inserted.
Selects a raw data file, or, all the raw data files of a specified
series No., or, all the raw data files of a specified exam No.
(Note for Twin Systems only)
For Twin systems, do not select ‘Individual Raw’ in the Raw data Selection menu, otherwise, problems may be caused
for retro recon, etc. due to a Twin system algorithm related reason. This means that you should not handle individual
raw data file. Instead, select ‘Whole Exam’ or ‘Whole Series’ in the menu.
1–61
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS
The scan analysis feature allows users to have interactive access to scan files collected on the scanner. Scan data
to be viewed can come from either Patient Scanning or from service mode tools such as Diagnostic Data Collection
or Calibration.
Analysis is divided into three major areas of: SCAN ANALYSIS, dd FILE ANALYSIS, CAL FILE ANALYSIS, and Z–
tracking (for Twin ONLY). dd FILE ANALYSIS and CAL FILE ANALYSIS is not yet available for this CT System. Each
major section provides an File List Select interface similar to the Image Works List Select, Image Browser. Analysis
List Select allows you to select the appropriate file of interest.
Any of the normal scan files may be selected for processing within Scan Analysis including Axial, Helical, and Scout
scans. Once the scan data of interest is selected you can select one of several processing options which include:
Update, Scan Header, Cal Vectors, Plot MSD, Plot VVC, and Save Scan.
Definitions within Scan Analysis
D dd File (Diagnostic Data File):
dd files are a result file from some type of operation on the scan data file. dd files are typically some form
of view summed file that may have had some specific type of processing applied to it. For example, the
processing applied to the raw data to calculate the position of the pin in ISO alignment results in a temporary file that is a view summed result that could be saved as a dd file. As long as two dd files have the same
number of data elements in them the two files may be added, subtracted, multiplied, or divided with each
other.
D Means and Standard Deviation File (MSD):
This is usually the result of combining two or more views mathematically which results in Mean Values
for each channel in the views and an associated Standard Deviation for each channel in the views. In essence all of the user selected views in a scan file are summed together resulting in a single “master view”
that contains the averaged data from all of the views. The mean values represent the average data value
from the channels and the standard deviation values represent the amount of variability for that channels
data values across all of the views. The higher the standard deviation the more the channel output varied
from view to view.
D Scan Header:
This is the information contained within the Scan File that identifies the specific settings in affect when
that scan file was created. The Scan Header includes information at several levels including: Exam, Series, and Scan. Information identifying the technique selections, scan time, acquisition mode, and many
others may be found in the scan header.
D Cal Vectors:
Within Scan Analysis the Cal Vectors are only those vectors contained within the Scan Data File at the
time that the scan was taken.
D VVC (Views vs Channels):
This is a way to graphically represent the data values from each channel for each view of data from the
S–DAS as a shade of grey. The display will have the views stacked vertically and the channels arranged
across the display horizontally.
1–62
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
Starting the Scan Analysis
Click on Scan Analysis. The following window appears.
Selections in Scan Analysis
Upon starting the Scan List Select window, you can highlight an EXAM –> SERIES –> SCAN, and perform the desired
analysis feature by pressing any of the following buttons:
D Update:
The UPDATE selection will refresh the List Select Display if new scan files have been created since the
Scan Analysis Tool was started.
D Scan Header:
The SCAN HEADER selection will open a scrolling text window that contains the header text information
contained in select scan file.
D Cal Vectors:
The CAL VECTOR selection will open a window that allows you to select which of the calibration vectors
in the selected scan file that you wish to look at. After the selections are made, OK will process the data
requests and display the results.
The resultant plots will be auto–scaled and in some cases the range of data displayed will be set automatically. This is to provide a reasonable initial view of the data. Always check the scale on the left hand side
of the plot displays. Cursor reporting of data value and channel numbers is provided.
1–63
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
D Create MDS DD File: (For V/R 5.5x or later)
This will calculate a view averaged “super view” for the selected views and store the results in a separate
file on the systems disk. The display will report the path and filename of the file just created. Once created,
dd File can be viewed or compared with other files to check for specific operating characteristics.
D Plot MSD:
Provides a set of view summed Means and Standard Deviation Plots of a scan file. The plotter is started
to display the means vectors and the standard deviation vectors, computed across the entire scan for each
detector macro row. There will be (4) mean and standard deviation plot sets in the display window.
After Plot MSD is started, a preprocessing option selection window appears:
– Offset Correction:
This processing step removes from the scan data, the signal bias introduced by the acquisition
electronics. This operation is performed on a channel by channel basis for each view.
– Reference Normalization:
Makes use of unobstructed (not blocked by the patient) detector cells at the end of the detector
to adjust for fluctuations in the x–ray beam and effects of aperture size and mA. In the case where
the reference channels are blocked, the system uses an estimated value for the processing. The
steps for Reference Normalizing the scan data involves: Offset Correction for the Reference
Channels, Dividing the Offset Corrected Scan Data by the Averaged Reference Channels for
each view.
– Log Conversion:
The log operation is applied.
– Convolved Data:
This processing step mathematically filters the channel data to remove blurring affects that would
occur when the views are back–projected. The affect is to ‘sharpen’ each channels data value
within the view. Without the convolution step, some of the x–ray attenuation data for a particular
channel ends up in the channels on either side of that particular channel. Convolution puts that
adjacent channel contribution back into the channel data that it should have been in to begin with.
Cursor reporting of data value and channel numbers is provided.
For terminology and usage, refer to Generic System Analyzer.
1–64
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
D PLOT VVC:
The PLOT VVC selection provides Views–vs–Channels display of a grey scale representation for the selected scan file. Each view of data (or summed, compressed view) is represented on the display as a horizontal line. Each pixel in the line represents the data value for a particular channel from the DAS.
After VVC is activated,a preprocessing option selection window appears:
– Offset Correction:
This processing step removes from the scan data, the signal bias introduced by the acquisition
electronics. This operation is performed on a channel by channel basis for each view.
– Reference Normalization:
Makes use of unobstructed (not blocked by the patient) detector cells at the end of the detector
to adjust for fluctuations in the x–ray beam and effects of aperture size and mA. In the case where
the reference channels are blocked, the system uses an estimated value for the processing. The
steps for Reference Normalizing the scan data involves: Offset Correction for the Reference
Channels, Dividing the Offset Corrected Scan Data by the Averaged Reference Channels for
each view.
– Log Conversion:
The log operation is applied.
– FFT channel Data:
The combination operation of Offset Correction, Reference Normalization, and Log Conversion
is applied.
– Convolved Data:
This processing step mathematically filters the channel data to remove blurring affects that would
occur when the views are back–projected. The affect is to ‘sharpen’ each channels data value
within the view. Without the convolution step, some of the x–ray attenuation data for a particular
channel ends up in the channels on either side of that particular channel. Convolution puts that
adjacent channel contribution back into the channel data that it should have been in to begin with.
(PLOT VVC, Continued)
1–65
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
After selecting the box or line cursor using ‘region of Interest’ selection box, click [Plot now]. Once displayed, the window and level for the displayed data can be changed to better see variations in the data.
CURSOR BEHAVIOR IN VVC:
Cross hair Cursor reporting is provided for: Data Value, DAS Channel, Detector Channel, and View
number. The cursor is moved across the display using the mouse.
A selection box on the display allows selection of Line Cursors (Channel and View) and Box Cursors (Rectangle) which allow the selection of a Channel, View, or Group of channels and views for plotting. The line
and box cursors can be moved around the screen to view specific areas of interest. When the mouse pointer cursor is moved over a line cursor the mouse cursor will change to a four pointer arrow. Pressing the
left mouse button allows you to ‘drag’ the cursor across the display.
For the box cursors, the box may be dragged using the left mouse button with the mouse cursor positioned
over the box. The size and shape of the box can be changed by moving the mouse cursor over the Bottom
or Right edges of the box. When over the Bottom or Right edges of the box you can press the left mouse
button to drag the box edge up and down or left and right.
With the Line (Channel and View) cursors the plotted data will represent all Channels for a selected View
or all Views for a selected Channel.
With the Box Cursors the resulting plot will be a view summed Means and Standard Deviation plot for the
selected views and channels.
D Save Scan
This will save the selected scan file to a temporary disk location so that it can moved to MOD or transferred
via FTP to another location.
1–66
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking
The Z–AXIS TRACKING tool is a new TAB for the twin system ONLY, located within the Analysis Tool. The tool can
be used to plot various tracking functions, using a Scan Data Set. For a scan data set, the analysis package can plot
different data versus views in UN–FILTERED (the default) or FILTERED (20 pt. Boxcar) formats.
1–67
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking (continued)
In the figures that follow, examples of “known” Tracking plots are shown. Since plots vary from system to system, the
examples shown should be used only as guides. Compare your System’s plots and analyze them relative to the specification shown in each figure. The plots shown are UN–FILTERED views, which is the default option when they are
plotted. A 20 point boxcar filter takes the 20 view average and then plots the data.
A value is not considered to be out of specification, unless the limit is exceeded for a sustained interval of 100 views
or more. In the cases where specifications are not given, consider plots informational only.
To use the function “Save to File” , need to make a directory named “data” under root. Then after performing Save
to File, plot data is displayed and text file will be stored into data directory as named “TrackingVsScan.txt” (about 15KB
size). But it is not so useful because of text file.
It is recommended to remove the directory “data” after checking the TrackingVsScan.txt file for system stability.
D Collimator Position:
The plot shows the Collimator Position during a scan. Collimator positions are stored in the Scan file (Raw
Data).
The vertical axis shows the pulse count of Z–Axis pulse motor (20mm/pulse).
1–68
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking (continued)
D Z–Ratio:
Z–RATIO Plot computes the Ratio of Q–Cal Channels A and B. The value is given by the following equation.
Z_Ratio + K * A * B
K*A)B
A and B means Q–Cal channel average data of each detector plane.
(K=Qcal channel ratio)
Note
When you make a plot, you may be asked to enter the channel number. This has no meaning, any
input generates same plot.
1–69
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-1 Z–Axis Tracking (continued)
D Center Ratio:
CENTER RATIO plot indicates the calculated Focal Spot position relative to the centerline,
with the center position being 0. The focal spot moves during a scan due to mA, rotor wobble,
gantry rotation wobble, and because of tube (target) heat.
Center_Ch_Ratio + K * A * B
K*A)B
A and B means active channel data of each detector
plane.(K=Q cal channel ratio)
Note
The Ref. channel Ratio can not be seen by this tool.
1–70
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-2 DD
dd File List Select Overview
dd math is a means for the user to apply mathematical operations: add, subtract, multiply, and divide to dd files, and
calculate the channel to channel difference or ratio of means vs. standard deviation vectors of a dd file. It allows the
user to specify the scaling factor for the output vector, and provides three output modes: plot, dd file, and view numbers.
dd math is part of the dd analysis user interface. Scan Analysis is used to generate dd files that may then be manipulated and or examined using dd File Analysis.
1–71
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-2 DD (Continued)
Operating dd Math Function
The dd math operation buttons will be insensitive if no files are selected into the dd math operation panel.
1.
The user may start dd math operation(s) by selecting the file(s) and putting them into the selection field by clicking
the button FILE #1 or FILE #2.
If the selected file is not a dd file, the application will not put it into the dd math operation field. A message window
will pop up and ask user to select a dd file.
If only one file is selected and it is of the file type RTS dd file or MSD dd file, both Ch2Ch (Channel to Channel)
and Ratio (RATIO OF MEANS VS. STDV) will become sensitive.
If the selected file is not of the type MSD or RTS, only Ch2Ch will become sensitive.
When two dd files are selected, + (ADD), – (SUBTRACT), x (MULTIPLY), and / (DIVIDE) become sensitive and
Ch2Ch and Ratio will be insensitive.
2.
The user can specify the output file name when the dd file output mode is set. Otherwise a default dd file name
will be provided.
3.
The default output scaling factor is 1.0. The user can set the scaling factor to any real number.
4.
When the dd math operation buttons are sensitive, the user can select the desired button to start the dd math
operation.
dd Files Generation
There are 18 different dd file types of six orientations. The orientations are View, Channel, RTS, CAL, Elements, and
Header.
Channel oriented means and standard deviation type dd files are the only type that can be created from scan data
files in the Scan Analysis application.
1–72
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-2 DD (Continued)
dd Math Functions
dd math consists of the following functions:
D Add
D Subtract
D Multiply
D Divide
D Channel to Channel (Ch2Ch) difference
D Ratio of means vs. standard deviation
Perform: add, subtract, multiply, divide, and channel to channel difference operations on dd files. These operations
are only available for dd file types.
Add, Subtract, Multiply, Divide
Applies add, subtract, multiply, and divide between vectors in two dd files. The output file is a dd file with one of the
following suffixes:
D .add
D .dif
D .mul
D .rat
Operations can be performed on dd files in View orientation, Channel orientation, RTS orientation, and Cal orientation.
Currently, no dd type restrictions are applied to operations between dd files, as long as the dd vectors have the same
number of elements. If one file has a single vector and the other file has multiple vectors the mathematical operation
will be applied multiple times using the single vector.
Otherwise the mathematical operation will be applied component wise for the number of vectors in each file.
Channel to Channel Difference
Applies the following calculation to the data from the data set(s) in the dd files for View, RTS or Cal orientation.
(X2–X1), (X3–X2), (X4–X3),...,(Xn–Xn–1)
Where X is the data value for each channel.
The output is channel to channel dd file with extension: .c2c
1–73
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-18 SCAN ANALYSIS (continued)
1-18-2 DD (Continued)
Ratio of Means vs. Standard Deviation
Takes a MSD (means and standard deviation) or RTS (real time statistics) type of dd file, calculates the ratio of data
in the means vector (1st set) to data in standard deviation vector (2nd set). The
output file is a ratio type of dd file with the extension: .rat
dd Math Output Mode
Three output modes are supported in dd math:
D Plot:
Will plot the output dd vector using an on screen vector display.
D DD File:
Allows the user to specify the output dd file name with a full path or the file basename.
If only base name is provided the program will use the default prefix and suffix for the output file. The
created dd file will be shown in the dd file list.
D View #’s (Numbers):
Prints the numerical data of the dd vector(s) to the display window(s). For image file types and scan file
types, it will display the VVC plots of the selected files.
Other Functions in dd Analysis User Interface
The dd math operation panel supports the following functions for various file types.
D Update
Refreshes the display in the dd panel.
D Plot
Plots the vector(s) of the selected files in the display window for the following file types:
dd Files and Cal Files
D Save (to) MOD / Restore (From) MOD
Saves the selected files to the MOD and restores all the dd files from /MOD/ddfiles to /data directory.
D Sort By Date or Sort by Type
The user can perform these functions, except dd math operations, by simply selecting one or more files in the list select
window, and clicking the function button. The following file types are supported in this panel.
D dd File
D Cal File
D Data File
1–74
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-19 SERVICE CALIBRATION
Table 1–18
Service Calibration
Service Calibration Menu
(Sequence)
Auto Sequence 1
Displayed Instruction
Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for CAM Change & Routine Maintenance]
Auto Sequence 2
Q Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for Tube/Collimator/Filter/Slice Thickness Change]
Auto Sequence 3
Q Cal → XT Cal → AV Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for Detector Change]
Auto Sequence 4
DG Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for DAS Change]
Auto Sequence 5
Q Cal → XT Cal → AV Cal → DG Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal
[for 1st Installation]
Q Cal
–
XT Cal
–
AV Cal
–
DG Cal
–
Asymmetric Seq
Q Cal → Air Cal → Phantom Cal [for Asymmetric Option installation]
D For ‘Auto Sequence 1’ only, 80 kV, 120 kV, or 140 kV can be selected.
Phantom Calibration for Twin System
Because of the X–ray geometry, 10mm Calibration file will be unique vector, and system requires two thickness Cal.
data for Phantom Calibration. 10mm Cal. data is not linear against other thickness Cal files (7, 5,3, etc.).
10mm Calibration
7mm Calibration
Used for 10mm Cal. File only.
Used for 7, 5,3,2 and 1mm Cal. File.
1–75
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-20 SERVICE MANUAL
The service documentations CD–ROM can be displayed on the CRT of the OC.
1.
Insert the Service Documentation CD–ROM into the CD–ROM drive of the OC.
2.
Click on Service icon, then select Service Manual.
The start screen of the service manual is displayed on the CRT.
Note
If “Netscape: Not Recommended Browser” window appears, click on Close.
3.
Click on (Proceed –>) Main Page to select the Service manuals to be displayed.
4.
To exit from the service manual, click the button located at the left upper of screen, then select Close.
The service manual CD–ROM will be ejected automatically from the drive.
Note
For V/R 5.5x or later system, the CD–ROM can not be automatically ejected. So, open a shell window
and enter eject to eject the CD–ROM. Then enter exit to close the shell window.
1–76
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
1-21 SHUTDOWN
Note
The Menu filled in yellow stripe below are the Class C tool.
1-21-1 Application Shutdown
Click on Application Shutdown to terminate the application software and enter the desktop menu. By using the
desktop menu, perform the followings:
System Software Version
Desktop Menu
Descriptions
2.5
3.x
4.0
4.1 or
later
Startup
x
x
x
x
Terminates the desktop menu and starts up
the application software.
Date setting
x
x
x
x
Sets the date and time.
Reconfig
x
x
x
x
Performs system configurations.
Savestate
x
x
x
x
Saves the system state data in a MOD.
x
x
x
Restores the system state data saved by ‘Savestate’ function.
Restorestate
Install Options
x
x
x
x
Installs the option key MOD.
List Options
x
x
x
x
Displays options installed in the system.
Install Software
x
x
Installs revision–up or patch softwares.
Install InSite
x
x
Installs InSite Software.
Install Patch
x
Installs revision–up or patch softwares.
List S/W Package
x
Displays versions of Patch and application
softwares.
Shell
x
x
x
x
Displays the UNIX shell window. You can use
the UNIX commands.
LFW
x
x
x
x
To perform the LFW procedures.
Logout
x
x
x
x
Do not click on this button!! If clicked, enter
‘ctuser’ as a login ID and ‘suisei.’ as a password to return the desktop menu (or scan panel).
Shutdown
x
x
x
x
Terminates the OS to power OFF the system.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
1-21-2 System Shutdown (For the system V/R 5.5 or later) – Class C
Click on System Shutdown to shut down the system. The shut–down procedure starts with no inquiry.
1–77
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER
The System Browser is intended to provide a single point user interface for the review of important system information
to aid evaluation and troubleshooting.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Note
The Menu filled in yellow stripe below are the Class C tool.
Viewer Selections
In the Viewer Selection Area, the user may select one of several system information areas to review.
This selection is made using the ‘Pull Down’ window labeled ‘View:’
D GE System Log
gesyslog
D SYSLOG OC
OC computer IRIX Operating System Log
D IOS LOGS
Application software logs for: Image Browser, Image Database Read Server, Image Database Write Server, Image Server, DICOM Server, Image Acquisition Server, Networking Server, Film Composer Log,
Printer Server, Archive, Display, Filming.
D Tube Usage
Tube slice count and use information for the current and previous X–Ray Tubes.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
D Run Time Statistics (Class C)
Tube spits, NPR test result, DBPCI test result.
D OC Info.
System software version, Disk usage, Network info., Current Process, Hardware Inventory, OC route
table.
D Configuration Files
OC Host Configuration File, OC Scan Hardware Configuration File.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
D History Log (Class C)
Logs for calibration, analysis, test, etc.
D Software Health Page (Class C)
Files for JEDI error, IOS, etc.
After the Major Area of interest is selected in the ‘View:’ window, you may select one or more of the items displayed
in the ‘Option:’ window directly below the ‘View: Pull Down Window’. This allows more than one group of information
to be viewed together.
1–78
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER (continued)
After the ‘Option:’ window selects have been made, you may get the selected information from the system by selecting
the button directly to the right of the ‘Option:’ window. The Button name will change depending upon the type of information being selected. In the case of the GE System Log the button is labeled RETRIEVE BUFFER PAGE and if the
selection had been Tube Usage the button selections would be SUMMARY, DETAIL, and CUMULATIVE. Each of the
selections will be explained later in this description.
In the Viewer Selection Area you may also enter an alpha–numeric text string to Search for in the currently Displayed
information.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Class C Functions
D Histogram provides a bar graph histogram of the software processes reporting errors in the GE System
Log. The size of the bars indicates the number of each item that was found in the log.
D Selecting ‘Filter’ and then ‘Histogram’ provides a bar graph of errors in the GE System Log that contain
specific alpha–numeric strings. The current strings are: Pri/Most, Pri/Soft, Abort, TAXI, DIP, Filter, Aperture, Converter, ICE CPU, temperature, watchdog, overrun.
GE System Log
The System Browser provides convenient viewing of the scanner primary message log
/usr/g/service/log/gesys_<suite name>_oc.log
After the user selects the GE System Log the entire log is read and divided into ‘pages’ of 1000 lines of messages.
Each ‘page’ of the log is displayed in the ‘Option:’ window with the following format:
Pg # :Day of Week mmm dd hh:mm:ss yyyy
You may then select one or more of the ‘pages’ within the option window and then select ‘Retrieve Buffer Page’. This
allows you to quickly move to a specific Date/Time of interest and avoid having to scroll through parts of the log that
is not of current interest.
Once the Buffer pages have been retrieved, you can search within the currently displayed pages for any alpha–numeric string entered in the Search Field and then selecting the Search Button. The search field is case sensitive. Depending upon the selections for: Next, Previous, First, Last the viewer will display the Next, Previous, First, or Last occurrence of the Search String. Selecting Search Again will take you to the Next or Previous occurrence if those selections
had been made.
The Search feature will also display how many of occurrences of the Search string where found in that section(s) of
the log. The information is displayed in the User Message Area at the bottom of the window in the form of:
Search Status: Found XX match(s) of <search string>
1–79
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER (continued)
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Class C Histogram and Filter Function for GE System Log
In addition to the standard viewing and search functions described above, the System Browser allows you to produce a Histogram of the entire gesyslog and display the results in a graphical, bar chart format. An additional feature
is to first apply a fixed filter to the entire gesyslog and then produce a graphical histogram of the filtered results.
Additional Histogram and Filter Functions are planned to be added in later software releases based upon your and
engineering’s inputs.
D Histogram
If the ‘Histogram’ button is selected, the System Browser processes the entire gesyslog, not just the
buffer pages currently being viewed. The current Histogram processing counts the number of times that
individual software processes (programs) log messages to the gesyslog.
The Histogram includes two different pieces of information for each line reported in the graph.
– The name of the item(s) found during the generation of the Histogram. In this example the
names of the processes reporting messages to the log are displayed next to the number of occurrences in the form <process name>. The process names are the names reported in the gesyslog Process: field.
– A bar graph showing the relative number of occurrences for the found items in descending order
from the most number found to the least number found.
D Filter (Filtered Histogram)
If the ‘Filter Check Box’ is selected and then the ‘Histogram Button’, the System Browser will first apply
a filter to the gesyslog and then produce a Histogram of that result.
The current fixed filter is a list of ‘key word strings’. In the future we will add additional filter sets based
upon field and engineering inputs.
SYSLOG – OC
When you select either SYSLOG OC, the System Browser will display the IRX SYSLOG Files on the respective computer. These are the logs normally found at /var/adm on the OC system.
Once again you may select one or more of the log files to view in the Options: window and then select the View File
Button to retrieve and display the requested information. The Search and Next, Previous, First and Last functions
operate the same as for the basic gesyslog viewer.
IOS Logs
The IOS log files are created and updated by various scanner application software processes.
These processes include: Image Browser, Image Database Read Server, Image Database Write Server, Image Server, DICOM Server, Image Acquisition Server, Networking Server, Film Composer Log, Printer Server, Archive, Display, and Filming.
The System Browser has the same operation and capabilities as those for viewing the IRIX SYSLOG files.
1–80
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER (continued)
Tube Usage
The System Browser is used to display information about the currently installed tube as well as previously installed
tubes. The Tube Usage viewer provides three different levels of information viewing for Tube Usage: Summary, Details, and Cumulative.
Note
For Tube Warranty purposes ‘Warranty Effective Slices’ is the correct number to report upon tube
unit failure.
D Tube Usage Details Information
The Tube Usage Details information identifies the selected Tube Unit and Site Information plus details on
the types and number of scans taken on that tube unit.
D Tube Usage Cumulative Information
The Tube Usage Cumulative Information displays the totaled tube usage information for all tubes
that have been installed on the system.
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
Run Time Stats – Class C
The system Browser allows you to display statistical information gather by different subsystems in the scanner.
Unlike the other viewers only one category may be selected at a time for display.
Currently the System Browser can display the following information under Run Time Stats:Tube spits, NPR test
result, DBPCI test result.
OC Info
The title for this section may be a little misleading so take a look at the capabilities that the System Browser can provide
to you in this area.
The System Browser has the capability of running some of the routinely used IRIX commands used
in gathering data about the system operation and configuration as well as reporting some of the
specific scanner configuration files.
Note that multi–select is available in the ‘Option:’ Window. Note also that the Search Function is available.
The command results available in this area are:
D System Software Revisions:showprods
D Disk Usage: df
D OC Network Sockets:netstat –ian
D OC Route Table: netstat –r
D OC Network Configuration:ifconfig
D OC Current Processes Running:ps –aef
D OC Hardware Inventory:hinv
1–81
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-22 SYSTEM BROWSER (continued)
Config Files
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some of the routinely referenced scanner configuration files used
in gathering data about the system:
Info file, OC host.cfg, OC scanrecon.cfg, OC option.cfg, etc..
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
History Log – Class C
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some history log files:
Alignment, Service Calibration, User calibration, CT number adjustment, Tube warmup, Gravity sag, Heat soak,
Image analysis, JEDI diag, DAS transfer test, DAS linearity test, POST recon test, InSite activity, etc..
Software Health Page – Class C
The System Browser has the capability of viewing some log files:
JEDI error, assoc_out, caldate, corefilelist, ermes, gesys.log, hast_report, hiv_inv, ios logs, least 15, login_logout,
message_report, module, OC_SYSLOG, process, readme, reli_number, reli_report, starup_shutdown, swHealthPage.log, swinfo, top15, etc..
1–82
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-23 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, CHANGE)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the single detector system.
It will take approx. two hours to complete adjustments.
1.
Select Service Menu → Tube Pro. (NoFilm, Change)
2.
Tube procedure tool will execute.
If you have already initialized Tube Filament Aging Data, click on OK.
If it does not, click on Cancel then perform CLEAR FILAMENT AGING, using Service Menu –> Generator test.
3.
Enter Tube Insert Serial Number (Not Housing Serial Number), then click on OK.
4.
Follow the procedures that appear on the CRT screen. The following adjustments will be performed.
D Tube POR Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, POR Except for Twin System.
D Tube BOW Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, BOW Except for Twin System.
D Tube ISO Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, ISO Center Alignment.
D Q calibration:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, HiLight Calibration.
D Bowtie Filter Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Filter Alignment.
D Auto Sequence 1 (Air and Phantom cal):
For detailed procedures, refer to Section 1-19 Service Calibration.
D Quick CT # Adjustment
1–83
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-24 TUBE PRO. (NOFILM, MFG.)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the single detector system.
This tool can perform full calibrations as follows: (Mainly used at manufacturing line)
D Tube POR Alignment
D Tube BOW Alignment
D Gravity SAG
D Tube Rough ISO Alignment
D Radial Alignment
D Tube ISO Alignment
D Q–cal
D XT–cal
D AV–cal
D DG–cal
D Bowtie Filter Alignment
D Auto Sequence 1 (Air and Phantom Cal)
D Quick CT # Adjustment
1–84
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the Twin detector system.
Prior to starting Tube Procedure (change)
1.
Checking the Aperture Home Position:
a. Attach a tape as a mark onto the motor drive pulley to read a number of rotation of the collimator Z–axis drive
motor.
Mark (tape)
Nearly aligned
b. Press the OGP reset switch to drive the collimator Z–axis drive motor.
Push this reset SW.
OGP BOARD
c. Verify that:
–The aperture moves smoothly.
–The mark, attached in step a, rotates approx. 3 times CW, 6 times CCW, and 3 times CW, then the aperture
stop moving.
d. Verify that the aperture front surface is NEARLY aligned with the front surface of the collimator case. (See the
photograph above.)
1–85
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) (continued)
Checking for the Aperture Z–Axis Zigzag motion:
a. Select Service –> Offline Scan.
b. Perform one off–line scan (Stationary, 1sec,100mA, 1mm, Small Focus, T/G control → Auto Collimator:ON)
with the bow–tie filter installed. (This scan is performed to move the collimator so that X–ray beam is evenly
exposed for both A and B channels.)
After scanning, do not exit from the Off–line scan screen.
c. Set the Zigzag motion for the collimator aperture:
D For V/R 5.5x or later system:
Select Offline Scan –> T/G Control –> CIF mode –> ZIGZAG.
8
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
7
1
O
N
ON
D For V/R 5.0x system:
Switch OFF ‘Rotate’ breaker at the Gantry rear base and open the left DAS cover.
Set the bit switch 3 of the SW2 to the ON position as shown.
Then switch ON ‘Rotate’ breaker.
SW2
2.
BEAM TRACKING CONTROL
d. Perform one off–line scan (Stationary, 1sec,100mA, 1mm, Small Focus, T/G control → Auto Collimator:OFF)
with the bow–tie filter installed.
e. Select Service –> Generic System Analyzer –> Format Raw Data –> A side.
f. Select the raw data file (of the last scan performed in step d) from the Raw data browser lists.
Perform Fan Data with the following settings, then click on OK:
Offset File Correction
Yes
Reference Correction
No
Natural Log Conversion
No
Select Original as “Select Type of Data:”.
Select Store to File.
Enter 1 as “Mean Vector Number” and A ch as “File Comment”, then click on OK.
1–86
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) (continued)
g. Click on Select RawID... to return to the Fan Data Format screen, and select B side and repeat step f to make
MeanFile 2 – B ch.
h. Select Service Menu → Generic System Analyzer (GSA) → Analysis → Calculations → Raw/Raw. Op.
i. Select A+B from ‘Select Operation:’.
Select SvSupRaw 1–Ach as Raw Data File A.
Select SvSupRaw 2–Bch as Raw Data File B.
Enter 3 as “Output Raw File Number” and A + B as “Comment”, then click on OK.
j. Repeat step i to make SvSupRaw 4 – A–B by selecting ‘A–B’ as ‘Select Operation:’.
k. Select A/B from ‘Select Operation:’.
l. Select SvSupRaw 4–A–B as Raw Data File A.
Select SvSupRaw 3–A+B as Raw Data File B.
m. Enter 5 as “Output Raw File Number” and A–B/A+B as “Comment”, then click on OK.
n. Select Service Menu → Generic System Analyzer (GSA) → Analysis →
View Raw Data.
o. Select SvSupRaw 5– A–B/A+B as “Select SupRaw File:”.
p. Click on [Cursor], then set the cursor to View=1 and Channel=826.
q. Click on [Plot].
r. Select ‘Vertical Profile’.
Select ‘Manual Scale.’
Enter –1 for Data Min.
Enter 1 for Data Max.
Click on OK.
A graph like in Illustration below is drawn.
Normal
Abnormal
An acute angle must be
displayed.
–1
–0.5
0
0.5
1–87
1
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-25 TUBE PROCEDURE (CHANGE) (continued)
s. Set the SW2 on the CIF Board to the original position (all to OFF) and install the DAS cover.
t. Switch ON the ‘Rotate’ switch.
Starting Tube Procedure (change)
It will take approx. two hours to complete adjustments.
1.
Select Service Menu → Tube Procedure (change)
2.
Tube procedure tool will execute.
If you have already initialized Tube Filament Aging Data, click on OK.
If it does not, click on Cancel then perform CLEAR FILAMENT AGING, using Service Menu –> Generator test.
3.
Enter Tube Insert Serial Number (Not Housing Serial Number), then click on OK.
4.
Follow the procedures that appear on the CRT screen. The following adjustments will be performed.
D POR Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, POR for Twin System.
D BOW Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, BOW for Twin System.
D Q cal Cannel Ratio:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Qcal Channel Ratio.
D ISO Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, ISO Center Alignment.
D Q calibration:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, HiLight Calibration.
D Bowtie Filter Alignment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, X–ray alignment, Filter Alignment.
D Auto Sequence 1:
For detailed procedures, refer to Section 1-19 Service Calibration.
D CT # Adjustment:
For detailed procedures, refer to FCA, System, System Calibration, CT Number Adjustment.
1–88
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-26 TUBE PROCEDURE (MFG.)
IMPORTANT NOTE:
This procedure is provided for the Twin detector system.
This tool can perform full calibrations as follows: (Mainly used at manufacturing line)
D POR
D BOW
D Qcal channel Ratio
D Gravity SAG
D Rough ISO Alignment
D Radial Alignment
D ISO Alignment
D Q–cal
D XT–cal
D AV–cal
D DG–cal
D Bowtie Filter Alignment
D Auto Sequence 1
D CT Number Adjustment
1–89
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-27 UPDATE SYSTEM LOG
The following logs can be updated by this menu.
D ‘Tube Usage’, ‘Tube Spits’, ‘Bad Raw’
NOTICE
When updating system log(s), reboot the system to enable a newly created file.
1–90
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-28 USER PREFERENCE
The following can be set in this menu.
1–91
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
1-29 VECTOR CONVERT
Table 1–19
Vector Convert
Parameter to be Specified
Generation
Selectable Parameter
Current, Previous, 2Before, 3Before, ... , 9Before
(When ‘Warmup Whole’ is selected for ‘Vector’ only)
(arbitrary)
Store from
Vector
Warmup Whole, Warmup History, Hilight, Air & Ptm
Item
Mean, 1/Mean, SD, SD/Mean, Ratio, HPFratio, AP chk0, AP
(When ‘Warmup History’ is se- chk90, AP chk180, AP chk270, stRatio, filstRatio
lected for ‘Vector’ only)
kV, Thickness, Cal.FOV, Focus
(kV), (Thickness), (Cal.FOV), (Focus)
(When ‘Air & Ptm’ is selected
for ‘Vector’ only)
How to Use
1.
Specify the parameters described in Table 1–19.
2.
Click [Convert vector].
3.
Click [Show contents].
The following is displayed.
Table 1–20
Vector
‘Show contents’
Displayed Information
Warmup Whole
Date & Time
Warmup History
Date & Time
Hilight
Air & Ptm
Date & Time, (others)
Date & Time, beta, gamma, (others)
1–92
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
SECTION 2 – MESSAGE DISPLAY
2-1
MESSAGE DESKTOP
When an error occurs, the system gives an alert sound, and displays a message on the message bar. See Illustration
2–1.
Click the message bar to display the message desktop and to see more messages if any. The screen only shows
messages which are current. To see the message log, click [View Log].
Illustration 2–1
Message Desktop
Monitor Screen
Scan
Display ImageWorks
Service Shutdown
Idle
Attach in progress
Network status
Filming Status
Message Bar
Current Messages
Clear
View Log
(dimmed)
Close
Memo
Update
(dimmed)
Message Desktop
2–1
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2-1
2202119
MESSAGE DESKTOP (continued)
Viewing Level
Click [Select Viewing Level] to show a pop–up menu for a Viewing Level selection. Refer to Illustration 2–2 and Table
2–1.
Illustration 2–2
Message Log Report
Message Desktop
Message Log Report
Select
Viewing
Level
Table 2–1
Viewing Level
(Pop–up Menu)
All
Operator
Selection of Viewing Level
Description
All messages are displayed.
Messages for operators are displayed.
Service
Messages for service engineers are displayed.
Support
Messages for software engineers are displayed.
2–2
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2-2
2202119
ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT
1. Following is the general format of message which you can see on Error Log viewer. Error code is assigned as unique
number in one software version but this may be different if software version is different.
Host name of this system
Process name which
output this message
Date
Tue Apr 18 13:30:02 2000
Host:ctbay01
Proc:scanRx
File:UIRx.cxx
Line:10653
Function : Data Acquisition : OC Processing
Start : Prospective Exam : 415 : Protocol : 1.
Error:200109155
Error code which is assigned
for this software
Explanation
2. In case error is from Table/Gantry, including JEDI and DAS, there are 3 types of explanation format:
(1) XG error
On V/R4.10 or later, JEDI detail error code is on Error Log viewer(gesyslog) in case that error causes scan stop. It
means errors higher than Class3 is displayed there. This is common between V/R4.xx software and V/R5.xx software. See X–ray Generator Section for detail.
Fri Apr 28 18:25:02 2000
Host:ctbay10
Proc:tgp_out
XG Error.
Phase is 2 code is 50.
Detail error code : 50–0212H
Heater Error : MAINS_DROP detected..
2–3
Error:186218
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2-2
2202119
ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT (continued)
(2) Except XG Error on V/R4.13 or before
You can find more detail explanation for each errors on Advanced Diagnostics TAB.
What kind of errors happened.
Wed Apr 12 13:38:45 2000
Host:ctbay07
Proc:tgp_out
Cradle Error.
SW/HW Error: TGP Error Detected.
code is 2
Detail error code in Cradle Error.
Error:186403
Who detects the error.
‘TGP Error Detected’ means
TGP detects the error.
(3) Except XG Error on V/R5.00 or later
Error Code which is assigned to identify error is unique even if software version is different. All of errors have the
information who detects error and detail explanation to help you understand the situation.
What kind of errors happened.
Error Code which is assigned to identify errors
Fri Apr 28 20:30:07 2000
Host:ctbay10
Proc:tgp_out
Cradle Error.
Code:12–1030–02
Error detected by : TGP(TP)
Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE CMD.
Who detects the error
Error:186327
Detail explanation of this error.
2–4
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2-2
2202119
ERROR LOG VIEWER MESSAGE FORMAT (continued)
Error Code format is as below.
Detail Error Code.
Code:12 – 1030 – 02
Who detects the error.
What kind of error happened
Error or Information, 1 is Error and 0 is Information.
List of code who detects the error.
11
12
13
20
30
40
TGP(MP)
TGP(TP)
TGP(GP)
OGP
CIF(DAS)
kV Control(JEDI)
2–5
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–6
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
SECTION 3 – UNIX COMMANDS
3-1
UNIX COMMANDS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING
For other Unix commands or detailed information, refer to Section 4, Irix Guide.
3-1-1
Disk Usage Information
Enter the following command in the Unix shell to display the disk usage information.
$ df
3-1-2
Recovery
The following commands will restart the process without performing system shutdown.
Description
Command
(in the Unix Shell)
/usr/g/bin/restartDisplay
If the display (autoview portion) process is crashed, it can be
restarted with this command.
(You can also use a command from the Display or ImageWorks desktop menu.)
(from the ImageWorks desktop menu) If the browser process is crashed, it can be restarted with this
command.
restartBrowser
3-1-3
Software Problem
→ Just write SPR (Service Problem Report) with reproducible operation as detailed as possible.
3–1
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-1-4
2202119
How to Collect Log (SnapState)
Just do SnapState to collect all the necessary logs. (error logs, core files, timer logs, etc.)
SnapState saves log files either hard disk or MOD.
Select “Snap State” from Utility menu on Service desktop. Or,
Enter the following command in shell.
$ SnapState
SnapState
Option
No Option
Function
same function as “–c”.
–M
Save to MOD automatically, no prompt.
–a
Run in fully automated mode (HAST).
–c
Use createTracebacks. This creates traceback file from core and remove core.
–f
Forced remove without save or information, use is NOT asked for permission.
–h
Describe usage of SnapState.
–i
Save log files only (InSite mode).
–m
Forces special message used by autostart and changes default answers to
questions.
–s
Run in silent mode, no questions.
–sl
Storelog mode, no user input.
–REMOVE
–SAVE
Forced remove with save and information.
Forced save.
Here is a list of files which SnapState stores.
Store Path: /MOD/<hostname>.<datetime> ... in case of MOD
/usr/sc/log/<hostname>.<datetime>.tar ... in case of disk
3–2
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-1-4
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
How to Collect Log (SnapState) (continued)
Files to be stored:
/usr/g/bin/core*
/usr/g/service/log/core*
/usr/g/service/core/core*
/usr/tmp/core*
/usr/g/service /Sv*
/usr/g/service /gesys_<hostname>.log
/usr/g/service /exam*.protocol (not available now)
/usr/g/service /exam*.scan.request (not available now)
/var/adm/SYSLOG
/var/adm/crash/*
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles/*log
/tmp/*.log* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/recon_q* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/rawctrl* (result of /usr/g/srtools/getLogScanRecon)
/tmp/acq.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/RawPrmtrDisp)
/tmp/scan.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/ScanPrmtrDisp)
/tmp/recon.req (result of /usr/g/srtools/ReconPrmtrDisp)
ps.info (result of ‘ps –efl’)
df.info (result of ‘df’)
hw.info (result of ‘hinv’)
dasm.info (result of ‘showdasm’)
SHOWPRODS (result of ‘showprods’)
/VERSION
3–3
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-1-4
2202119
How to Collect Log (SnapState) (continued)
Table 3–1
Log Files
Category
Generator
Directory
Filename
Description
/usr/g/service/log/
generatorTest.log
It is log file of generatorTest.
/usr/g/service/log/
JEDIerror.log
It is made by ‘Error log retrieve’ in generatorTest. It
includes only retrieved data from JEDI.
/usr/g/service/log/
JEDIerror.log.detail
It is made by ‘Error log retrieve’ in generatorTest. It
is derived from JEDIerror.log with detail error description.
/usr/g/service/log/
SvTubeUsage.log
Tube Usage file of current one.
SvTubeUsage.log.old1
Last Tube Usage file. There are files from old1 to
old5. It means system can have last 5 tube usage
log files. New one will be created by using ‘create’
function.
/usr/g/service/log/SvTubeSpits01/
0x.log
Tube Spits Log file. 01.log is spits log file for 1st
10kslices. Sequential files, ex, 02.log, 03.log, etc
will be created along with slice increase. SVTubeSpits02 directory will be created when TubeSpitsLog
are created by using ‘create’ function.
Bad Raw Log
/usr/g/service/log/SvBadRaw01/
0x.log
Bad Raw log file. Management is same as Tube
Spits Log file. Do not have create functionality.
Results of Diagnostics
/usr/g/service/log/
das_test_log
Log of DAS Transfer Test
/usr/g/service/log/
postrectest_image_err.log*
Log of Auto Post Recon Test
/usr/g/insite/
modemsetup.log
Log of Modem setup (result of installmodem)
/var/adm/
pppd.log*
PPP daemon
/usr/g/insite/ProDiags/
ProDiags_<hostname>.log
Prodiags
/usr/g/insite/ProDiags/healthpage/
results directory.
Healthpage (does not produce any logs but the
healthpage itself is generated in)
/usr/g/service/log/
poweron.log
Power On Test Log. Overwritten when power on
test is proceeded.
/usr/g/diag/log
hw_TestLogs
Summary of Off LineTest result. Results are appended, not overwritten. This file is automatically
divided and create .bak file when the size is over
50kByte at the start timing of Off Line Test.
/usr/g/service/log/
gesys_hostname.log
Error log file which can be observed on Message
Viewer. This file is automatically divided and create
compressed gz file when the size is over 3 or 4
MBytes at bootup.
/var/adm/
install.report
Log file of software installation.
/var/adm/
SYSLOG
System Log file which is related to OS.
Tube
Core File
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Log files which is related to IOS.
3–4
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-1-5
2202119
How to Display History Log (For V/R 4.13 or later)
The history log files are stored under /usr/g/config/history directory. Displaying these files allows you to understand
what kind of activities has been done on the system. The history log to be stored:
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
CTnumAdj.log
alignment.log
serviceCal.log
DASlinear.log
gsag.log
serviceMenu.log
DASxfer.log
heatSoak.log
updateLog.log
MTFsurvey.log
iipenv.log.Z
userCal.log
SelectSaveState.log
jediDiag.log
warmUp.log
TubeProcedure.log
postRecon.log
To display the contents of these file, use tail command.
Following is an example for alignment.log. Tail command with –xx option will be useful to see latest status. xx is the
number of lines from the bottom of the file.
$ tail –10 alignment.log
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
Thu Feb
1 11:40:52 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom RIGHT 0.13 mm (< 0.15)
1 11:40:56 2001;Air scan;start
1 11:41:16 2001;alignment.log;End
1 14:30:47 2001;alignment.log;Start
1 14:30:58 2001;Air scan;start
1 14:32:47 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom DOWN 0.73 mm (< 0.15)
1 14:32:47 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom RIGHT 1.55 mm (< 0.15)
1 14:33:31 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom DOWN 0.27 mm (< 0.15)
1 14:33:31 2001;Phantom centering;Move Phantom RIGHT 0.12 mm (< 0.15)
1 14:33:49 2001;alignment.log;End
3–5
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-1-6
2202119
How to Use MOD
You have to initialize MOD if it is new one. You can initialize either mkfsMOD command or Initialize MOD under Raw
Functions.
You can not initialize Image MOD by using the above command to avoid accidental image data loss. Before you use
MOD, you should mount MOD using mountMOD command.
$ mountMOD
Then MOD is mounted on /MOD directory. You can copy files or log to MOD using standard unix command.
Before eject MOD, you should unmount MOD using unmountMOD.
$ unmountMOD
You can not unmount it if you are working on /MOD directory. In this case, change the working directory and retry.
3-1-7
How to Display Cooling Trend
At the present, no tube anode/case temperature are not displayed on the screen. However, you can set it by running
the following scripts after perform application shutdown.
$ /usr/g/srtools/setCoolingTrend
Then start up the system. After start–up, enter the following command to display console window.
$ startconsole
Tube Anode and Case temperature is displayed on the console window.
Note: This is for debug use only and not designed for customer use.
To turn it off, run the following scripts after application shutdown and start up the system again.
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetCoolingTrend
3–6
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Using the Tube Temperature (For Version 6.xx or later system)
The tube temperature view can be used without performing application shutdown.
1.
Select Service –> shell.
2.
Enter tubeTempViewer. The following window appears so that you can find about current Anode and Case temperatures.
3.
Click on Quit to terminate the Tube Temperature Viewer.
3-1-8
How to Rise the Tube Temperature to 100 %
To reset a cooling algorithm, rise the tube temperature (Case and Anode) to 100%.
Enter the following command in shell.
$ TubeTempMax
Note
Once the temperature rises to 100%, you must wait approximately 20 minutes for scanning.
3-1-9
How to Install SMPTE and QA Images
There is functions to install these images for reference. Select Install SMPTE from Utility Menu on Service Desktop.
Then both images are installed.
SMPTE Image
Exam# 1000, 1 image, Set WW = 1024 WL = 300 to see.
QA Images
Exam# 273, 6 images.
Note: In fact this is not right image for QA Images.
3–7
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3-1-10 How to Change AutoVoice, X–ray Buzzer Sounds
On Service desktop, select Audio Control under Service Adjustment Menu. You can adjust the following parameters.
X–ray Buzzer: Volume, Pitch, Length
Alert Buzzer: Volume, Pitch, Length
AutoVoice: Volume
CD sound: Volume
3-1-11 How to Change Image Direction
On Service desktop, select User Preferences under Utilities Menu. You can change the following parameters. * is
default.
AXIAL IMAGE DIRECTION:
From Gantry Front, From Gantry Back, *From Head Front, From Head Back
APEX SCOUT DIRECTION:
Gantry Upper, Gantry Lower, *Head Upper, Head Lower
LATERAL SCOUT DIRECTION:
GAntry Left, Gantry Right, *Head Left, Head Right
After you change this preferences, you need to restart the system to take an effect.
3-1-12 How to Change Image Annotation
There are four levels of annotation
Full, Partial, None, Customize
You can change it in Annotation Level on Display Preferences on Display desktop. For information, the followings are
site specific one and normally they are set during LFC or reconfig by service engineer. It is stored in /usr/g/config/
host.cfg.
Hospital Name, Station Name
3–8
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
3-1-13 How to Change Display Gamma
Sometimes you need to change display gamma level to make film image close to what you see on the display.
$ gamma <gamma value>
Default gamma value is 1.7 and you may need to change it to value between 1.0 and 1.7.
You need to be root user to change it.
3-1-14 How to Restart Process
You can confirm the state f process by using cupShutdown command. cupShutdown command output is displayed
on the console window. So before doing this command, you should start the console window using ‘startconsole’ command.
To check state of precess:
$ cupShutdown dump
To stop the process
$ cupShutdown stop <process name>
To start the process
$ cupShutdown start <process name>
To restart (stop & start) process
$ cupShutdown restart <process name>
Keep in mind that some of process such as UIF process may not start up correctly. All the process except patient UIF
may be able to be restarted by this command.
3-1-15 How to Delete All Recon Queues
Sometimes we need to clean up all recon queues for some troubleshooting. Please keep in mind that this operation
deletes all the recon queues including prospective, retrospective recons.
$ cd /usr/g/reon_q
$ rm –f reon_q*
And restart the system.
3–9
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3-1-16 How to Change Exhibition Mode, Stand Alone Mode
This is special mode for exhibition or demo console. This feature is not fully guaranteed, so please use it on your own
risk. And DO NOT TRY it on the customer machine, or you will be in trouble.
<Exhibition Mode>
You can control table/gantry and pretend to take scan (DynePlan etc.). But no x–ray is exposed and no autoview is
done.
To turn it on,
$ /usr/g/srtools/setWithoutAutoView
And restart the system.
To turn it off,
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetWithoutAutoView
And restart the system.
<Demo Console Mode>
To turn it on,
$ /usr/g/srtools/setScanSimulator
And restart the system.
To turn it off,
$ /usr/g/srtools/unsetScanSimulator
3–10
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
3-1-17 How to Perform Z–axis Collimation Diagnostics
You can check if the collimator correctly moves in Z–axis direction.
1.
Move the mouse in the shell window, then type the following responses to the indicated prompts:
collimatorDiag
>
Collimator Works!
>
<Enter>
Verify that:
–
The aperture moves smoothly.
–
The collimator performs initial operation: The drive motor pulley rotates CW 3 times,
then CCW 6 times, and lastly CW 3 times, then the aperture stop moving.
–
“Collimator Works!” is displayed.
>
exit
<Enter>
(To terminate the unix shell window.)
Collimator Z–axis drive motor
3–11
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3–12
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 4 – IRIX GUIDE
NOTICE
This Section for Reference Only
Not under Revision Control
4-1
INTRODUCTION
Do not be afraid to try an old Sun UNIX command. Some of these still work in the SGI environment.
Conventions
Bold Face: Cross referenced links and system messages or prompts.
Italics: Variables you need to fill the real thing in for (e. g., filename).
Normal: Command syntax, purpose descriptions and paths.
No path – means that the executable is contained in the usr/g/bin directory and can be executed from anywhere.
(login useraccount) indicates who you have to be to perform the command listed, when none is indicated, you can
run the command from any user account.
Table 4–1
User Accounts and Passwords
User Account
Password
insite
2getin
root
#bigguy
ctuser (OC Only)
suisei.
service
no password
4–1
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
4-2
2202119
IRIX OPERATING COMMANDS
Table 4–2
Irix Operating Commands
Command
Purpose
!!
Repeat last command issued (see history).
!X
Repeat command indicated by number for X. (see history).
!X
Repeat last command issued from history list which
begins with letter(s) indicated by X (see history).
<CTRL>+c
Terminate current process.
<CTRL>+d
Logout of user account.
<CTRL>+z
End input.
alias
Display a list of all aliased commands.
arp –a
Display current arp (address resolution protocol) cache
in memory. Will let you know who is in the current network routing table.
cd /directoryname/directoryname/ . . .
Change current working directory to that specified in
/directoryname/directoryname/ . . .
chmod XXX filename
Change the permissions to XXX for filename.
XXX is an octal number whose value determines read,
write and executable status bits for a files permissions.
drwxrwxrwx owneraccount size date filename
– 111 111 111 ==> chmod 777 filename
The first four bits are owner permissions, second are
group permissions, and the third is everyone’s permissions.
chown useraccount filename
Change filename ownership to useraccount.
cp /path/filename /path/filename
Copy the designated file to the destination indicated.
date MMddhhmmyy
Set the date and time as specified: MM is month, dd is
day, hh is hour, mm is minute, yy is year. Must be root.
df –k
Display disk partition sizes. Will also display mounted
file systems.
dkstat
Provide ongoing I/O statistics for all SCSI devices.
du
Display block size of current directory.
du –sk
Display block size of current directory and its contents.
eject SCSI Id
Ejects the SCSI Id specified.
find / –name “filename” –print
Locate filename and print its path searching the entire
directory structure for which this account has permissions (login as root to catch them all).
4–2
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 4–2
Irix Operating Commands (continued)
Command
Purpose
fsck
Run disk maintenance, answer yes to all questions it
asks. If it asks questions, reboot when it is complete
and repeat until it runs clean (login root). If system
boots to single user UNIX (#):
#cd /etc <enter>
#fsck<enter>
Output – questions are likely.
#reboot<enter>
(see cd).
ftp internet address
File transfer protocol. Will connect to host designated
by internet address. Login will be required. Most file
system navigation will function normally. Other commands available include:
• get filename–transfer filename from internet address
to current directory on log host.
• put filename–transfer filename to internet address
from log host.
• bye–logout of internet address and exit ftp.
• ?–display all available commands
fx
Disk utility. Can be used to slip bad blocks. See Using
fx to Slip Bad Blocks.
grep text filename
Search filename for any occurrences of text and print
the line that contains it. Can also be used as a destination for a pipe as in: ps –ef | grep text
history
Provides a list of all commands issued since login for
current account. Use in conjunction with repeat command feature (!) to reissue same command.
kill processid
Terminate process indicated by processid (see ps –
ef).
killall processname
Sends a shutdown signal to all software processes e
if no process name is specified or to the named
process.
ln –s destinationfilename filename
Create a symbolic link between destinationfilename
and filename. All output from filename will go to destinationfilename.
ls –alR
List current and all subdirectory contents.
mkdir directoryname
Create directoryname as a branch from the current
directory.
more textfilename
Show the contents of textfilename a page at a time.
Can also act as the destination of a pipe as in: tail
–100 SYSLOG | more.
4–3
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 4–2
Irix Operating Commands (continued)
Purpose
Command
mount device directory
This will display a table of mounted file systems with
no device directory designation. By specifying a device
and directory name, you can create a virtual partition
that will allow you to work with the media in the device.
(see umount)
netstat –ain
View network performance statistics. Collision rates
from 3 to 5% will cause system performance degradation.
netstat –r
View physically connected hosts on your net and the
current network routing tables.
Destination – direct connection (no router)
Gateway – gate to destination
Flags:
• U – up
• H – host
• G – gateway
• Note: current log host will show no flags.
refcnt – current number of active uses per route
Use – number of packets sent per route
nvram
Display current prom monitor settings.
ping Host
Function is similar to spray. Send a 64 byte packet to
Host and have it return that packet. Provide statistics
on status of transmission.
prtvtoc
Print out the root disk label.
prtvtoc /dev/rdsk/dksod[n]s0
Display partitions, sizes and SCSI controller information for SCSI disk. Must be root. ([n] is the SCSI device number).
ps –ef
Display running software processes.
ps –ef | grep ‘whoami‘ | more
Display all processes your current user account owns
that are running.
pwd
Display current directory path.
reboot
Shutdown and restart IRIX.
rm –r directoryname
Delete directory contents and then directoryname.
rm filename
Delete filename.
sum filename
This command will generate a checksum value for filename. Use it to verify that the file you have remote
copied or transmitted is the same as the original. Sum
will produce the same result if it is.
swap –s
View available system swap space.
tail –f textfilename
Displays an ongoing update of textfilename. Useful for
observing system startup as in:
tail –f gesys_<suiteid>_OC0.log
4–4
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 4–2
Irix Operating Commands (continued)
Command
Purpose
tail –X textfilename
Show the last X lines of textfilename.
telnet internetaddress
Attempt to log into remote host designated by internetaddress.
top –i second
Display processes having the highest CPU usage updating every second.
touch filename
Create filename of zero length.
umount filesystemname or directoryname
This command will release a directory or file system.
Use it to release a 3rd party mount chewing that is
virtually chewing up root partition space. See mount
and df.
w
What user accounts are active and what actions are
they performing. Will show how long the ctuser c–shell
has been up.
whoami
Print current userid.
4–5
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
4-3
2202119
LOG FILES
Table 4–3
Log Files
Log File
Host
Path
Description
analysis.0
OC
/var/adm/crash
Provides a summary of all
of the CPU activity, failure
reason and executable involved in a CPU Panic.
View it using more.
aqslog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Acquisition server log file.
View it using tail or more.
arslog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Archive server log file.
View it using tail or more.
browserlog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Browser client log file.
View it using tail or more.
dbrlog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Image database read
server log file. View it using tail or more.
dbwlog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Image database write
server log file. View it using tail or more.
dcslog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Dicom server log file. View
it using tail or more.
dks1d1s[n]
OC
/etc/fscklogs
Contains the results of the
fsck performed at startup
for SCSI device indicated
by [n]. (see CT/i Devices).
gesys_<suite>_OC0.log
OC
/usr/g/service/log
This is the same log you
would get at in applications by hitting the message bar. Examine it at
IRIX level using the viewlog command. Just about
everything reports here,
so it is the logical place to
start troubleshooting.
host.cfg
OC
/usr/g/config
Host configuration file.
Use more to view this file.
Not all parameters are
used from this file.
4–6
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 4–3
Log Files (continued)
Log File
Host
Path
Description
imslog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Image server log file. View
it using tail or more.
INFO
OC
/usr/g/config/INFO
This file contains the system environment information. Use more to examine its contents to
verify your answers to the
installation procedure in
reconfig.
netlog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Network server log file.
View it using tail or more.
prslog
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/logfiles
Print server log file. View it
using tail or more.
userprefs.cfg
OC
/usr/g/config
Contains hardware configuration information supplied by you during the
software LFC and by the
system during initial polling of devices in the system. View it using more.
Use grep to search for
specific parameters. grep
scanDiskDevice ScanHardware.cfg
SvTubeUsage.log
OC
/usr/g/service/log
Contains technique and
scan types used on system since last software
LFC. Use scanReport to
view it.
SdCRHosts
OC
/usr/g/ctuser/Prefs
This file contains all of of
the hosts adopted at applications. Use it to find
the IP addresses of other
hosts you can telnet to,
like AWWs.
SYSLOG
OC
/var/adm
This is where IRIX hardware and operating system software errors are
reported. Here you will
find the reasons for CPU
malfunctions, SCSI errors,
and indications of system
start ups. Use more or
tail to view this text file.
4–7
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SCRIPTS AND EXECUTABLES
4-4
Table 4–4
Scripts and Executables
Script/Executable
Host
Path
Purpose
cleanMon
OC
No Path
login: ctuser
Shut applications and IRIX
down. See shutdown
procedure for apps only.
endsession
OC
No Path
Logout of current desktop
and return to the login
window.
exitScript
OC
No Path
login: ctuser
Checks the status of applications and executes
endsession if apps are
down.
gattention message
OC
No Path
Put a gatttention box on
the monitor containing the
text in message.
halt
OC
No Path
login: root
Shut operating system
software down.
hinv
OC
No Path
Display hardware configuration information. For
more information, use the
hard_Conf command.
mkfsMOD
OC
No Path
login: root
Create a new file system
on the MaxOptics disk
side currently installed in
the drive. This will clear
out everything on the disk.
mountMOD
OC
No Path
Make the MaxOptics a
virtual partition on the disk
drive. Normal file functions
to the /MOD directory (like
cp, cd, ls, etc) will now
function on the optical
drive.
reconfig
OC
No Path
login: root
Change site info, regen
databases, etc.
SnapState
OC
No Path
Store all logs to the MOD
for later review. Run to assist with resolution of software issues.
showdasm
OC
No Path
Path: ctuser
This will query the DASM
and provide you with configuration information for
it.
4–8
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 4–4
Scripts and Executables (continued)
Script/Executable
Host
Path
Purpose
showprods | grep NP
OC
No Path
List the revision of the
system software.
startMon
OC
No Path
login: ctuser
Start applications processes.
start_SMPTE
OC
No Path
login: ctuser
Installs the SMPTE pattern in the browser.
unmountMOD
OC
No Path
Release the MaxOptics
MOD’s virtual partition.
viewlog
OC
/usr/g/insite/bin
login: insite
Display
gesys_<suite>_OC0.log
with viewing controls.
4–9
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
4-5
2202119
VI EDITOR
Table 4–5
vi Editor
Command
Effect
vi filename
Enter vi editor and load filename for editing.
h
Move cursor left one character. Cannot be in insert
character mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to
cursor control mode.
j
Move cursor down one line. Cannot be in insert character mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to cursor control mode.
k
Move cursor up one line. Cannot be in insert character
mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to cursor
control mode.
l
Move cursor right one character. Cannot be in insert
character mode; <ESC> exits this mode and returns to
cursor control mode.
i
Insert characters where the cursor is. Hit <ESC> to
exit insert character mode.
a
Insert characters after the current cursor position. Hit
<ESC> to exit insert character mode.
o
Insert characters on the next line. Hit <ESC> to exit
insert character mode.
<ESC>:q!
Quit without saving changes.
<ESC><Shift>ZZ
Save changes and exit.
x
Delete current character.
dd
Delete current line.
<ESC>:w
Save.
<ESC>:wq
Save and exit.
4–10
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 5 – SOFTWARE STRUCTURE
5-1
SOFTWARE STRUCTURE DIAGRAM
Illustration 5–1
Software Structure Diagram
UIF
e/r
IOS
event_router
ImageReceive
RTImageReceive
ScanReconMgr
RTScoutReceive
recon.req
Trend/Forecast
ReconCtrl
acq.req
Cooling
DMA
AcqCtrl
scan.req
ReconJob
ScanCtrl
Recon Engine
NPRM, NPRS
RawMgr
RawLoad
tgp_in
tgp_out
RawStore
RawStoreSlave
ScbxHandler
Command
Raw Disk
Status
Keyboard
Scan Start / Stop /
Abort keys
DBPCI Board
DAS Data
Table/Gantry
DAS
5–1
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 5
5-2
5-2-1
2202119
SOFTWARE MODULE DESCRIPTION
UIF: User Interface
D ScanRx → Scan operations: New Patient → Patient information input
View Edit → Scan change screen
GraphicRx → Localize planning
D ExamRxDisplay → Image Display
AutoView
AutoFilm
D RetroRecon → Retro Recon
View Edit, GraphicRetro
5-2-2
IOS: Imaging and Operating System
This system registers image data from ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, or RTScoutReceive, to Informix Database,
and displays them on Browser.
Application → Browser, Viewer, and all which are started on the Browser.
Server → imserver (vacant image space)
dbserver (image registration)
arserver (Archive: save/restore to/from MOD)
prserver (Filming)
netserver (Network)
5-2-3
ScanReconMgr: Scan Recon Manager
ScanReconMgr controls Cooling, Scan, Raw data, or Recon.
Functions
D Communicates with external subsystems such are UIF (User Interface), applications, etc., according to
predetermined protocols.
D Converts parameter blocks made and sent from UIF, applications, etc. into the parameter blocks (ScanPar, ReconPar, ToolPar, or RAW Par) which are used by each subsystem controller.
D Communicates with each subsystem controller sequentially, using the parameters described above.
D Interfaces messages sent from the Scan/Recon subsystems to external subsystems
D Performs other functions.
5–2
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 5
5-2-4
2202119
ScanCtrl: Scan Control
ScanCtrl controls the keyboard and Table/Gantry, and performs scans, by sequentially controlling tgp_in, tgp_out,
Cooling, Scan Box, etc.
Functions
D Assigns scan parameters derived from ScanPar sent from ScanReconMgr to each slice (image).
D Communicates with tgp_out, Cooling, and Scan Box for each slice (image).
D Performs controls according to the operator scan key operations sent from the Scan Box.
D Sends scan requests sequentially, synchronizing them with the timings of Inter scan delay, Voice. etc.
D Sends Trend (HV On/Off) requests to Cooling, and sends Display update requests to UIF.
D Sends scan progress status (Scan Start, End, Pause, etc.) to ScanReconMgr.
D ScbxHandler
Controls the keyboard operations (except AN and Ten keys).
D tgp_in
Receives status data from Table/Gantry.
D tgp_out
Sends commands to Table/Gantry.
5-2-5
tgp_in, tgp_out
Sends or receives commands/status to/from the firmware of the scan subsystems (Table, Gantry, Tube, or Generator).
Functions
D Converts TgpPar into command packets for the TGP firmware.
D Communicates with the TGP via serial lines.
D Controls ISD.
D Converts status data sent from the TGP into messages, and sends them to ScanCtrl or stores them to
Error log file.
5–3
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 5
5-2-6
2202119
AcqCtrl: Acquisition Control
Functions
D Decodes RawPar.
D Executes Raw reserve requests.
D Makes Raw data headers from RawPar sent form ScanReconMgr, and executes write requests of raw
data files on the raw data disk.
D Writes Cal/Decon data to raw data files.
5-2-7
RawMgr: Raw Manager
RawMgr handles scan data, and controls RawCtrTable and address for raw data files.
Functions
D Saves/loads scan data to/from MOD.
D Writes status of Reserve/Protect/RawDataStore of raw data to RawCtrlTable.
D Writes Raw headers to raw data files.
D Requests RawStore to store raw data files.
D Requests RawLoad to load Cal/Decon data to Recon Engine.
D Handles Protect/Unprotect for raw data files.
D Extracts required information from each raw data file.
5-2-8
RawLoad: Raw Load
Functions
D Reads and loads raw data files from the raw data disk to the Recon Engine, according the Raw data load
requests form RawMgr.
5–4
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
5-2-9
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
RawStore/RawStoreSlave
Functions
D When it (RawStore) receives Raw data store requests, it sets the DAS Buffer to a state where it (DAS
Buffer) can accept raw data transfer.
D When it receives transfer requests from the DAS Buffer device driver, it reads raw data files from the DAS
Buffer and writes them to the raw data disk.
D Requests extra data transfer to the DAS Buffer for Scan End.
5-2-10 ReconCtrl: Recon Control
Functions
D Enters ReconPar sent from ScanReconMgr into Recon Queue.
D Controls the Recon Queue.
D Controls On/Off of Recon wait protect for raw data files.
D Controls Start, Cancel, etc. for ReconJob.
5-2-11 ReconJob: Recon Job
Functions
D Loads raw data files, Cal/Decon data, etc. to Recon Engine, according to the recon parameters from ReconCtrl.
D Controls Recon Start, Cancel, etc. for the Recon Engine.
5–5
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 5
2202119
5-2-12 ImageReceive, RTImageReceive, RTScoutReceive
Functions
D Reads image data from the Recon Engine.
D Converts Image headers.
D Requests image registration from the Image database control process.
D ImageReceive: Image Receive
Reads reconstructed images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and stores them.
D RTImageReceive: Realtime Image Receive
Reads realtime–reconstructed (Smart Recon) images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and
stores them.
D RTScoutReceive: Realtime Scout Receive
Reads reconstructed scout images from the Recon Engine, adds headers to them, and stores them.
5-2-13 ToolCtrl: Tool Control
This ToolCtrl is not a memory–resident program. The ScanReconMgr starts/ends this program, when the Service UIF
requests the start/end of ToolCtrl.
Functions
D Executes off–line applications (except recon) such as service tools, which require the operation of the Recon Engine.
D Loads data to the Recon Engine, saves the resulted data to the disk, etc.
5–6
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
2202119
SECTION 6 – TROUBLESHOOTING
6-1
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI
Communications between OC, TGP, OGP, CIF(DAS) and kV Control(JEDI) are tested during Wake–up communication sequence. You can diagnose the communication failure by utilize this functionality.
Illustration 6–1
Communication Block Digram
(1
)
OC
(2
)
TGP
(MP)
OGP
(6
)
(2
)
TGP
(GP)
6-1-1
(3
)
(2
)
(4
)
(5
)
(3
)
(4
)
TGP
(TP)
kV Ctl
(JEDI)
CIF
(DAS)
Theory of Wake–up Communication
(1) OC will start Wake–up communication by sending SysConfig CMD to TGP(MP). The purpose of this
is to make sure about communication between each processors and to make each processors know
the current system configuration. The starting timing is one of followings:
– Just after OC is booted–up
– Just after receiving SysConfig Request from TGP(MP). TGP(MP) keeps sending SysConfig
Request to OC after booted–up until it receives SysConfig CMD from OC.
– When OC found the contents of SysConfig is changed.
If OC sends SysConfig CMD to TGP(MP) 3 times without successful, OC gives up communication
and output error message on gesyslog as below.
Failed to get response of system config.
Code is 3
Even under this sitation, OC looks booted–up correctly except error above. But the time moving from
New Patient Screen to Scan Edit Screen becomes extremely slowed down, which takes around 1
minutes. Also, Confirm button is never activated.
6–1
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 9
6-1
2202119
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OC, TGP, OGP, CIF AND JEDI (continued)
(2) After TGP(MP) receives SysConfig CMD, it sends SysConfig CMD to TGP(GP), TGP(TP) and OGP
and wait for the response from each processor. TGP(TP) and TGP(GP) reply for TGP(MP) by sending TG Status.
(3) After OGP receives SysConfig CMD, it sends SysConfig CMD to kV Control(JEDI) and CIF(DAS)..
OGP will wait for their reply.
(4) KV Control(JEDI) and CIF will reply for OGP by sending TG Status. TG Status will include error infor-
mation if there are. In case OGP cannot receive reply from kV Control or CIF in time, OGP put error
information on the TG Status which will be send to TGP(MP).
(5) OGP will send TG Status to TGP(MP) after it receives TG Staus both from kV Control and CIF or after
timeout is detected to receive reply.
(6) TGP(MP) will send TG Status to OC after it receives TG Status from all of TGP(TP), TGP(GP) and
OGP or after timeout is detected to receive reply.
6-1-2
Error Messages and Troubleshooting
Following is the error messages on gesyslog related to Wake–up communication. You can diagnose the communication failure from followings:
Table 6–1
Code
(Only on V/R5.00 or
later)
N/A
11–1010–03
11–1013–03
11–1012–03
20–0014–02
20–0030–07
30–0101–01
30–0101–02
20–1030–04
20–1030–06
Troubleshooting
Error Messages
(V/R4.13 or before)
Explanation(Messages on V/R5.00 or later)
Failure
Failed to get response Failed to get response of system config.
of system config.
SP is not wake up.
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
OGP in response to SysConfig CMD.
GP is not wake up.
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
TP is not wakeup.
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
JEDI Wakeup time out. OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in
response to SysConfig CMD nor JEDI Capability Request CMD.
DAS Wakeup Time OGP did not receive any reply from CIF in
Out.
response to SysConfig.
N/A Only for NX/i
CIF received unspecified Qcal Ratio Data
from OC on SysConfig.
N/A Only for NX/i
CIF could not receive all Qcal Ratio Data
from OC on SysConfig.
Mismatch
DIPSW3 on OGP is mismatched with SysDIPSW(SW3) and sys- Config CMD which was sent from TGP.
tem config.
System Config Error
OGP received unspecified SysConfig from
TGP.
OC <–> TGP
6–2
TGP <–> OGP
TGP inside
TGP inside
OGP <–> kV Control
OGP <–> CIF
OGP <–> CIF
OGP <–> CIF
DIPSW3 setting of
OGP
Unmatched between OGP and OC
software
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
6-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DAS DATA PATH
Data from Detector is sampled synchronized with DAS TRIG signal. So DAS Data Path Trouble Shooting can
be separated into DAS TRIG signal trouble shooting and DAS Data troube shooting. DAS TRIG signal is one
of pre–requisite for DAS Data transfer.
Refer to Illustration 6–2.
6-2-1
Pre–requisite
Communication path from OC to CIF, through TGP, Slip Ring and OGP, should be confirmed to work before this
trouble shooting. You can check the result of Wake–up communication for brief confirmation.
6–3
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 9
6-2
6-2-2
2202119
DAS DATA PATH (continued)
DAS TRIG Signal Troubleshooting
There are 3 sources of DAS TRIG signal. 1st one is Azimuth encoder, 2nd is Cradle encoder, 3rd is OGP itself
and last one is TGP. Each sources are selected by OGP and TGP depend on the Scan Type except TGP as
below :
Azimuth Encoder
Cradle Encoder
OGP
TGP
: selected on Axial Scan, Helical and Cine Scan
: selected on Scout Scan
; selected on Stationary Scan
: selected in case reset switch is pushed on TGP.
As described above, DAS TRIG signal line is used to send RESET from TGP to OGP.
If you encounter the trouble related to DAS TRIG signal, it is recommended to try various scan type and resetting
OGP through TGP to identify which path is in failure as followings:
(1) At first, proceed Stationary Scan using Off Line Scan. To make it simplify, data pattern can be set
as DAS pattern, Rotor and X–ray Off and Current Azimuth is suggested. In case you found the failure,
most probable failure is CIF and cabling between CIF and OGP.
(2) Secondly, proceed Scout Scan using Off Line Scan. DAS pattern and Rotor Off is suggested. In case
it does not work, try (4) to check signal line between TGP and OGP. If it does work, most probable
failure is on Cradle Encoder and cabling between this and TGP. On TBLCON BD, there are not any
components for DAS TRIG, but just connect from CN9 to CN1. On TBL BD, there are one component
to change the signal type.
(3) Next, proceed Axial Scan using Off Line Scan. DAS pattern and Rotor Off is suggested. In case it
does not work, try (4) to check signal line between TGP and OGP. If it does work, most probable failure is on Servo Amp and cabling between Azimuth Encoder and TGP. On SUB BD there are not any
components for DAS TRIG, but just connect from CN5 to CN2.
(4) If you found problem in (2) or (3), try to reset OGP by pushing RESET switch on TGP and check OGP
is corrected reset. After reset correctly, OGP shoud go to IDLE status, which is DS6 on OGP blinks.
If OGP is not reset, DAS TRIG signal line between TGP and OGP has the problem. Between them,
there are cable between TGP and Signal Brush board, Slip Ring, Signal CONN board and cable between Signal CONN and OGP. In this case, it is suggested to change Signal CONN board tentatively
at first because there is another one on backside of Slip Ring, which is exactly the same and not used.
6–4
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
6-2
2202119
DAS DATA PATH (continued)
Illustration 6–2
LBB
DAS Data and DAS TRIG Signal Flow
Gantry Rotating
CAM
DDP
DDP
CIF
DAS Data
OC
401 CN1
402 CN3
RF
XMT
DTRF
RF
RCV
J3
Optic fiber
J2
J2
DASIFN J9
J3
DBPCI
Optic fiber
Axial/Helical/Cine Scan
403
CN2
OGP
CN8
TGP
CN6
SIG
BRSH
BD
SIG
CON
SUB BD
CN5
CN1
Servo Amp
CN10
CN2
Azimuth Encoder
CN7
CN11
Stationary Scan
(DAS TRIG is generated by
OGP)
CN1
TBL BD
CN2
CN1
TBLCON
CN9
Cradle Encoder
Gantry Stationary
Scout Scan
DAS TRIG Signal
Applicable only to Twin Systems
6–5
SYSTEM
Table
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
6–6
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
6-2
2202119
DAS DATA PATH (continued)
6-2-3
DAS Data Troubleshooting
For DAS Data trouble shooting, LED indication of each components are beneficial. it is recommended that to
confirm data path on rotating side using stationary scan at first. Proceed rotation scan as next step to confirm
data path on Slip Ring. Following is the LED status to help you identify whether DAS Data is coming or not. These
status is based on Off Line Scan with Rotor Off, DAS Data as Normal mode.
LED of RF RCV is not based on DAS Data but based on carrier wave. So RF Output LED does not change even
in the case DAS Data is not available. But when carrier wave is sent correctly, DAS Data can be sent correctly
in most of the case through Slip Ring because of error correction mechanism between DTRF and DASIFN.
Refer to LED Description Section on Diagnostic TAB for detail of each LEDs
DTRF Assy
IDLE
Scan
+5V
CONERR
Lit
Lit
DSON
Lit
DSIN
Lit
DAS data does not
come
Lit
Lit in short duration
at first
Lit in short duration
at first
FECERR
CSTRB
ACK
Lit
DXFER
Lit
Lit when cable from
DAS is disconneted.
RF XMIT(Only for ETC Slip Ring)
LED
IDLE
Scan
GREEN
GREEN
DAS data does not
come
RED when optic
cable from DTRF is
disconnected
RF RCV(Only for ETC Slip Ring)
Power LED
AGC Center
RF Output
IDLE
Scan
GREEN
(RED if RF Shoe is
not connected)
Lit if aligned in
center
Change depend on
RF output power
GREEN
(RED if RF Shoe is
not connected)
Lit if aligned in
center
Change depend on
RF output power
6–7
DAS data does not
come
GREEN
(RED if RF Shoe is
not connected)
Lit if aligned in
center
Change depend on
RF output power
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
2202119
6-2 DAS DATA PATH (continued)
DASIFN
IDLE
+5V
VLTN
FECERR
VSIZE
DSRST
DSCLR
DAS data does not
come
Lit
Lit
Scan
Lit
Lit during scan
(slightly lit if scan
time is slow)
DSREQ
DSACK
DSERR
Lit during scan
(slightly lit if scan
time is slow)
VIEW
ENDNG
FIFO1FF
FIFO2FF
Lit
OFF during Scan
(Lit when preparing
Scan)
Lit
IDLE
Scan
DAS data does not
come
FPGACONFIG
DBPCI
T_OVER
E_OVER
TREQ
ERR
LINT
RESET
DSACK
FIFO
DBMEN
DSREQ
PCIREQ
SLAVE
slightly lit
Lit
slightly lit
Blink
6–8
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
6-2
6-2-4
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DAS DATA PATH (continued)
Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure
In case DAS data itself is coming to OC with errors below, this means intermittent failure occurs during transferring
raw data.
(1) ‘Corrected View Number of BADRAW’ which means bad views were found but it was successfully corrected during reconstruction process.
(2) ‘Uncorrected View Number of BADRAW’ which means bad views were found and it cannot be correct.
Image was not displayed as the result.
To identify the failure under this situation, data encoding/decoding theory is useful. Next page shows the summery
of data format and what kind of information is appeared on LED or View End Mark. Please refer to DASIFN Section
on Advanced Theory Of Operation for detail.
In case you can find the bit errors constantly on specific position like below, failure should be on parallel data line.
Example below indicates 3rd bit in one set of 16 bits is always zero
0000 1111 0222 3333 4444 5555 4666 7777 8888 9999 8aaa
Parallel data line failure occurs on CIF, DTRF, DASIFN, DBPCI, cabling between CIF and DTRF or between DASIFN
and DBPCI. It may happen most possibly on DBPCI because there are most complex circuit to handle parallel signal.
6–9
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
6–10
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
6-2
2202119
DAS DATA PATH (continued)
Illustration 6–3
Data Path Troubleshooting under Intermittent Failure
Bypassing Slip Ring
Parallel Data from DAS
Parallel Data to DBPCI
DTRF
Optic fiber
Parallel Data
DAS data/view
RF
XMT
RF
RCV
DASIFN
Optic fiber
Encoded Serial Data
VEM
Encoded
Data
Check
Bytes
Encoded
Data
Parallel Data
Check
VEM
Bytes
DAS data/view
Encoded DAS Data/view
Errors encountered when encoding on DTRF
VEM
VEM : View End Mark
Errors encountered when decoding on DASIFN
FEC Encoding Error
FEC Encoding Error
Indicated on FECERR LED of DTRF
Status is cleared when hardware reset
Possible failure is on upper stream than DTRF
(This means DASIFN received ENDNG from DTRF)
Indicated on ENDNG LED of DASIFN
Status is cleared when next scan start
Possible failure is on upper stream than DTRF
FEC Correction Error
To identify which one is failed in Slip Ring and
DTRF/DASIFN, you can bypass Slip Ring by
following procedure.
1. Disconnect the optic fiber from DTRF.
2. Connect optic fiber which is from DASIFN
directly with DTRF as showed above in dotted
line.
Be sure that Rotation Switch on lower backside
of gantry is off and use stationary scan with
current azimuth for testing.
6–11
(This means DASIFN cannot correct errors and this view cannot be used.)
Indicated on FECERR LED of DASIFN and VEM
Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
VEM can be displayed using GSA.
Possible failure is between DTRF and DASIFN.
Most possibly failed on RF RCV including adjustment.
View Size Error
Indicated on VSIZE LED of DASIFN and VEM
Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
VEM can be displayed using GSA.
Possible failure is between DTRF and DASIFN.
Most possibly failed on RF RCV including adjustment
Fatal Error
Indicated on DSERR LED of DASIFN and VEM
Status is cleared when next scan start for LED
SYSTEM
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
6–12
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 7 – RING VALUE MEASUREMENT
CT HiSpeed Series has the program which calculates named “Ring Value”. It takes from 0 to positive number (0 is
best). It will become the reference number for measurement of Image quality.
This section discusses the procedure how to measure the Ring Value.
For example of usage, if customer has a problem of patient image quality, check the Active Mean DAS count using
GSA, then according to the DAS Count, select the scan technique and measure the Ring Value.
1.
Perform the phantom scanning with the following Scan Technique Table. Memorize the Exam number.
Common Configuration:
Large (42cm.) Phantom set to Scan center. 2i mode scan.
Recon FOV is 50cm.
Active Mean DAS
Count
KV
TH
mA
Scan Time
Measured Value
Reference Value
(It is not Spec.)
0 ∼ 500
120
3
100
1
< 3.988
500 ∼ 1000
120
3
130
1.5
< 3.543
1000 ∼ 1500
120
5
130
2
< 1.497
1500 ∼ 2000
120
5
150
2
< 0.762
2000 ∼
120
5
200
2
< 0.504
2.
Go to Service Desktop and open shell.
3.
Type “phantomAnalysis” on the shell prompt, then program runs.
4.
Press “Select Image” button to select the scanned image. See Illustration (next page).
5.
Enter the phantom size as 42cm. See Illustration (next page).
6.
Then press RV button. See Illustration (next page).
7.
Scroll the right area, then Averaged Total Ring Value is found. See Illustration (next Page).
8.
To close the phantomAnalysis screen, press “EXIT” button. See Illustration (next page).
7–1
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Illustration 7–1
Phantom Analysis Screen
Step 7:
Step 7:
Scroll here.
Record this number as Ring Value.
Step 6:
Step 5:
Press this button.
Enter “42” here.
Step 4:
Step 8:
Press this button.
Press this button.
7–2
SYSTEM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
OPERATOR CONSOLE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-2
1-3
1–1
BOARDS ON NEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BOARDS ON CONNECTOR BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-1
DASM–VDB (2191523) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-2
DASM–LCAM (2191524) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-3
DASM II–VDB (2191523–3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-4
DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER BOARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
1–7
1–8
1–8
1–12
1–15
1–24
1–33
SECTION 2 – TEST PROGRAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
1-4
2-1
2-2
2-3
SYSTEM POWER–UP SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-2
Running Off–Line Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-3
Viewing the Log File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-4
Editing Off–line Test Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3-5
Off–line Test Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HARDWARE TO BE USED IN HARDWARE DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-1
Interactive Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-2
Off–line NPR Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4-3
Off–line DBPCI Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–2
2–3
2–3
2–4
2–7
2–8
2–11
2–13
2–13
2–15
2–18
SECTION 3 – HOST PROCESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
2-4
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–3
3–4
3–7
3–9
SECTION 4 – NPR (RECON ENGINE) TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTO POST RECON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
4–1
4–2
4–15
4–21
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
ii
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2202119
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION
1-1
BOARDS ON NEST
Table 1–1
LED
NPRIF LED Description
Description
DS1 (PCORQ)
Lights while the NPRIF board issues a request to the NPRM
board to access the CM (Communication Memory).
DS2 (PCOAK)
Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (described above) to NPRIF.
(Both DS1 and DS2 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the CM)
DS3 (PGM0RQ)
Lights while NPRIF issues a request to NPRM to access the
GM (Global Memory).
DS4 (PGM0AK)
Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (described above) to NPRIF.
(Both DS3 and DS4 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the GM)
DS5 (PZ00RQ)
Lights while NPRIF issues a request to NPRM to access the
IM (DSP Internal Memory).
DS6 (PZ00AK)
Lights while NPRM returns Acknowledge of the request (described above) to NPRIF.
(Both DS5 and DS6 LEDs light while NPRIF accesses the IM)
DS7 (IMT2Z)
Lights while NPRIF issues an interrupt to NPRM.
DS8 (OINTRQ)
Lights while NPRM issues an interrupt to the host processor.
DS9 (BSERR)
Lights when non–existent or non–defined addresses are accessed.
DS10 (LSERR)
Lights when LSERR# output from the PCI interface chip is active. At this time, Target Abort or Master Abort is occurring on
the PCI bus.
DS11 (NPRRST)
Lights when NPRIF and NPRM/NPRS board(s) which are connected to NPRIF are reset.
DS12 (VCC)
Lights while DC power is supplied.
1–1
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
BOARDS ON NEST (continued)
Table 1–2
LED
PCIREQ
Slave
DBPCI LED Description
Description
Lights when the local bus access is requested by Slave or
DMA during PCI access.
Lights during PCI Slave access.
DBMEN
Lights when the DBM (DAS Buffer Memory) is enabled to take
in DAS data.
DSREQ
Lights when the DASIFN board requests data transfer.
DSACK
Lights when notifying DASIFN that data has been transferred
to the DBPCI board.
FIFO
Lights when the FIFO stores data whose quantity is half its
capacity.
LINT
Lights when an INTA interrupt is issued to the PCI9060.
Reset
Lights while DBPCI is reset.
TREQ
Lights upon TREQ (Transfer Request).
E_OVR
Lights upon DAS Error Overflow. Goes off upon Reset.
PWR
Lights while +5 V power is supplied.
1–2
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-1
2202119
BOARDS ON NEST (continued)
Table 1–3
NPRM LED Description
LED
LED7–0
Description
See Illustration 1–1.
MS00
Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of GM. (Master DSP MS00 signal)
MS10
Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of PM. (Master DSP MS10 signal)
MS30
Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of i860cont, INTREQ REG, CM, or
Comm. REG. (Master DSP MS30 signal)
ACK1
Goes off during a wait cycle by the hardware. (Master DSP ACK signal)
POWER
Lights while 5 V power is supplied.
PZ0AK
Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing the master DSP.
PGMAK
Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing GM.
PCMAK
Lights when the host processor (PCI) is accessing CM.
CMR
Lights when the master DSP is accessing CM.
ZXLM
Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of the slave DSP PM.
ZXIM
Lights when the master DSP is requesting access of the slave DSP IM.
Z0LBG
Lights when the master DSP is using the GM bus.
Z1LBG
Lights when DSP#1 is using the GM bus.
Z2LBG
Lights when DSP#2 is using the GM bus.
Z3LBG
Lights when DSP#3 is using the GM bus.
Z4LBG
Lights when DSP#4 is using the GM bus.
Z5LBG
Lights when DSP#5 is using the GM bus.
Z6LBG
Lights when DSP#6 is using the GM bus.
Z7LBG
Lights when DSP#7 is using the GM bus.
Z8LBG
Lights when DSP#8 is using the GM bus.
Z9LBG
Lights when DSP#9 is using the GM bus.
Z10LBG
Lights when DSP#10 is using the GM bus.
Z11LBG
Lights when DSP#11 is using the GM bus.
Z12LBG
Lights when DSP#12 is using the GM bus.
Z13LBG
Lights when DSP#13 is using the GM bus.
Z14LBG
Lights when DSP#14 is using the GM bus.
Z15LBG
Lights when DSP#15 is using the GM bus.
Z16LBG
Lights when DSP#16 is using the GM bus.
1–3
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Illustration 1–1
NPRM LED
DSP Status
LED7–0
Boot Up Phase
1: Complete Boot Up DMA
2: Initialize DSP’ Register
3: Initialize Communication Memory
4: Initialize Internal Memory
OFF
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
5: Set Config Status Block
6: Initialize Communication Register
7: Complete Boot Up Slave DSP
8: Initialize Link Port Register
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
ON
ON or OFF
9: Complete Boot Up
Program Running / Idle Phase
Idling Status
ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉÉ
É
É
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
(Blinking)
Program Running Status
Slave DSP’s Interrupt
PCI’s Interrupt
External DMA Running
Link Port DMA Running
LP5
LP4
LP2
LP0
Error
ÉÉÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
Bus Error
Abort by PCI
1–4
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-1
2202119
BOARDS ON NEST (continued)
Table 1–4
NPRS LED Description
LED
Description
F3–0
See Illustration 1–2.
MS0
Lights when the slave DSP is requesting access of GM. (Slave DSP MS00 signal)
MS1
Lights when the slave DSP is requesting access of PM. (Slave DSP MS10 signal)
ACK
Goes off during a wait cycle by the hardware. (Slave DSP ACK signal)
HBG0
Lights when the slave DSP is not using the bus because the master DSP requests
access of the slave DSP.
Illustration 1–2
NPRS LED
DSP Status
LED (F3–0)
Boot Up Phase
1: Complete Boot Up DMA
2: Initialize DSP’ Register
3: Initialize Private Memory
4: Initialize Internal Memory
OFF
5: Initialize Link Port Register
6: Complete Boot Up
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
É
ÉÉ
É
Program Running / Idle Phase
Idling Status
ÉÉ
ÉÉ
ON
ON or OFF
(Blinking)
Program Running Status
External DMA Running
Link Port DMA Running
LP2
LP0
Error
Bus Error
Abort by Master DSP
1–5
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
1-1
2202119
BOARDS ON NEST (continued)
Table 1–5
PCI Backplane LED Description
LED
POWER ON
Description
Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–3
PCI Backplane
PS3
(P11) (P12)
POWER ON LED
(P9)
(P8)
1–6
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
BOARDS ON CONNECTOR BOX
Table 1–6
DASIFN or DASIFN2 LED Description
LED
+5V
VLTN
Description
Lights while +5 V Power is supplied.
Lights while Taxi Violation occurs.
FECERR
Lights when a FEC Correction error occurs.
VSIZE
Lights when a View Size Correction occurs.
DSRST
Lights when _DSRST is active.
DSCLR
Lights when _DSCLR is active.
DSREQ
Lights when _DSREQ is active.
DSACK
Lights when _DSACK is active.
DSERR
Lights when _DSERR is active.
VIEW
Lights every transfer view.
ENDNG
Lights when receiving View END NG CMD.
FIFO1FF
Lights when FIFO1 is full.
FIFO2FF
Lights when FIFO2 is full.
FPGACONFIG
Lights during configurating the FPGA.
1–7
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
1-3-1
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX
DASM–VDB (2191523)
Table 1–7
DASM–VDB LED Description
LED
Image Ready
Image Transfer
Power
Description
Indicates that an image has been processed, and is stable at the VDB video
output.
Indicates that an image in the DASM is being processed and transferred to the
VDB frame buffer. Note that the video image is not available at the output port
during this internal transfer.
This light indicates that the DASM–VDB is powered up. If this light does not
illuminate at power–up, you should first check the power cable connections.
CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It
flashes continuously (blinks on an off) following power–up.
SCSI
This light indicates activity on the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
Personality Module Interface
This light indicates activity in the DASM–VDB personality module, such as data
received.
Illustration 1–4
DASM–VDB
Image Transfer
VIDEO
Image Ready
PIXEL CLOCK
CAMERA CONTROL
VDB
Module
DASM
Module
Power
1–8
CPU
(1)
SCSI
(2)
Personality
Module
(4)
Interface
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Powering On
The following sequence occurs in the LED’s when the power switch is turned on:
1.
The Power LED comes on.
2.
The octal SCSI ID flashes briefly. The Least Significant Bit is next to the Power LED. Note that if the SCSI ID
is zero, no LEDs flash.
3.
The three LEDs which represent an octal value flash once and go out.
4.
Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from left) blinks regularly, indicating
that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
Start Up Sequence
When the DASM–VDB interface module is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM unit performs the following tests:
D EPROM checksum test
D MFP 68901 access test (the Multi Function Peripheral chip controls the serial port, timing, and I/O)
D SCSI register access test
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
When the DASM CPU LED blinks continuously at about two flashes per second, the initialization sequence is complete, and the continuous self–test is in progress. The self–test runs until a SCSI command (a write to block 0 on the
DASM) is sent by the host. This test signals an error condition by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and Personal Module Interface LEDs in tandem, continuously.
1–9
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Start Up Problems
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM–VDB front panel have a corresponding binary presentation.
The illustration 1–4 shows the value assigned to each LED (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs).
DASM LED Error Codes
Using LEDs 1, 2, and 4 (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs), a binary code signals any of the conditions
listed in Table 1–8. The Power LED is not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The three LEDs permit a combined total of only seven error codes. To overcome this limitation, the codes are defined
as a series of one or more patterns. Each pattern begins with all LEDs flashing briefly, to indicate the start of the number sequence that follows.
For example, to display error code 12 (Failed SCSI Interface Test), the CPU LED displays the first digit (1), stopping
briefly before the SCSI LED displays the second digit (2), as shown in Illustration 1–5.
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that if, the flash of all LEDs).
The patter then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:
The first error stops the start–up sequence immediately.
Illustration 1–5
LED Error Code Sequence
+
All Flash
Short
+
“1”
Long
1–10
= 12
“2”
Long
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Table 1–8
DASM Start–up Error Conditions
Value
Significance
1
Failed To Set Timer
2
Failed To Set Baud Rate
3
Failed To Access Receiver Status Reg. For Serial I/O
4
Failed To Start Refresh Clock
5
Failed In Set Up Of Serial I/O
6
Checksum Failed
7
Failed Static RAM Test
11
Failed I/O RAM Test
12
Failed SCSI Interface Test
13
Failed To Start VRTXE Operating System
21
Bus Error
22
Address Error
23
Illegal Instruction
24
Undefined MFP (MC68901) Interrupt
25
Zero–divide – Through Trace Trap Level 5
26
Chk, Trapv, Privilege, Or Trace Interrupt
31
Unknown Interrupt
1–11
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
1-3-2
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
DASM–LCAM (2191524)
Table 1–9
DASM–LCAM LED Description
LED
Power
Description
This light indicates that the DASM–LCAM is powered up. If this light does not
illuminate at power–up, you should first check the power cable connections.
CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It
flashes continuously (blinks on an off) following power–up.
SCSI
This light indicates activity on the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
Personality Module Interface
This light indicates activity in the DASM–LCAM personality module, such as
data received.
Illustration 1–6
DASM–LCAM
Power
1–12
CPU
(1)
SCSI
(2)
Personality
Module
(4)
Interface
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Powering On
The following sequence occurs in the LED’s when the power switch is turned on:
1.
The Power LED comes on.
2.
The octal SCSI ID flashes briefly. The Least Significant Bit is next to the Power LED. Note that if the SCSI ID
is zero, no LEDs flash.
3.
The three LEDs which represent an octal value flash once and go out.
4.
Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from left) blinks regularly, indicating
that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
Start Up Sequence
Start Up Sequence
When the DASM–LCAM interface module is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM unit performs the following tests:
D EPROM checksum test
D MFP 68901 access test (the Multi Function Peripheral chip controls the serial port, timing, and I/O)
D SCSI register access test
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
When the DASM CPU LED blinks continuously at about two flashes per second, the initialization sequence is complete, and the continuous self–test is in progress. The self–test runs until a SCSI command (a write to block 0 on the
DASM) is sent by the host. This test signals an error condition by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and Personal Module Interface LEDs in tandem, continuously.
1–13
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
UNITS ON PERIPHERAL BOX (continued)
Start Up Problems
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM–LCAM front panel have a corresponding binary presentation.
The illustration 1–6 shows the value assigned to each LED (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs).
DASM LED Error Codes
Using LEDs 1, 2, and 4 (CPU, SCSI, Personal Module Interface LEDs), a binary code signals any of the conditions
listed in Table 1–8. The Power LED is not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The three LEDs permit a combined total of only seven error codes. To overcome this limitation, the codes are defined
as a series of one or more patterns. Each pattern begins with all LEDs flashing briefly, to indicate the start of the number sequence that follows.
For example, to display error code 12 (Failed SCSI Interface Test), the CPU LED displays the first digit (1), stopping
briefly before the SCSI LED displays the second digit (2), as shown in Illustration 1–5.
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that if, the flash of all LEDs).
The patter then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:
The first error stops the start–up sequence immediately.
1–14
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-3
1-3-3-1
2202119
DASM II–VDB (2191523–3)
DASM II–VDB LED Indicators
The DASM II–VDB front panel has six LEDs, which are used for status and error information. These lights are illustrated below:
PIF
SCSI
CPU
PWR
XMIT
RDY
4 2 1
From left to right, the lights indicate the following:
D RDY
Image Ready light indicates that an image has been transferred, and is stable at the VDB video output.
D XMIT
Image Transmit light indicates that an image is being transferred from the Common Memory to the VDB
Field Memory. Note that a printable video image is not available during an image transfer.
D PIF
Personality Interface light activity, in the VDB application, coincides with the image transmit function.
D SCSI
This light indicates the host is accessing the DASM via the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
D CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It flashes continuously ( “blinks”
on and off) following power–up.
D PWR
Power Light indicates that the DASM is powered. If this light does not illuminate at power–up, you should
first check the power cord connections.
1–15
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
1-3-3-2
2202119
Start–up Sequence
When the DASM II–VDB is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM Controller performs the following tests:
D EPROM checksum test
D MFP 68901 access test (the Multi Function Peripheral chip controls the serial port, timing, and I/O)
D SCSI register access test
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
When the DASM CPU LED blinks continuously at about two flashes per second, the initialization sequence is complete.
If an error occurs, the error condition is reported by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and PIF LEDs in tandem followed by an
error code.
Powering On
The following sequence occurs on the front panel’s LEDs when the power switch is turned on:
1.
The Power LED lights.
2.
The octal SCSI ID flashes briefly. The Least Significant Bit is next to the Power LED. Note that if the SCSI ID
is zero, no LEDs flash.
3.
The three LEDs flash once and go out.
4.
Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from right) blinks regularly, indicating that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
1–16
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
1-3-3-3
Self–Test Options
Once the start–up sequence is complete, the resident software reads the state of the DIP switch labeled SW1 on the
DASM II–VDB board to determine whether further tests are enabled. To access SW1 you must first remove the top
cover. Upon locating SW1 you will notice the numbers 0, 1, and 2 silk screened on the printed circuit board. The way
Self–Test executes is determined by the setting shown below:
Switch Position
Continuous
Mode
Serial Loop–
back
Single Pass
Single Pass w/
Memory
Debug Mode
0
Closed
Closed
Open
Open
Open
1
Closed
Open
Closed
Closed
Open
2
Closed
Closed
Closed
Open
Open
D Continuous Mode:
Is the default setting. After executing the start–up diagnostic, the resident software will continuously run
the VDB self–test. Self–test will continue until the first SCSI command is received by the DASM.
D Serial Loop Test:
In this mode the VDB tests the RS422 Driver and Receiver. Prior to executing this, a special loop–back
connector on the front panel of the VDB, without the loop–back connector the test will fail.
The loop–back connector is made by simply adding two wires to a 25–pin Male ‘D’ connector: (pin 8 to
pin 9) and (pin 21 to pin 22).
D Single Pass:
The start–up diagnostics execute once, as described in 1-3-3-2 Start–up Sequence. Please be aware
that when position 0 is open error and other messages encountered during start–up diagnostics are directed to the serial port. Otherwise the errors are encoded on the LEDs.
D Single Pass w/Memory:
Is controlled by Bit 2. When open the DASM exercises the entire DRAM during the start–up diagnostics.
The Single Pass w/Memory test can take several minutes to complete, this is why it is normally disabled.
D Debug Mode:
When position 1 is open the program jumps to the I/O Monitor when a diagnostic error occurs. The I/O
Monitor gives the basic tools to debug the hardware. Opening positions 0 and 2 allows the technician
access to the start–up diagnostic suite via the serial port.
1–17
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-3-4
2202119
Start–up Problem
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM II–VDB front panel have a corresponding binary representation. The illustration 1–7 below shows the value assigned to each LED. The section after the figure explains how the
LEDs represent error codes. Note that this sections deals with error codes related to the DASM Controller, where
Section 1-3-3-5, VDB Error Codes, explains the method used to report an error from the VDB diagnostic.
DASM Controller LED Error Codes
Using LEDs 2 and 4, a binary code signals any of the conditions listed in Table 1–10. The Power light and PIF LEDs
are not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The three LEDs permit a combined total of only seven error codes. To overcome this limitation, the codes are defined
as a series of one or more patterns. Each pattern begins with all LEDs flashing briefly, to indicate the start of the number sequence that follows.
For example, to display error code 12 (Failed SCSI Interface Test), the CPU LED displays the first digit (1), stopping
briefly before the SCSI LED displays the second digit (2), as shown in Illustration 1–7.
Illustration 1–7
LED Error Code Sequence
+
All Flash
Short
+
“1”
Long
= 12
“2”
Long
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that is, the flash of all
LEDs). The pattern then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–8.
Note:
The first error stops the start–up sequence immediately.
1–18
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-3-3-4
Start–up Problem (Continued)
Table 1–10
DASM Controller Start–up Error Conditions
Value
Significance
1
Failed To Set Timer
2
Failed To Set Baud Rate
3
Failed To Access Receiver Status Reg. For Serial I/O
4
Failed To Start Refresh Clock
5
Failed In Set Up Of Serial I/O
6
Checksum Failed
7
Failed Static RAM Test
11
Failed I/O RAM Test
12
Failed SCSI Interface Test
13
Failed To Start VRTXE Operating System
21
Bus Error
22
Address Error
23
Illegal Instruction
24
Undefined MFP (MC68901) Interrupt
25
Zero–divide – Through Trace Trap Level 5
26
Chk, Trapv, Privilege, Or Trace Interrupt
31
Unknown Interrupt
1–19
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-3-5
2202119
VDB Error Codes
The following sequence is used to signal an error during the VDB portion of the Self–test.
First, all three LEDs blink together for the duration of a single pass. This requires approximately 10–15 seconds.
Then the specific error code blinks twice before the next pass begins, with all three LEDs blinking together as before.
The bit pattern of the error codes appears as a series of LEDs being turned on and off. The low order bit is first.
When two LEDs blink together, the bit value is 1.
When only one LED blinks, the bit value is 0.
To see an example of an error code displayed in this way, do the following:
D Remove the loop–back connector from the front panel of the DASM II–VDB.
D SW 1 position 0 is closed.
D SW 1 position 1 is open.
D Now cycle the AC power on the DASM
D When the first pass of the DASM self–test has completed, the LED display begins. The expected error
is 5 (RS–422 port fail), and the LED sequence is:
Least significant first:
bit 0 = 2 LEDs on = 1 Value 1
bit 1 = 1 LED on = 0
bit 2 = 2 LEDs on = 1 Value 4
bit 3 = 1 LED on =0
Table 1–11
Serial Error Codes in LEDs
LED sequence, from left to right
Checksum
1211
checksum of EPROM
Serial
2121
RS422 test–needs loop–back
connector
DMA_setup
1112
Tests DASM Block
Image_verify
2112
tests full image transfer
DASM Block
2222
nonspecific failure. SCSI to host
is needed
1–20
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
1-3-3-6
RUN–TIME Error Codes
These codes may be found in the DASM Response Block byte 128, when the error bit (bit 2, where bit 0 is first) is
set in Response Block byte 0. Only the first of multiple errors is stored in Response Block byte 128. Reading the
Response Block clears the error. Note that the status “invalid command” is returned to the user directly in bit 0 of
the SCSI status byte; it is not logged in the Response Block.
Table 1–12
Error
DASM Run Time Error Codes
Hex
Meaning
General Error Codes
E_PARAM
81
Bad parameter to valid command
E_NO_FF
82
No 0xFF terminator in command
E_TMO
83
Timeout
E_PIF_SELF
84
Peripheral interface self–test error
E_PIFNOTRDY
85
Peripheral device not ready
E_OVRRUN
86
Data overrun
E_UNDRUN
87
Data under run
E_COM_LINK
88
Communications link error between DASM and PIF
E_DRAM
8A
Error in I/O RAM
(Note: This is a warning, which is available in the trace buffer in the
DASM response block. During a warning, byte 128 is not updated.)
E_EPROM
8B
EPROM checksum error
E_MFP
8C
Error in the MC68901 I/O and timer chip
E_SBIC
8D
Error in access to SCSI bus interface chip
E_NOTIMER
8E
No timer available (all in use)
E_INTERN
8F
Internal system software error
E_INV_MSG
B0
Invalid / unexpected message from device
E_BAD_S
B1
Invalid S–record (from load routine)
E_ODD_ADR
B2
Odd address passed to function
E_BOUNDS
B3
I/O request overlapped buffer boundary
E_DIRECTION
B4
I/O request direction is invalid
E_NOT_NXT
B5
I/O request for data is out of sequence
E_AVAIL_CT
B6
I/O request exceed available data count
E_PARITY
B7
Parity error
E_PIF_REV
B8
No PIF revision level supplied
E_TIMER_ID
B9
Timer id error
(Continued)
1–21
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
1-3-3-6
RUN–TIME Error Codes (Continued)
Table 1–12
Error
DASM Run Time Error Codes (Continued)
Hex
Meaning
M_REJECTED
95
Message was <REJ>ected by partner
M_BADREPLY
96
Unexpected reply was received
E_NOTREADY
97
Camera is not ready
E_TIMEOUT
98
EXEC Function did not complete in time
E_TOOLONG
99
Received telegram has too many characters
E_UNEXPECTED
9A
Laser camera replied with an unexpected telegram
E_BADPARAM
9B
Bad parameter from host found in CMDBLK
VRTX Error Codes
E_VRTX
C1–F4
VRTX error range
–
C1
Task ID invalid
–
C2
No task control block available
–
C3
No Memory available
–
C4
No Memory block
–
C5
Mailbox in use
–
C6
Message of Zero
–
C7
Buffer full
–
C8
WAITC is in progress
–
C9
Invalid system call
–
CA
Timeout
–
CB
No Message present
–
CC
Queue ID error
–
CD
Queue Full
–
CE
Partition ID error
–
CF
Fatal initialization error
–
D0
No character present
–
D1
Invalid configuration parameter at Init
–
D2
Invalid parameter to PCREATE/PEXTEND
–
E0
No component vector table
–
E1
Invalid component
(Continued)
1–22
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-3-6
2202119
RUN–TIME Error Codes (Continued)
Table 1–12
DASM Run Time Error Codes (Continued)
Error
Hex
Meaning
–
E2
Invalid opcode for component
–
F0
No control block available
–
F1
Event flag group or semaphore ID error
–
F2
Tasks pending on event flag group or semaphore
–
F3
Event flag group or semaphore is deleted
–
F4
Event flag group already set or overflow
1–23
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-4
1-3-4-1
2202119
DASM II–LCAM (2191524–2)
DASM II–LCAM LED Indicators
The DASM II–LCAM front panel has four LEDs, which are used for status and error information. These lights are
illustrated below:
PIF
SCSI
CPU
PWR
4 2 1
From left to right, the lights indicate the following:
D PIF
Personality Interface light indicates a data transfer from the Common Memory to the LCAM circuitry.
D SCSI
This light indicates the host is accessing the DASM via the SCSI bus, such as commands sent or data
received.
D CPU
This light indicates that the DASM CPU is active and operating properly. It flashes continuously ( “blinks”
on and off) following power–up.
D PWR
Power Light indicates that the DASM is powered. If this light does not illuminate at power–up, you should
first check the power cord connections.
1–24
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
1-3-4-2
2202119
Start–up Sequence
When the DASM II–LCAM is powering up, it performs start–up diagnostics and other related actions.
At power–up, the DASM Controller performs the following tests:
D EPROM checksum test
D MFP 68901 access test (the Multi Function Peripheral chip controls the serial port, timing, and I/O)
D SCSI register access test
D Static RAM test
D Dynamic RAM test
D DMA test
When the DASM CPU LED blinks continuously at about two flashes per second, the initialization sequence is complete.
If an error occurs, the error condition is reported by blinking the CPU, SCSI, and PIF LEDs in tandem followed by an
error code.
Powering On
The following sequence occurs on the front panel’s LEDs when the power switch is turned on:
1.
The Power LED lights.
2.
The octal SCSI ID flashes briefly. The Least Significant Bit is next to the Power LED. Note that if the SCSI ID
is zero, no LEDs flash.
3.
The three LEDs flash once and go out.
4.
Once the power–up sequence completes, the DASM CPU LED (second light from right) blinks regularly, indicating that the CPU is active and functioning normally.
1–25
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-4-3
2202119
Self–Test Options
Once the start–up sequence is complete, the resident software reads the state of the DIP switch labeled SW1 on the
DASM II–LCAM board to determine whether further tests are enabled. To access SW1 you must first remove the
top cover. Upon locating SW1 you will notice the numbers 0, 1, and 2 silk screened on the printed circuit board.
SW1
1 2 3 4
–Open–
2
1
0
SP
The way Self–Test executes is determined by the setting shown below:
Switch Position
Single Pass
Continuous Mode
Single Pass w/Memory
Debug Mode
0
Closed
Open
Closed
Open
1
Closed
Closed
Closed
Open
2
Closed
Closed
Open
Open
Note: SW1 position marked “SP” is not used.
D Single Pass:
Is the default setting, and is the only setting allowed when connected to a laser camera.The start–up diagnostics execute once, as described in 1-3-4-2 Start–up Sequence.
D Continuous Mode:
After executing the start–up diagnostic, the resident software will continuously run the LCAM self–test.
Self–test will continue until the first SCSI command is received by the DASM. Please be aware that when
position 0 is open error and other messages encountered during start–up diagnostics are directed to the
serial port. Otherwise the errors are encoded on the LEDs.
D Single Pass w/Memory:
Is controlled by Bit 2. When setting to “open”, the DASM exercises the entire DRAM during the start–up
diagnostics. The Single Pass w/Memory test can take several minutes to complete, this is why it is normally disabled.
D Debug Mode:
When position 1 is open, the program jumps to the I/O Monitor when a diagnostic error occurs. The I/O
Monitor gives the basic tools to debug the hardware. Opening positions 0 and 2 allows the technician
access to the start–up diagnostic suite via the serial port.
1–26
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-4-4
2202119
Start–up Problem
To report diagnostic conditions, the LEDs on the DASM II–LCAM front panel have a corresponding binary representation. The illustration 1–8 below shows the value assigned to each LED. The section after the figure explains how the
LEDs represent error codes. Note that this sections deals with error codes related to the DASM Controller, where
Section 1-3-4-5, LCAM Error Codes, explains the method used to report an error from the LCAM diagnostic.
DASM Controller LED Error Codes
Using LEDs 2 and 4, a binary code signals any of the conditions listed in Table 1–13. The Power light and PIF LEDs
are not used to report diagnostic conditions.
The three LEDs permit a combined total of only seven error codes. To overcome this limitation, the codes are defined
as a series of one or more patterns. Each pattern begins with all LEDs flashing briefly, to indicate the start of the number sequence that follows.
For example, to display error code 12 (Failed SCSI Interface Test), the CPU LED displays the first digit (1), stopping
briefly before the SCSI LED displays the second digit (2), as shown in Illustration 1–8.
Illustration 1–8
LED Error Code Sequence
+
All Flash
Short
+
“1”
Long
= 12
“2”
Long
The display of each digit lasts approximately four times the duration of the initial binary “7” (that is, the flash of all
LEDs). The pattern then repeats. Only the significant digits for each error condition are listed in Table 1–13.
Note:
The first error stops the start–up sequence immediately.
1–27
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1-3-4-4
Start–up Problem (Continued)
Table 1–13
DASM Controller Start–up Error Conditions
Value
Significance
1
Failed To Set Timer
2
Failed To Set Baud Rate
3
Failed To Access Receiver Status Reg. For Serial I/O
4
Failed To Start Refresh Clock
5
Failed In Set Up Of Serial I/O
6
Checksum Failed
7
Failed Static RAM Test
11
Failed I/O RAM Test
12
Failed SCSI Interface Test
13
Failed To Start VRTXE Operating System
21
Bus Error
22
Address Error
23
Illegal Instruction
24
Undefined MFP (MC68901) Interrupt
25
Zero–divide – Through Trace Trap Level 5
26
Chk, Trapv, Privilege, Or Trace Interrupt
31
Unknown Interrupt
1–28
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
1-3-4-5
2202119
LCAM Error Codes
The following sequence is used to signal an error during the LCAM portion of the Self–test.
First, all three LEDs blink together for the duration of a single pass. This requires approximately 10–15 seconds.
Then the specific error code blinks twice before the next pass begins, with all three LEDs blinking together as before.
The bit pattern of the error codes appears as a series of LEDs being turned on and off. The low order bit is first.
When two LEDs blink together, the bit value is 1.
When only one LED blinks, the bit value is 0.
The Self–test runs in continuous mode when SW 1 position 0 is “open”. A single failure will cause a error code to flash
repreatedly on the LEDs. Although, other errors may occur during testing only the first one is displayed forever.
First all LEDs will blink together several times indicates a problem. Next, the error code is displayed serially, twice
in the two leftmost LEDs.
The pattern is binary and takes 4 blinks for the complete code. When the two LEDs blink together, the bit value is
1, when only blinks the bit is 0. The bit order is low to high.
Record the blink pattern in the number of LEDs blinking, 1 or 2.
Record them RIGHT to LEFT, to make them easier to interpret.
1 2 1 2 Subtract 1 from each digit to obtain the bit value.
0 1 0 1 The value of the code is 5.
Error code meanings:
1: DMA time–out Bypass active
2: data error. Bypass active
3: data error. ROI active
4: data error. Bypass, ROI active
5: DMA time–out. Swap & bypass active
6: data error. Swap & bypass active
7: data error. Swap active
8: data error. Swap & ROI active
9: data error. Swap, ROI active
14:SRAM LUT error
No others are defined.
1–29
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
1-3-4-6
RUN–TIME Error Codes
These codes may be found in the DASM Response Block byte 128, when the error bit (bit 2, where bit 0 is first) is
set in Response Block byte 0. Only the first of multiple errors is stored in Response Block byte 128. Reading the
Response Block clears the error. Note that the status “invalid command” is returned to the user directly in bit 0 of
the SCSI status byte; it is not logged in the Response Block.
Table 1–14
Error
DASM Run Time Error Codes
Hex
Meaning
General Error Codes
E_PARAM
81
Bad parameter to valid command
E_NO_FF
82
No 0xFF terminator in command
E_TMO
83
Timeout
E_PIF_SELF
84
Peripheral interface self–test error
E_PIFNOTRDY
85
Peripheral device not ready
E_OVRRUN
86
Data overrun
E_UNDRUN
87
Data under run
E_COM_LINK
88
Communications link error between DASM and PIF
E_DRAM
8A
Error in I/O RAM
(Note: This is a warning, which is available in the trace buffer in the
DASM response block. During a warning, byte 128 is not updated.)
E_EPROM
8B
EPROM checksum error
E_MFP
8C
Error in the MC68901 I/O and timer chip
E_SBIC
8D
Error in access to SCSI bus interface chip
E_NOTIMER
8E
No timer available (all in use)
E_INTERN
8F
Internal system software error
E_INV_MSG
B0
Invalid / unexpected message from device
E_BAD_S
B1
Invalid S–record (from load routine)
E_ODD_ADR
B2
Odd address passed to function
E_BOUNDS
B3
I/O request overlapped buffer boundary
E_DIRECTION
B4
I/O request direction is invalid
E_NOT_NXT
B5
I/O request for data is out of sequence
E_AVAIL_CT
B6
I/O request exceed available data count
E_PARITY
B7
Parity error
E_PIF_REV
B8
No PIF revision level supplied
E_TIMER_ID
B9
Timer id error
(Continued)
1–30
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
1-3-4-6
RUN–TIME Error Codes (Continued)
Table 1–12
Error
DASM Run Time Error Codes (Continued)
Hex
Meaning
M_REJECTED
95
Message was <REJ>ected by partner
M_BADREPLY
96
Unexpected reply was received
E_NOTREADY
97
Camera is not ready
E_TIMEOUT
98
EXEC Function did not complete in time
E_TOOLONG
99
Received telegram has too many characters
E_UNEXPECTED
9A
Laser camera replied with an unexpected telegram
E_BADPARAM
9B
Bad parameter from host found in CMDBLK
VRTX Error Codes
E_VRTX
C1–F4
VRTX error range
–
C1
Task ID invalid
–
C2
No task control block available
–
C3
No Memory available
–
C4
No Memory block
–
C5
Mailbox in use
–
C6
Message of Zero
–
C7
Buffer full
–
C8
WAITC is in progress
–
C9
Invalid system call
–
CA
Timeout
–
CB
No Message present
–
CC
Queue ID error
–
CD
Queue Full
–
CE
Partition ID error
–
CF
Fatal initialization error
–
D0
No character present
–
D1
Invalid configuration parameter at Init
–
D2
Invalid parameter to PCREATE/PEXTEND
–
E0
No component vector table
–
E1
Invalid component
(Continued)
1–31
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-3-4-6
2202119
RUN–TIME Error Codes (Continued)
Table 1–12
DASM Run Time Error Codes (Continued)
Error
Hex
Meaning
–
E2
Invalid opcode for component
–
F0
No control block available
–
F1
Event flag group or semaphore ID error
–
F2
Tasks pending on event flag group or semaphore
–
F3
Event flag group or semaphore is deleted
–
F4
Event flag group already set or overflow
1–32
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
OTHER BOARDS
Table 1–15
NAA1 LED Description
LED
POWER (LED1)
Description
Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–9
NAA1
POWER
LED1
CN4
CN2
1–33
CN3
CN1
1-4
2202119
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1–34
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 2 – TEST PROGRAMS
2-1
SYSTEM POWER–UP SEQUENCE
The power–ON test program is used for OC self–diagnostics during the Power up sequence.
This test program has two categories; Power On Test and Off–line Test (Detailed Power On test).
The Off–line test includes more detailed tests than power–on Test, and takes longer to run.
The power–on Test is normally selected automatically when powering ON the system. The Off–line test can be used
by the field engineer to perform a more detailed analysis in the event of an error occurring on the system.
The power–on test is described in Section 2-2.
Even if errors occur during the power–on test, the test continues to be executed until it finishes, and the test log window
appears. You can confirm the problem by reviewing test log, then select either of the following:
D [H/W diag] :
Go to [H/W diag Main Menu] for OFF–LINE test
Note
For more detail, refer to 2-3 Off–line Test.
D [Startup] :
The error is skipped and the power–on sequence proceeds so that the start–up screen will be shown on
the CRT monitor.
Note
When the start–up screen does NOT appear even if using the [Startup] command, the system must
be shutdown using [shutdown] button in the desktop menu.
D [Shutdown] :
The system runs the shutdown sequence, resulting in the system powered OFF automatically.
2–1
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
POWER–ON TEST
The power–on test is automatically executed after the operating system becomes ready and before the system software starts.
If you want to manually start the power–on Test, execute ‘Application Shutdown’ from the System Tools menu, and
execute the following command in the Unix shell.
> poweron
The following tests are performed during the power–on test.
D hinv Test:
Checks that the devices which are listed in the reference file created during the Reconfig procedure are
identified as correctly installed on the operator console.
D SCSI Test:
Performs ‘inquiry’ and ‘self–test’ on each SCSI device. A read and write test on the media is not performed.
The tested devices are those which were listed during the Reconfig procedure.
D NPR Test:
Performs an access test on memory devices installed on the NPR (NP Recon Engine) boards. As for
NPRS boards, only the NPRS1 board is tested. Perform the off–line test ( described in Section 2-3) to test
other NPRS boards.
D DBPCI Test:
Performs an access test on the DAS Buffer Memory and registers.
2–2
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3
2202119
OFF–LINE TEST
NOTICE
When the interactive test or off–line test is completed, the system MUST be powered OFF
([Exit] –> [OK]) to avoid accidental X–ray Exposure. That is because system reboot can NOT
activate the system reset line.
2-3-1
General
This is a test to verify that access to memory/register of NPR or DBPCI boards is performed with no error. In off–line
mode, the following two modes exists.
D Stop mode:
The test will stop when error occurs.
D Continue mode:
The test will proceed without stop when error occurs. The error occurred can be checked by viewing error
log after test. However, there is a much possibility that Memory/Register have been overwritten, so that
you can NOT confirm which the error occurred in read phase or in write phase.
Each mode above contains the following three test methods. (You can edit them whenever you want.)
– Normal:
All of the test items can be run.
It takes approx. 60 minutes for the longest time. (This depends on hardware configuration.)
– Quick:
A part of the test items can be run. It takes shorter than “Normal” to complete.
It takes approx. 50 minutes for the longest time. (This depends on hardware configuration.)
– Manual:
The test items can be manually selected to run the tests for the specific item to be desired.
The default setting is the same one as “Normal”.
NOTICE
Do not use the manual test until you perfectly understand each test items in the manual test.
Some memories or registers contain access prohibitive areas. If you change this area accidentally, the system hung–up often occurred.
2–3
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3-2
2202119
Running Off–Line Test
1.
Select [Service] –> [Diagnostics & analysis] –> [H/W Diagnostics] –> [Offline Test] .
The Off–line test menu appears.
2.
Select either [Stop] or [Continue] in response to “WHEN ERROR OCCUR”.
3.
Select from among three mode;
NORMAL, QUICK, or MANUAL in response to “TEST MODE”.
Usually, select [Stop] and [Quick]. See Illustration 2–1.
Illustration 2–1
Parameter Selection
Select
4.
When [Quick] is selected, go to step 7.
When [Normal] or [Manual] is selected, go to next step.
5.
Select either [NPR] or [DBPCI] to determine which board can be tested.
D NPR: NPRM, NPRS, and NPRIF
2–4
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3-2
6.
2202119
Running Off–Line Test (Continued)
Select either [PCI TEST] or [INTERNAL TEST].
D PCI test:
This test accesses NPR (GM, CM, and Master DSP’s IM) and DBPCI (DBM and all registers) from PCI
(System) bus.
D Internal test:
Check whether or not the DPI0 on the NPR board can be accessed to each memory.
Note
Each test has the edit window to select programs to be desired. For brief information of this program
to be edited, refer to 2-3-4 Editing Off–line Test Program.
7.
Click on [RUN] to start off–line test. See Illustration 2–2.
While executing tests, “Running” appears on the left lower button (Result/View Log button).
This off–line test checks hardware, NPR PCI –> NPR Internal –> DBPCI#0 –> DBPCI#1, in this order.
Illustration 2–2
Run the Test
Click to run the test
Note
When aborting the Off–Line test on the way, press the [Stop Now] button.
2–5
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3-2
8.
2202119
Running Off–Line Test (Continued)
Verify that “Pass” appears on the Result/View Log button after completing the test.
Note
If “Error” appears, click on this [Error] button to open the NPR log viewer and display the detailed
information (device driver permission, etc...).
This error log will be deleted when performing the next test or shuting down the system.
See also the tables in Section 2-4, Hardware to be Used in Hardware Diagnostics.
9.
To return to [H/W Diag Main Menu], click on [Back].
2–6
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3-3
2202119
Viewing the Log File
The log files can be opened without entering the H/W Diagnostics. Therefore, the system does not need to be shut
down even if the log file viewer is terminated.
In this program, the following menu can be seen to display each log file:
D Diag View Log:
For viewing the general log file for Diagnostics test
D View P–ON Test Log:
For viewing the result of power–ON test
D H/W inventory:
For viewing the result of hinv
D View SYSLOG:
For viewing the system log since the latest system start–up
1.
Select [Service] –> [Diagnostics & analysis] –> [H/W Diagnostics] –> [View Log] .
The log file selection menu appears.
2.
Select the related menu.
3.
Click on [Back] to return to Service menu.
2–7
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-3-4
2202119
Editing Off–line Test Program
When clicking on [Detail], the following menu appears. Using this menu, you can run the test or edit the off–line test
program one by one. The editing information can be seen in the view screen:
Illustration 2–3
Off–line test run/edit menu
EDIT AREA
PROGRAM DISPLAY
EDIT AREA
PROGRAM DISPLAY
Set Default:
returns to the program setting to the default one, so that the information edited are canceled.
2–8
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-3-4
2202119
Editing Off–line Test Program (Continued)
In the Program display area, the test items (programs) can be seen. To edit these programs, use the edit area above
the program display screen.
NOTICE
The personnel familiar with this program ONLY can edit these program. If others edit them,
the wrong tests would be performed or the system would hung–up.
Note
For DBPCI (both Normal and Quick), the internal test does NOT exist.
The Illustration 2–4 is the example (Normal–NPR–Internal) of programs to be displayed (and to be edited).
Illustration 2–4
Meaning of Program (PCI Detail)
Driver No.:
Test loop No.
00: NPR
10 : DBPCI#0
Size
11 : DBPCI#1
5 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 0 0
Line No.
Offset address
Initial shift
Test Program:
Polarity
MemoryBitWalk : PIO, bitwalk
MemoryFill : PIO, constant increment/
decrement
MemoryDMA : DMA transmission
RegTest : PI0 access to each register
2–9
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-3-4
2202119
Editing Off–line Test Program (Continued)
Illustration 2–5
Meaning of Program (NPR Internal Detail)
mst : executed by master DSP
slv : executed by slave DSP
Test loop No.
Test target :
gm (global memory), pm (private memory), cm
(communication memory), sim (slave internal
memory), and spm (slave private memory)
Start slave No. : slave DSP No. to start IM test
Slave count : slave DSP count to perform IM test
1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000000 0 0
Line No.
Offset address
Driver No.:
Test Program:
00: NRP
Size (Fill memory size)
Fill Data pattern
MemoryBitWalk : PIO, bitwalk
MemoryFill : PIO, constant increment/
decrement
Transmission mode
0: constant
1: increment
2: decrement
2–10
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-3-5
2202119
Off–line Test Time
Time required to Off–line test depends on the hardware configuration. The following tables can be used as a reference
to estimate test time.
GM=32 MB, NPRS= 0 to 8 boards
GM=32MB
NPRS
Normal Mode
Quick Mode
0
1
2
4
8
NPR PCI
0:27:09
0:27:09
0:27:09
0:27:09
0:27:09
NPR Internal
0:06:19
0:07:15
0:08:06
0:10:01
0:14:33
DBPCI
0:03:37
0:03:37
0:03:37
0:03:37
0:03:37
SUM
0:37:05
0:38:01
0:38:52
0:40:47
0:45:19
NPR PCI
0:03:40
0:03:40
0:03:40
0:03:40
0:03:40
NPR Internal
0:00:40
0:01:29
0:02:13
0:03:54
0:07:58
DBPCI
0:00:33
0:00:33
0:00:33
0:00:33
0:00:33
SUM
0:04:53
0:05:42
0:06:26
0:08:07
0:12:11
0
1
2
4
8
NPR PCI
0:54:18
0:54:18
0:54:18
0:54:18
0:54:18
NPR Internal
0:12:01
0:13:24
0:14:43
0:17:29
0:18:47
DBPCI
0:07:14
0:07:14
0:07:14
0:07:14
0:07:14
SUM
1:13:33
1:14:56
1:16:15
1:19:01
1:20:19
NPR PCI
0:07:20
0:07:20
0:07:20
0:07:20
0:07:20
NPR Internal
0:01:14
0:02:26
0:03:39
0:06:14
0:12:03
DBPCI
0:01:06
0:01:06
0:01:06
0:01:06
0:01:06
SUM
0:09:40
0:10:52
0:12:05
0:14:40
0:20:29
GM=64 MB, NPRS= 0 to 8 boards
GM=64MB
NPRS
Normal Mode
Quick Mode
2–11
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–12
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-4
2202119
HARDWARE TO BE USED IN HARDWARE DIAGNOSTICS
The following tables shows the hardware configuration to be used in the Hardware Diagnostics.
2-4-1
Interactive Test
Refer to Functional check/Adjustment for details of this test.
Table 2–1
Interactive Test
Monitor
Monitor
Keyboard
Scan Key
O2 video
VSPL
Monitor
Cable
f
f
f
141, Monitor
O2 serial
O2 KB
Rear CN1
Keyboard
f
f
133, KB
f
f
134, KB
f
f
103 Key
PCI
DBPCI
Cradle
f
f
f
KB
Tilt
f
f
f
KB
KB Reset
f
f
f
f
f
O2 SCSI
DBPCI
Rear CN1
NAA1
Audio
O2 PCI
O2 audio
131, 133, KB,
PCI
CDROM
Volume
f
f
f
f
131, 138, PCI
mod/freq/
width
f
f
f
f
131, 138, PCI
Xray ON
f
f
f
f
131, 138, PCI
Alert ON
f
f
f
f
131, 138, PCI
f
f
136, 138
f
f
f
f
f
Auto Voice
f
CD Player
Play back
f
f
Note
WS: Workstation, KB: Keyboard, HINV: Hardware inventory, SYSLOG: System Log
2–13
OPERATOR CONSOLE
f
137, 147, 148
131, 138, PCI
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-4-1
2202119
Interactive Test (Continued)
Table 2–1
Interactive Test (Continued)
MISC
O2
SCSI Device
PCI Device
NPSC
HINV
f
f
f
f
SYSLOG
f
SCSI
f
NPR LED
f
f
Safety Loop
f
f
f
Shutdown
f
f
f
WS Default
Mouse
NPR
DBPCI
Rear CN1
Front PNL
146, 147, 148,
PCI
f
f
PCI
f
O2
Rear CN2
Mouse
f
f
f
146, 147, 148
f
PCI
131, PCI
Y
131, 143, PCI
140, Mouse
Monitor
Monitor
Audio
Auto Voice
Note
WS: Workstation, KB: Keyboard, HINV: Hardware inventory, SYSLOG: System Log
2–14
f
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-4-2
2202119
Off–line NPR Test
Table 2–2
Off–line NPR Test
Program
Name
MemoryBitWalk
MemoryDMA
PCI
Brid
ge
All
All
NPRIF
PCI
chip
Target
NPRM
INT2 MDS
DSP
P
GM
CM
Master
f
f
f
GM
f
f
f
CM
f
f
f
IM
f
f
f
GM
f
f
f
CM
f
f
f
IM
f
f
f
GM
f
f
DMA
C
NPR
PCI
MemoryFill
O2
PM
NPRS
LP
INT2
PCI
CR
SDS
P
(GM) SPM
LP
CR
PCI
f
f
f
Y
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
Y
Note
MDSP: Master DSP, GM: Global Memory, PM: Private Memory, SIM: Slave Internal Memory, CR: Communication Register, SDSP: Slave DSP, CM:
Communication Memory, LP: Link Port, SPM: Slave Private Memory, INT2: Interrupt To
2–15
OPERATOR CONSOLE
INT
2DS
P
Master
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 2–2
Program
Name
Off–line NPR Test (Continued)
MemoryFill
MemoryBitWalk
PCI
Brid
ge
All
All
NPRIF
PCI
chip
Target
NPRM
INT2 MDS
DSP
P
GM
CM
PM
NPRS
LP
Master
INT2
PCI
CR
SDS
P
(GM) SPM
LP
CR
PCI
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
GM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
CM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
PM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
SIM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
SPM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
GM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
CM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
PM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
SIM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
SPM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
LP
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
NPR
Internal
Master
O2
f
f
f
f
INT
2DS
P
Master
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
Register
Link Port
f
f
f
f
f
Note
MDSP: Master DSP, GM: Global Memory, PM: Private Memory, SIM: Slave Internal Memory, CR: Communication Register, SDSP: Slave DSP, CM:
Communication Memory, LP: Link Port, SPM: Slave Private Memory, INT2: Interrupt To
2–16
OPERATOR CONSOLE
f
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Table 2–2
Slave
Off–line NPR Test (Continued)
O2
PCI
Brid
ge
All
All
NPRIF
PCI
chip
NPRM
INT2 MDS
DSP
P
GM
CM
LP
INT2
PCI
CR
SDS
P
(GM) SPM
Program
Name
Target
MemoryFill
GM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
PM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
GM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
PM
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
MemoryBitWalk
Master
PM
NPRS
LP
CR
PCI
Master
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
Register
Note
MDSP: Master DSP, GM: Global Memory, PM: Private Memory, SIM: Slave Internal Memory, CR: Communication Register, SDSP: Slave DSP, CM:
Communication Memory, LP: Link Port, SPM: Slave Private Memory, INT2: Interrupt To
2–17
INT
2DS
P
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-4-3
2202119
Off–line DBPCI Test
Table 2–3
Off–line DBPCI Test
Program
Name
O2
PCI Bridge
All
All
DBPCI
PCI chip
DBM
DA Regs
TREQ
Regs
DBMEN
Target
PCI
INT2PCI
PCI
f
f
f
f
MemoryFill
DBM
f
f
f
f
MemoryBitWalk
DBM
f
f
f
f
MemoryDMA
DBM
f
f
DMAC
f
Register
DA Regs
f
f
f
TREQ Regs
f
f
f
DBMEN
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
Note
DBM: DAS Buffer Memory, DA Regs: DAS Address Counter Registers, TREQ Regs: Transfer Request Counter Registers, DBMEN: DBM Enable, INT2:
Interrupt To, PCI Bridge: PCI Host card + (plus) PCI Backplane + (plus) BP Controller card
2–18
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 3 – HOST PROCESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING
3-1
PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS
If you suspect there is a problem with your hardware, use the flowchart (Illustration 3–1) to help isolate and solve the
problem. To view the flowchart, use the magnification function. See also Diagnostic Tests (Section 3-2).
POSSIBLE SOLUTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
SYMPTOM
Illustration 3–1
No LED
Yes
No
Diagnostic Flow Chart #1
Solid
red
LED
Yes
No
Solid
amber
LED
Blinking
amber
LED
No
Yes
Yes
No
No boot
tune
Solid
green
LED
No
Yes
No
B
Yes
“ No power to system
“ Power supply failure
“ CPU module failure
“ System board failure
“ Memory diagnostic failure
“ Volume set too low
“ Headphones plugged in
“ Speaker failure
“ Check power
connections
“ Re–seat CPU module
“ Re–seat CPU module
“ Re–seat DIMMS on
system board
“ Verify slots 1 and 2 are
populated
“ Re–seat DIMMs on system
board
“ Turn up volume
“ Check if headphones
are connected
“ System diagnostics
successful
Yes
Error
code
message
?
“ Record message
“ Replace power supply
“ Replace CPU module
“ Replace system board
“ Replace DIMMs
3–1
“ Replace system board
“ Replace chassis
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
PROBLEM DIAGNOSIS (continued)
Solid green LED
No display
B
Solid
green LED
No keyboard
Keyboard prompt
on display
No
Yes
Solid
green LED
No mouse
Mouse prompt
on display
No
Yes
Yes
“ Keyboard not connected
“ Keyboard failure
“ System board failure
“
“
“
“
“
“
“
“
“
“ Check keyboard connection
“ Check mouse connection
“ Check keyboard connection
Error
code
message?
Yes
“ Record message
“ Replace monitor cable
“ Replace monitor
“ Replace system board
No
“ Replace keyboard
“ Replace system board
Mouse not connected
Keyboard not connected
Mouse failure
Keyboard failure
System board failure
Error
code
message?
Yes
“ Record message
No
“ Replace mouse
“ Replace system board
3–2
Solid green LED
No CD–ROM
No
Yes
“ Monitor not connected
“ Monitor not turned on
“ Monitor in power saving
mode
“ Monitor brightness too low
“ Cable failure
“ Monitor failure
“ System board failure
Check monitor connections
Turn on monitor
Check monitor LED
Adjust monitor brightness
Solid
green LED
No system
drive
No
Yes
“ System drive not inserted
all the way
“ System drive failure
“ CD–ROM drive not
connected
“ CD–ROM drive failure
“ Check that system drive
locking lever is pushed up
all the way
“ Check CD–ROM
connections
Error
code
message?
Yes
“ Record message
No
“ Replace system drive
SYMPTOM
Diagnostic Flow Chart #2
Error
code
message?
Yes
“ Record message
No
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Illustration 3–2
POSSIBLE SOLUTION
3-1
2202119
“ Replace CD–ROM drive
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
3-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
There are three types of software diagnostics tests provided on the O2 workstation. Each is described below:
D Power–On Tests
D IDE Tests
Power–On Test
These run automatically on the major hardware components of the workstation each time it is turned on. If the tests
find a faulty part, the LED on the front of the system will be red and there will probably be an error message. See also
Problem Diagnosis (Section 3-1).
IDE Tests
The Interactive Diagnostic Environment (IDE) tests are more comprehensive than the Confidence Tests, and take
longer (as long as 30–45 minutes) to run. See Integrated Diagnostic Environment (IDE) Tests on the SBC (O2) (Section 3-5).
3–3
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
3-3
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH
In most cases, your system will recover from a system crash automatically if you reboot the system.
If, however, you have lost data on your system disk, and you cannot communicate with your system using the mouse
or keyboard, or over the network, follow these instructions. The instructions assume you have a backup tape of your
system that has been made using the System Manager backup tool, or with the /usr/sbin/Backup script. You also need
a CD with your current IRIX operating system level. If you are recovering data from a tape on a remote tape device,
you need to know the hostname, tape device name, and IP address of the remote system.
1.
Use a pen tip or an unwound paper clip to press the RESET button located on the front panel (Illustration 3–3).
Illustration 3–3
Pressing the Reset Button
SiliconGraphics
2.
When you see the System Startup notifier (Illustration 3–4), click STOP FOR MAINTENANCE or press ESC.
Illustration 3–4
System Startup Notifier
3–4
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
3-3
3.
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH (continued)
From the System Maintenance menu, choose RECOVER SYSTEM, or type 4 on the keyboard. The System
Recovery Menu appears (Illustration 3–5).
Illustration 3–5
System Recovery Menu
4.
If you have a CD–ROM drive connected to your system and the IRIX CD, click LOCAL CD–ROM. Then click
ACCEPT to start. Insert the CD when prompted. The system takes five minutes or more to copy the information.
If you don
REMOTE DIRECTORY.
5.
When a notifier appears asking you for the remote hostname, type the system’s name, a colon (:), and the full
pathname of the CD–ROM drive, followed by /dist. For example, to access a CD–ROM drive. On the system
mars, you would type: mars:/CDROM/dist
After everything is copied from the CD to the system disk, you can restore your data from a recent full backup
tape. The backup must be one that has been made using the System Manager backup tool, or with the /usr/sbin/
Backup script.
Tip: If you need to check something on your system during the restore process, you can get a
shell prompt by typing sh at most question prompts.
6.
If you have a local tape device, you see this message:
Restore will be from <tapename> OK? ([Y]es, [N]o): [Y]
tapename is the name of the local tape device.
3–5
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
3-3
7.
2202119
RECOVERING FROM SYSTEM CRASH (continued)
If you have a remote (network) tape device, when no tape device is found, or when you answered ‘No’ to the
question in the previous step, you see this message:
Remote or local restore ([r]emote, [l]ocal):
– If you answer ‘remote,’ you have chosen to restore from the network, and you must know the hostname, tape
device name, and IP address of the remote system. You also need to know the IP address of your system. The
IP address, such as 192.0.2.1, always has four components separated by periods.
– If you answer ‘local,’ you have chosen a tape device that is connected to your system, and you are prompted
to enter the name of the tape device.
8.
When you see the following message, remove the CD–ROM, insert your most recent full backup tape, then press
ENTER.
Insert the first backup tape in the drive, then press <Enter>,
[q]uit (from recovery), [r]estart:
There is a pause while the program retrieves several files from the tape describing the system state at the time
the backup was made. Then you see this message:
Erase /x filesystem and make new one (y,n)? [n]
It prompts you for every file system that was known at the time of the backup. Read the following to decide whether to answer y or n.
– If you answer n for no, the system tries to salvage as many files as possible. Then it uses your backup tape
to replace the files it could not salvage. Usually you should answer no, especially if your backup tape is not very
recent. If the file systems were badly damaged, or the backup was from a different level operating system, you
may need to answer yes.
– – If you answer y for yes, the system erases the file system and copies everything from your backup tape to
the disk. The system loses any information on that file system that you created between now and when you made
your backup tape.
9.
You see this message:
Starting recovery from tape.
After two or three minutes, the names of the files that the system is copying to the disk start scrolling. When the
recovery is complete, you see this message:
Recovery complete, restarting system.
Note
If your backup tapes were old, or you were changing your operating system level, you should reinstall
the operating system from the IRIX CD that came with your system after system recovery is complete. When you see the Startup System notifier, press ESC, or click STOP FOR MAINTENANCE.
Then click Install System Software.
3–6
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
3-4
2202119
DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD
If you are in the System Maintenance menu, and you choose INSTALL SYSTEM SOFTWARE, RUN DIAGNOSTICS,
RECOVER SYSTEM, or ENTER COMMAND MONITOR, you may be prompted for a password.
If you do not know the password, you can disable it by installing a jumper (a small cap that connects two pins) on the
system board inside the workstation. The system board is located in the system module. To install the jumper, you
must first remove the system module and the PCI tray. Follow these steps:
1.
Turn off the workstation by pressing the power button on the front.
2.
Remove the system module by releasing the lever on the extreme left as you face the rear of the workstation
and sliding the module out. See Section 1–6 System Module, of OC Tabl of the Component Replacement manual.
3.
Release and remove the PCI tray. See Section 1–8 PCI Tray, of OC Tabl of the Component Replacement manual.
NOTICE
Before touching any of the components, attach the wrist strap to your wrist and to a metal
part of the chassis.
4.
Remove the jumper from the system board in the location shown in Illustration 3–6.
You must remove the jumper if you choose to reset the PROM password.
Illustration 3–6
Removing the Jumper
Jumper
3–7
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
3-4
5.
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DISABLING THE SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PASSWORD (continued)
Reinstall the jumper in the location shown in Illustration 3–7.
Illustration 3–7
Installing the Jumper
6.
Remove the wrist strap.
7.
Reinstall the PCI tray in the system module.
8.
Reinstall the system module by sliding it into the chassis.
3–8
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
3-5
2202119
INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE SBC (O2)
The IDE tests on the O2 are stand alone tests that must be run at the boot PROM level.
To run the O2 IDE tests from the OC, the user must first shut down applications. Next, cu into the SBC by opening
a UNIX shell and typing: cu sbc. Once a serial connection has been established, the O2 must be shut down and re–
started. Do this by logging into the SBC as root and typing the ‘halt’ command. Press ENTER when prompted to restart
the SBC. When the system begins start–up, a message appears giving the user the option of performing system maintenance. Press ESC at this prompt to get to the System Maintenance Menu. Choose Option 3, Run Diagnostics.
A hardware probe will be conducted and a default set of test scripts will be run automatically. This set takes approximately 10 minutes to execute. Pass and failure information is updated to the screen.
When you run the tests, the following error message may appear. However, ignore this message.
I2C register test HARDWARE FAILURE
DMA test error.
INITIATION OF THE O2 IDE TESTS
{ctuser@baya_oc}[2] su –
Password:
You have mail.
baya_oc 1# cu sbc
Connected
login: root
Password:
IRIX Release 6.5IP32 baya_sbc
Copyright 1987–1998 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Last login: Wed Jun 17 08:49:49 CDT 1998 on ttyd1
You have mail.
TERM = (vt100)
baya_sbc 1# halt
Shutdown started. Wed Jun 17 08:52:17 CDT 1998
Broadcast Message from root (ttyd1) on baya_sbc Wed Jun 17 08:52:17
1998
THE SYSTEM IS BEING SHUT DOWN! Log off now.
INIT: New run level: 0
The system is shutting down.
Please wait.
Jun 17 08:52:45 automount[217]: exiting
3–9
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
3-5
2202119
INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 (continued)
Running power–on diagnostics...
Okay to power off the system now.
Press any key to restart.
Starting up the system...
To perform system maintenance instead, press <Esc>
System Maintenance Menu
1) Start System
2) Install System Software
3) Run Diagnostics
4) Recover System
5) Enter Command Monitor
Option? 3
Starting diagnostic program...
Press <Esc> to return to the menu.
SGI Version 6.5 IP32 IDE field April 30, 1998
System: IP32
Processor: 200 or 250 Mhz R5000, with FPU
Primary I–cache size: 32 Kbytes
Primary D–cache size: 32 Kbytes
Memory size: 128 Mbytes
Graphics: CRM, Rev C
Network: DP83840–0
PCI Bus: MACE–PCI(0)
SCSI Disk: scsi(0)disk(1)
SCSI Disk: scsi(1)disk(1)
Ide included scripts are ’ip32 cpu graphics fast_mem memory
•
3–10
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
3-5
2202119
INTEGRATED DIAGNOSTIC ENVIRONMENT (IDE) TESTS ON THE O2 (continued)
Other Error Message
If the following error occurs, it indicates that the diagnostics start–up disk is set to disk(2).
pci(0)scsi(0)disk(2)rdisk(0)partition(X) /stand/ide:no such device
In this case, enter the following in the Enter Command Monitor (command input screen):
>resetenv <Enter>
Enter the following to confirm this response:OSloadPartition=pci(0)scsi(0)disk(1)rdisk(0)partion(0).
>printenv <Enter>
Then, run the tests again.
3–11
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3–12
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
SECTION 4 – NPR (RECON ENGINE) TROUBLESHOOTING
4-1
OVERVIEW
The Service menu contains the diagnostics for the recon system (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS boards, and its related circuitry, such as DBPCI board, etc.) This section describes how to use the diagnostics. The descriptions in this section are
more detailed ones than those in Section 2-3, Off–line Test.
Illustration 4–1
Troubleshooting Recon System
Trouble occurs in
the recon system.
Error occurred
in Power–on
Test.
If you fall into a loop
in this flowchart, call
On–line Center.
Y
N
The system
normally
booted up?
N
Y
N
Error occurred
in Offline Test.
Y
Error occurred in Auto
Post Recon
Test.
Y
N
Perform the diagnostics described
in this section.
The trouble may be attributed to other than
the recon system. If bad images are the
problem, these units might be defective:
DASIFN, DBPCI, DTRF, DAS.
(If more than one NPRS board are defective, you may follow this way.)
N
Is there NPRS
Board whose F0
LED is not
blinking?
The system did not
boot up, due to other
causes than the recon
system.
Y
Replace the NPRS
whose F0 LED is
not blinking.
Trouble
fixed?
N
Illustration 4–1 shows a flowchart for troubleshooting the recon system.
Following the flowchart, if you find that an NPRS board seems to be malfunctioning, exchange the board with some
other NPRS board which is installed on another slot. And then, repeat the test, and you may be able to judge more
correctly whether the exchanged board is defective or not. In this case, if the exchanged board seems to be operating
normally, or an other board seems to be malfunctioning, the NPRM board might be defective.
4–1
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS
Select [Service] → [Diagnostics & analysis] → [H/W Diagnostics] → [Offline Test], to display the Off Line Test Menu.
Illustration 4–2
H/W Diag Main Menu and Off Line Test Menu
Select Offline Test.
Select STOP,
QUICK, NPR,
INTERNAL TEST,
and click RUN.
4–2
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Illustration 4–3 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
For each program description, refer to Section 2-3-4, ‘Editing Off–line Test Program.’
Illustration 4–3
Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryPIOre
Board : npr
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
Program2 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 400000 40000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
Program3 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 800000 40000 0 1 incr : PASS
Program4 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 c00000 40000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
Program7 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 7 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 1 0 0 : PASS
Program8 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 8 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 2 0 0 : PASS
.
.
.
4–3
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–1 shows that, for each test program, a board (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS, or DBPCI) which is considered to be
defective is indicated by ‘O’ if the test program failed.
Table 4–1
NPR – Internal Test
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program1 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program2 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 400000 40000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program3 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 800000 40000 0 1 incr : PASS
f
Program4 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 c00000 40000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 7 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 1 0 0 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 8 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 2 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 10 1 MemoryFill 00 9080000 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program11 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 11 1 MemoryFill 00 9300000 20000 0 0 clear : PASS
4–4
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–1
NPR – Internal Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program1 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 4000 0 0 : PASS
Program2 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 400000 4000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program3 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 3 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 800000 4000 0 1 : PASS
Program4 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 C00000 4000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
f
Program5 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 6 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 7 1 mst sim 1 2 MemoryFill 00 C4000 1C000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 8 1 mst spm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program9 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 9 1 slv gm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 4000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 10 1 slv pm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program11 : LpTest DSP : mst
Line List : 11 1 mst lp 1 – LpTest 00 – – – – : PASS
f
Program12 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 12 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program1 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS
Program2 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program3 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 3 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS
Program4 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
4–5
f
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–1
NPR – Internal Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program5 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 6 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 7 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 8 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
Program9 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 9 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS
Program10 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 10 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program11 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 11 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 1 : PASS
Program12 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 12 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
f
Program13 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 13 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
Program14 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 14 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program15 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 15 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
Program16 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 16 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
Program17 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 17 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS
Program18 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 18 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
Program19 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 19 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 1 : PASS
4–6
f
f
f
f
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–1
NPR – Internal Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program1 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program2 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 400000 40000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program3 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 800000 40000 0 1 incr : PASS
f
Program4 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 c00000 40000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 7 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 1 0 0 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 8 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 1000000 2 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 10 1 MemoryFill 00 9080000 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program11 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 11 1 MemoryFill 00 9300000 20000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program1 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 4000 0 0 : PASS
Program2 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 400000 4000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program3 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 3 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 800000 4000 0 1 : PASS
Program4 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 C00000 4000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
f
Program5 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 6 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS
Program7 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 7 1 mst sim 1 2 MemoryFill 00 C4000 1C000 0 0 : PASS
f
f
Program8 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 8 1 mst spm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
4–7
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–1
NPR – Internal Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program9 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 9 1 slv gm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 4000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 10 1 slv pm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program11 : LpTest DSP : mst
Line List : 11 1 mst lp 1 – LpTest 00 – – – – : PASS
f
Program12 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 12 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 1000000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program1 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 1 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS
Program2 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 2 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program3 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 3 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS
Program4 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 4 1 mst gm – – MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
f
Program5 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 5 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 6 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 7 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 8 1 mst pm – – MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
f
Program9 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 9 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 0 : PASS
Program10 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 10 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
f
Program11 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 11 1 mst cm – – MemoryFill 00 4000 C000 0 1 : PASS
4–8
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
How to Identify Defective NPRS – I
Among the NPR – Internal Test programs, Table 4–2 lists a collection of test programs, each of which performs a test
for each DSP (Digital Signal Processor–two DSPs are equipped on one NPRS board) and indicates the result of each
test by ‘PASS’ or ‘ERROR’. Therefore, by reading when ‘ERROR’ appears, a defective NPRS board can be identified.
See Illustration 4–4.
Table 4–2
Test Programs – I
No
1
Test Name
Program7 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 7 1 mst sim 1 2 MemoryFill 00 C4000 1C000 0 0 : PASS
2
Program8 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 8 1 mst spm 1 2 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
3
Program13 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 13 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
4
Program14 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 14 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
5
Program15 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 15 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
6
Program16 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 16 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
7
Program17 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 17 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS
8
Program18 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 18 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
9
Program19 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 19 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 1 : PASS
10 Program20 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 20 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
11 Program33 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 33 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
4–9
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Table 4–2
Test Programs – I (continued)
No
Test Name
12 Program34 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 34 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
13 Program35 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 35 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 0 : PASS
14 Program36 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 36 1 mst spm 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 100000 31 1 : PASS
15 Program37 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 37 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS
16 Program38 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 38 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 0 1 : PASS
17 Program39 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 39 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 31 0 : PASS
18 Program40 : MemoryBitWalk DSP : mst
Line List : 40 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryBitWalk 00 A0000 20000 31 1 : PASS
4–10
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
In the test result example shown in Illustration 4–4, in Program 17, all the (four) tests passed. However, in Program
18, the fourth test failed (as shown by an arrow); this indicates that the #2 NPRS board is defective, since one NPRS
board has two DSPs, and a test is executed on each DSP. (This test example is for a recon system where two NPRS
boards are installed.)
Illustration 4–4
Test Result Example
Program17 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 17 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 0 0 : PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
Program18 : MemoryFill DSP : mst
Line List : 18 1 mst sim 1 4 MemoryFill 00 A0000 20000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
PASS
(The first and second tests are executed on #1 NPRS,
and the third and fourth are on #2 NPRS.)
PASS
ERROR
DSP No : 0x0, ERR FLAG: 0x1
address0: 0x20A28000, rd_data0: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata0: 0xFFFFFFFF
address1: 0x20A28001, rd_data1: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata1: 0xFFFFFFFF
address2: 0x20A28002, rd_data2: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata2: 0xFFFFFFFF
address3: 0x20A28003, rd_data3: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata3: 0xFFFFFFFF
address4: 0x20A28004, rd_data4: 0xFFFFFF00, orgdata4: 0xFFFFFFFF
4–11
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
How to Identify Defective NPRS – II
Table 4–3 lists a collection of another test programs. With these test programs, unlike the test programs listed in Table
4–2, a defective NPRS board can not be identified by reading when ‘ERROR’ appears. The way to identify a defective
NPRS board, if any of these test programs failed, is explained in the following.
Table 4–3
Test Programs – II
No
1
Test Name
Program9 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 9 1 slv gm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 4000 0 0 : PASS
2
Program10 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 10 1 slv pm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 1000 0 0 : PASS
3
Program41 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 41 1 slv gm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 : PASS
4
Program42 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 42 1 slv gm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
5
Program43 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 43 1 slv gm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 : PASS
6
Program44 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 44 1 slv gm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
7
Program45 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 45 1 slv pm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 0 : PASS
8
Program46 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 46 1 slv pm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 0 : PASS
9
Program47 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 47 1 slv pm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 0 1 : PASS
10
Program48 : MemoryFill DSP : slv
Line List : 48 1 slv pm 1 4 MemoryFill 00 0 100000 ffffffff 2 : PASS
4–12
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Illustration 4–5
Editing Test
As shown in Illustration 4–5, click [DETAIL] in the Off Line Test menu. Then, the menu appears as shown in Illustration
4–6.
4–13
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-2
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND NPRS (continued)
Assume that the recon system has two NPRS boards, and that No. 41 test program failed.
Illustration 4–6
Test Edit Window
Select the test program
No. which failed, by
[PRIOR] or [NEXT].
(Sliding switch can be
used also to select the
test program.)
The number of DSPs equipped on NPRS boards. In
this example, the number is 4. (NPRS boards: 2,
and 2 DSPs per NPRS)
The test program starts from this DSP. In this
example, the test starts from #1 DSP.
(#1 DSP and #2 DSP are on #1 NPRS, and
#3 DSP and #4 DSP are on #2 NPRS.)
For example, by setting ‘Start Slv No’ to 3, and setting ‘Slv Count’ to 2, the program only tests the two DSPs on the
#2 NPRS board; the program does not test the #1 NPRS. Thus, by changing the ‘Start Slv No’ and ‘Slv Count’, a defective NPRS board can be identified.
4–14
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI
NPRM Diagnostics
Illustration 4–7
Running NPR – PCI Test
Select STOP,
QUICK, NPR,
PCI TEST,
and click RUN.
Table 4–4 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
Table 4–4
Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 clear : PASS
Program2 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
Program3 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 incr : PASS
Program4 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
4–15
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)
Table 4–5 shows that, for each test program, a board (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS, or DBPCI) which is considered to be
defective is indicated by ‘O’ if the test program failed.
As shown in this table, the NPRM board may be defective if any of the NPR – PCI test programs failed.
Table 4–5
NPR – PCI Test
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program1 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program2 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program3 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 0 1 incr : PASS
f
Program4 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 00 0 2000000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
f
Program5 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 5 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 6 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 0 1 1 : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 7 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 31 0 63 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 8 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 0 2000000 31 1 64 : PASS
f
Program9 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 9 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 10 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
Program11 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 11 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 0 1 : PASS
f
Program12 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 12 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 ffffffff –1 : PASS
f
Program13 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 13 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 1 0 0 : PASS
4–16
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)
Table 4–5
NPR – PCI Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program14 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 14 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 2 0 0 : PASS
f
Program15 : MemoryDMA Board : npr
Line List : 15 1 MemoryDMA 00 0 2000000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program16 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 16 1 MemoryFill 00 9080000 40000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program17 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 17 1 MemoryFill 00 9080000 40000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program18 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 18 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 9080000 40000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program19 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 19 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 9080000 40000 0 1 1 : PASS
f
Program20 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 20 1 MemoryFill 00 9300000 20000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program21 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 21 1 MemoryFill 00 9300000 20000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program22 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 22 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 9300000 20000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program23 : MemoryPIOre Board : npr
Line List : 23 1 MemoryBitWalk 00 9300000 20000 0 1 1 : PASS
4–17
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)
DBPCI Diagnostics
Illustration 4–8
Running DBPCI#0 – PCI Test
Select STOP,
QUICK, DBPCI#0,
PCI TEST, and
click RUN.
Table 4–6 shows an example of a test result display after clicking the [RUN] button.
Table 4–6
Test Result Display
Program1 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 0 0 clear : PASS
Program2 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
Program3 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 0 1 incr : PASS
Program4 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
4–18
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)
Table 4–7 shows that, for each test program, a board (NPRIF, NPRM, NPRS, or DBPCI) which is considered to be
defective is indicated by ‘O’ if the test program failed.
As shown in this table, the DBPCI board may be defective if any of the DBPCI#0 – PCI test programs failed.
Table 4–7
DBPCI#0 – PCI Test
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program1 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 1 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 0 0 clear : PASS
f
Program2 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 2 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 ffffffff 0 fill : PASS
f
Program3 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 3 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 0 1 incr : PASS
f
Program4 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 4 1 MemoryFill 10 0 400000 ffffffff –1 decr : PASS
f
Program5 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 5 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program6 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 6 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 0 1 1 : PASS
f
Program7 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 7 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 31 0 63 : PASS
f
Program8 : MemoryPIOdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 8 1 MemoryBitWalk 10 0 400000 31 1 64 : PASS
f
Program9 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 9 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 0 0 : PASS
f
Program10 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 10 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 ffffffff 0 : PASS
f
Program11 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 11 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 0 1 : PASS
f
Program12 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 12 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 ffffffff –1 : PASS
f
Program13 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 13 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 1 0 0 : PASS
4–19
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-3
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS FOR NPRM AND DBPCI (continued)
Table 4–7
DBPCI#0 – PCI Test (continued)
NPRIF
NPRM
NPRS
DBPCI
f
Program14 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 14 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 2 0 0 : PASS
f
Program15 : MemoryDMA Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 15 1 MemoryDMA 10 0 400000 0 0 0 : PASS
Program16 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 16 1 RegTest 10 0 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS
Program17 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 17 1 RegTest 10 4 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS
Program18 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 18 1 RegTest 10 8 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS
Program19 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 19 1 RegTest 10 10 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS
Program20 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 20 1 RegTest 10 14 /usr/g/diag/data/bitwalk.dat 3fffffc 0 0 : PASS
Program21 : RegTestdb Board : dbpci#0
Line List : 21 1 RegTest 10 20 /usr/g/diag/data/onoff.dat 1 0 0 : PASS
4–20
f
f
f
f
f
f
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
4-4
2202119
AUTO POST RECON TEST
If no error occurs in the power–up test or in Off Line Test described in Section 4-2 or 4-3, perform this Auto Post Recon
Test.
Select [Service] → [Diagnostics & analysis] → [Auto Post Recon Test], to display the Auto Post Recon Test menu.
Illustration 4–9
Auto Post Recon Test Menu
Click [Select Image ID], and [Image
Browser], to display the image browser.
In the image browser, select an image to
be test–reconstructed, and then, click
Accept.
The image should have been reconstructed by the STND mode.
Enter 1000. The recon operation
will be repeated 1000 times.
The recon test will be continued until
an error occurs this setting times (or
until the number of tests reaches the
‘No. of Test’ setting).
After setting the parameters above, click OK (displayed below the above menu screen), and then, the Scan & Recon
Parameters check display as in Illustration 4–10 appears.
4–21
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
4-4
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
AUTO POST RECON TEST (continued)
Illustration 4–10
Recon Mode Check
Check that the ‘Recon
Mode’ is STND, otherwise, select an other
image whose recon
mode is STND, since an
error will occur depending
on the parameters such
are STND+, Shoulder Arti
= On, DFOV values.
After checking the parameters above, click Confirm (displayed below the above check screen), and then, the recon
test is executed and the result is displayed as in Illustration 4–11.
4–22
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
4-4
2202119
AUTO POST RECON TEST (continued)
Illustration 4–11
Test Result Display
Each time if an error occurs,
this number increases by 1.
Error image information
is displayed.
If an error occurs in this recon test, the recon system is considered to be defective. In this case, however, since this
recon test can not identify which unit is defective, you will have to execute the Off Line Test described in Section 4-2
or 4-3 again.
If you can not identify a defective unit with the Off Line Test, you may have to troubleshoot other cause than the recon
system. Check the raw data, for example.
4–23
OPERATOR CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
4–24
OPERATOR CONSOLE
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
TABLE/GANTRY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
SECTION 2 – POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2-1
TGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1-1
Gantry Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1-2
Table Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1-3
Management Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
2–2
2–3
2–4
2–5
SECTION 3 – OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
2-2
3-1
TGP BOARD OFF–LINE TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-1
Gantry Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-2
Table Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1-3
Management Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–2
3–3
3–6
SECTION 4 – ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
ERROR MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6)
.........................................................................
4–3
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) .
4–18
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–35
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–48
i
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
ii
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2202119
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION
Table 1–1
LED
(B)CONERR
DTRF or DTRF2 LED Description
Description
Lights when an FPGA Configuration error occurs.
(B)DSON
Lights when ‘_DSON’ is active.
(B)DSIN
Lights when ‘_DSIN’ is active.
+5V
(B)DXFER
ACK
Lights while +5 VDC is supplied.
Lights when ‘DXFER’ is active.
Lights when ‘ACK’ is active. (DTRF and 2233745 DTRF2)
Always OFF. (2233745–2 DTRF2)
(B)CSTRB
(B)FECERR
Lights when a Taxi command (START, ENDOK, or ENDNG) is
issued.
Lights when an FEC encode error occurs.
1–1
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–2
TGP LED Description
LED
CHANGE
Description
Lights when adjustment data is not stored during the gantry or table adjustment.
SVALM
Lights when the servo amplifier (for gantry rotation) is in an alarm state. The
type of the alarm is indicated on the LED on the amplifier; or, lights also when
AC 200 V power is not supplied to the amplifier.
ERRM
Lights when detecting an error concerning processor communication or scan
operations. Goes off when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
ERRG
Lights when detecting an error concerning gantry rotation operations. Goes off
when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
ERRT
Lights when detecting an error concerning table or tilt operations. Goes off
when the TGP board is powered off or reset.
XGRAY
Lights when the safety loop is closed on the TGP board, which indicates that
the TGP board grants the power supply to the x–ray generator.
LPM
Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for communication and scan operations.
RQM
Lights when the TGP board receives commands from the operator console and
is executing them.
MNM
(Not used)
GSF
Lights when the rotation safety switches for gantry covers are set and the TGP
board grants gantry rotation.
LPG
Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for gantry
rotation operations.
RQG
Lights when the TGP board receives commands on gantry rotation from the
operator console and is executing them.
TRG
Indicates trigger pulses sent to the OGP board.
LPT
Blinks in a one–second cycle, indicating the interval timer operation for table
and gantry tilt operations.
RQT
Lights when the TGP board receives commands on table or gantry tilt operations from the operator console and is executing them.
MNT
Lights when the table or gantry (tilt) is operated by the gantry panel switches.
1–2
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–3
OGP LED Description
LED
Description
DS1 (TEST)
Lights when an error occurs.
DS2 (RINGS)
MP–SP communication error.
(MP: Management Processor on TGP board; SP: Scan Processor on OGP
board)
DS3 (DENTG)
DENTG monitor.
DS4 (EXPCMD)
EXPCMD monitor.
DS5(REQS)
Lights during a task request.
DS6 (LOOPS)
Blinks at intervals of 0.5 sec.
DS7 (ERRS)
Lights when an error occurs.
See also the following table showing which LED’s light when an error occurs.
Table 1–4
Error and LED on OGP Board
Error
LED
(The following LED’s light when the error written
to the left occurs)
RAM check error
ERRS, LOOPS
ROM check error
ERRS
Hang up (detected by the watchdog timer)
ERRS, LOOPS, REQS, RINGS, TEST
Hardware error while OGP receives data
ERRS, RINGS
ACK, NACK timeout
ERRS, RINGS
NACK detected for three times
ERRS
NACK transmitted
ERRS
Aperture error
ERRS
OGP event error
ERRS
Scan error
ERRS
XG processor communication error
ERRS
The ERRS LED goes off when the x–ray tube rotor starts to rotate.
The RINGS LED will not go off until the OGP board is reset.
1–3
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–5
RF XMT LED Description
LED
LED1
Description
Lights while power is supplied.
The light color becomes red, when the RF XMT is not receiving data from the
DTRF board.
The light color becomes green, when the RF XMT is receiving data from the
DTRF board (where, data is either das data during scans or sync pattern data
during standby).
Illustration 1–1
RF XMT
LED1
Table 1–6
XMT LED Description
LED
Description
POWER
(green)
Lights while power is supplied.
SIGNAL
Lights when data is prerent. (Transitin detector)
Illustration 1–2
XMT
SIGNAL
POWER
TRANSMITTER
1–4
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–7
RF RCV LED Description
LED
Power LED
Description
Lights (in green) while power is supplied to the RF shoe.
(Power is supplied from the RF RCV to the RF shoe via a coaxial cable. The LED does not
light if the cable is not correctly connected to the RF shoe, or if power is not supplied to the
RF RCV itself.)
AGC Center LED Lights (in green) when the level of the RF output power from the RF shoe is in the middle
within the proper range.
RF Output LEDs
These LEDs are the indicator for the RF output power from the RF shoe.
D Any one of the ten LEDs lights, normally according to gantry rotation.
D LED colors:
Right and left ends: red
Middle two: green
Others: yellow
D When any LED on ‘Normal’ positions lights, it indicates that the RF output power is normal.
D When any LED on ‘Service’ positions lights, it indicates that the RF output power is too
weak or too strong.
(In this case, inspect the RF shoe positioning, the power supply for the rotational gantry,
or RF slip ring parts on the rotative side, etc.)
Illustration 1–3
RF RCV
Power LED
AGC Center LED
Power
Low
High
RF Output LEDs
Service Normal Service
1–5
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–8
RCV LED Description
LED
Description
POWER
(green)
Lights while power is supplied.
SIGNAL
Lights when data is prerent. (Transitin detector)
Illustration 1–4
RCV
SIGNAL
POWER
RECEIVER
1–6
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–9
TEMP CONT LED Description
LED
Description
±0.5° C
(LED1)
Lights when the detector temperature is now ±0.5° C from the set temperature.
±2.0° C
(LED2)
Lights when the detector temperature is now ±2.0° C from the set temperature.
HIGH ERR
Lights when the detector temperature exceeds 40° C (error).
(LED3)
LOW ERR
Lights when the thermistor is not connected.
(LED4)
SET ERR
(LED5)
HEATER
Lights when the set temperature is not normal in the variable set temperature
mode.
Lights when the heater is turned on.
(LED6)
LOOP
Normally blinks. Goes off when the microprocessor is hung–up.
(LED7)
Illustration 1–5
TEMP CONT
±0.5° C
LED1
CN1
±2.0° C
LED2
HIGH ERR
LED3
CN2
LOW ERR
LED4
SET ERR
LED5
HEATER
7 LEDs
LED6
LOOP
LED7
1–7
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–10
Servo Amp LED Description
7–segment LED
Description
–
Servo Off
0
Servo On
1
Overcurrent
2
Overload
3
Overspeed
5
Abnormal driver temperature
6
Abnormal encoder
7
Abnormal driving power
9
Abnormal EEPROM
Illustration 1–6
Servo Amp
7–segment LED
CN1
CN2
CN3
TB2
1–8
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–11
Step Motor Driver LED Description
LED
Power LED
Description
Lights while power is supplied.
Illustration 1–7
Step Motor Driver
CN3
CN1
CN2
Power LED
Table 1–12
IMS Motor Driver LED Description
LED
Ready (green)
Alarm (red)
Description
Lights when servo operation is enabled.
Lights in an alarm state.
Illustration 1–8
IMS Motor Driver
READY LED
CN5
ALARM LED
CN1
CN2
CN3
CN4
1–9
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1–10
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 1
2202119
SECTION 2 – POWER–ON TEST
2-1
TGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST
The TGP board includes the following three microprocessors.
Processor
Main Function
Gantry Processor
Controls gantry rotation.
Table Processor
Controls table and cradle operations and gantry tilt operation.
Controls the gantry display, and interfaces the gantry panel
switches.
Management Processor
Communicates with the operator console and the OGP board
on the gantry rotative frame.
Controls the IMS (Intermediate Support).
After powering on or resetting the TGP board, each processor performs ROM based power–on tests in parallel, as
described in Table 2–1.
Table 2–1
TGP Power–on Test
Gantry Processor
Table Processor
Management Processor
RAM Check
RAM Check
RAM Check
↓
↓
↓
ROM Check
ROM Check
ROM Check
↓
↓
Gantry Rotation Check and Azimuth
Counter Initialization
Gantry Display and Switch LED
Check
–
↓
–
Gantry Tilt and Table Up/down Relay
Check
–
(See Section 2-1-1 for details.)
(See Section 2-1-2 for details.)
(See Section 2-1-3 for details.)
2–1
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 1
2-1-1
2202119
Gantry Processor
RAM Check
1.
The gantry processor (U87) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U92), and the
dual port RAM (U77).
2.
If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRG, LPG, RQG LED’s lighting
on the TGP board.
If no error occurs, the processor proceeds to the following step.
ROM Check
3.
The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ BFFF of the external ROM (U112).
4.
If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRG, LPG, RQG LED’s lighting.
If no error occurs, the LPG LED blinks, and the processor proceeds to the following step.
Gantry Rotation Check and Azimuth Counter Initialization
5.
The gantry processor starts rotating the gantry to check that the operation can be normally performed.
a. If the SYS–OFF–MNL service switch (SW1) on the TGP board is set to OFF, the system waits until the switch
is set to SYS or MNL, with the RQG and LPG LED’s alternately blinking.
b. If power is not supplied to the servo amplifier, the rotation check is terminated, with the ERRG LED lighting.
If any other abnormal conditions/operations are found, the rotation check is terminated.
To start the rotation check anew, resolve the problems, and power on or reset the TGP board.
6.
The gantry rotates at 15 sec/Rev, and the processor initializes the gantry azimuth counter with the GPLS1 signal.
a. If the initialization of the counter is not performed within 25 sec, the rotation is terminated, with the ERRG LED
lighting.
2–2
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 1
2-1-2
2202119
Table Processor
RAM Check
1.
The table processor (U42) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U64), and the dual
port RAM (U48).
2.
If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRT, LPT, RQT, MNT LED’s
lighting on the TGP board.
If no error occurs, the processor proceeds to the following step.
ROM Check
3.
The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ DFFF of the external ROM (U68).
4.
If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRT, RQT, MNT LED’s lighting.
If no error occurs, the LPT LED blinks, and the processor proceeds to the following step.
Gantry Display and Switch LED Check
5.
The processor sequentially displays test characters (numbers) on the gantry display, and at the same time, sequentially lights gantry panel switch LED’s.
Refer to the Rotational Operation section of Gantry, of the Functional Check / Adjustment manual.
Gantry Tilt and Table Up/down Relay Check
The gantry tilt or table up/down operation is performed by a pump/valve mechanism which is powered by AC 115 V.
This power is conveyed through two relays connected in series on SUB BD. Refer to Illustration 2–1. With these
connections, if one relay of the two failed (that is, always closed), the power flow can be cut off by the other relay.
This check verifies these relay operations.
6.
The processor closes one relay which is controlled by the enable lines, and verifies that the gantry tilt or table
up/down does not take place.
If the operation takes place, the other relay (direct) is considered to be failed (closed), since any key on the gantry
switch panel is not pressed while the relay (enable) is activated; and an error message is displayed on the operator console (OC).
7.
An LED blinks on the gantry switch panel, and then press the key with the LED blinking.
If the corresponding operation takes place, the other relay (enable) is considered to be failed (closed), since the
processor does not activate the relay (enable) while the key is pressed; and an error message is displayed on
the OC.
2–3
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 1
2-1-2
2202119
Table Processor (continued)
Illustration 2–1
Safety by Double Relays
SUB Board
AC 115 V
Gantry Tilt or
Table Up/Down
Direct
Gantry
Panel
Switch
Enable
Table
Processor
TGP Board
2-1-3
Management Processor
RAM Check
1.
The management processor (U88) performs read/write checks of its internal RAM, the external RAM (U62), and
the dual port RAM (U48, U77).
2.
If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with one of ERRM, LPM, RQM, MNM
LED’s lighting on the TGP board.
If no error occurs, the processor proceeds to the following step.
ROM Check
3.
The processor performs a data sum check on addresses 0 ∼ BFFF of the external ROM (U111).
4.
If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRM, RQM, MNM LED’s lighting.
If no error occurs, the LPM LED blinks.
2–4
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 1
2-2
2202119
OGP BOARD POWER–ON TEST
The OGP board is equipped on the gantry rotative frame and includes a microprocessor called Scan Processor, and
mainly performs the following controls in scan sequence, according to commands from the Management processor
on the TGP board.
D Scan control
D DAS control
D X–ray generator (JEDI) control
D Aperture control
D Positioning light control
After powering on or resetting the OGP board, the scan processor performs ROM based power–on tests (RAM check
→ ROM check), as described below.
RAM Check
1.
The scan processor performs read/write checks of the external RAM and its internal RAM.
2.
If a RAM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRS, LOOPS LED’s lighting
on the OGP board.
If no error occurs, the processor proceeds to the following step.
ROM Check
3.
The processor performs a data sum check of the external ROM.
4.
If a ROM check error occurs, the processor will stay in a hang up state, with the ERRS LED lighting.
If no error occurs, the LOOPS LED blinks.
2–5
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–6
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
2202119
SECTION 3 – OFF–LINE TEST
3-1
TGP BOARD OFF–LINE TEST
Each of the TGP board processors (Gantry processor, Table processor, and Management processor) has its own
off–line tests. These off–line tests are mainly used for adjustments or checks of the gantry or table subsystems.
1.
To perform the off–line tests, set one of the following dip switch to ON for the corresponding processor. Refer
to the Gantry/Table section of Switch/Jumper Setting of Boards/Devices, of the Functional Check / Adjustment
manual.
Dip Switch
Processor
G6
Gantry Processor
T6
Table Processor
M6
Management Processor
CAUTION
Do not perform off–line tests of two or three processors simultaneously.
2.
Each off–line test consists of test programs as described in Table 3–1. The test program Nos. are displayed on
the gantry Height display. Press the TEST1 switch on the TGP board to select a test program, as the test program
No. increases every time the switch is pressed.
Test program Nos. other than described in Table 3–1 are not defined or should not be used.
On the Position display, data is displayed according to each test.
3.
To restore the normal operations of the processors, set the corresponding dip switch to OFF.
Table 3–1
TGP Off–line Test
Test Program No.
Gantry Processor
Table Processor
Management Processor
400, 401
000 ∼ 013
700
014 ∼ 020
022 ∼ 024
035 ∼ 037
(See Section 3-1-1 for
each test program.)
(See Section 3-1-2 for
each test program.)
3–1
(See Section 3-1-3 for
each test program.)
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
3-1-1
2202119
Gantry Processor
Table 3–2
Gantry Processor Off–line Tests
Test Program No.
400
Description
Displays gantry azimuth in 0.1 deg. The x–ray tube home position (at 12 o’clock position) is defined as 180 deg., i.e., 1800.
This test is used when ‘gantry rotation velocity offset’ is adjusted.
401
Displays gantry rotation speed in 1 msec/Rev.
Used when ‘gantry rotation speed’ is adjusted.
3–2
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
3-1-2
2202119
Table Processor
Table 3–3
Table Processor Off–line Tests (No. 000 ∼ 013)
Test Program No.
Description
000
Used when FWD 30 deg. tilt angle is adjusted.
001
Used when BWD 30 deg. tilt angle is adjusted.
002
Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the tilt angle potentiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the tilt angle in 0.1 deg. The FWD 30.5 deg. position is defined as 0.
003
Used when the cradle Out limit position is adjusted.
004
Used when the cradle In limit position is adjusted.
005
Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the cradle position potentiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the cradle position in 0.5 mm. The Out mechanical limit position is defined as 0.
006
Used when the IMS (Intermediate Support) Out limit position is adjusted.
007
Used when the IMS In limit position is adjusted.
008
Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the IMS position potentiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the IMS position in 0.5 mm. The Out mechanical
limit position is defined as 0.
009
Used when the table Down limit position is adjusted.
010
Used when the table Up limit position is adjusted.
011
Displays output values of the analog–to–digital converter for the table height position
potentiometer.
By pressing the Range key, displays the table height position in 0.5 mm. The Down
mechanical limit position is defined as 1.
012
Used when ‘cradle compensation’ is adjusted.
013
(For TGP board of 2284399–*, or, 2156510–5 or later only)
Used when compensating the incorrect interlock operation of table up/down and gantry
tilt due to the incorrect height alignment of the gantry and table.
3–3
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
3-1-2
2202119
Table Processor (continued)
Table 3–4
Table Processor Off–line Tests (No. 014 ∼ 021)
Test Program No.
014
Description
Sets the cradle travel speed to 2 ∼ 150 mm/sec in increments of 2 mm/sec.
Cradle Drive: Half–step drive.
Operation: Press the In and Fast keys simultaneously to set faster speeds; or press
the Out and Fast keys simultaneously to set slower speeds.
Press the In or Out key to move the cradle in the In or Out direction.
015
Sets the cradle travel speed to 2 ∼ 44 mm/sec in increments of 2 mm/sec.
Cradle Drive: Micro–step drive.
Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 014.
016
Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.715 ∼ 42.86 mm/sec in increments of 0.715 mm/sec
for helical scans (Scan Time: 0.7 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
017
Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.625 ∼ 37.5 mm/sec in increments of 0.625 mm/sec
for helical scans (Scan Time: 0.8 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
018
Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.5 ∼ 30 mm/sec in increments of 0.5 mm/sec for helical scans (Scan Time: 1 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
019
Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.33 ∼ 20 mm/sec in increments of 0.33 mm/sec for
helical scans (Scan Time: 1.5 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
020
Sets the cradle travel speed to 0.25 ∼ 15 mm/sec in increments of 0.25 mm/sec for
helical scans (Scan Time: 2 sec).
Cradle Drive, Operation: Same as for Test Program No. 015.
021
Not defined.
3–4
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
3-1-2
2202119
Table Processor (continued)
Table 3–5
Table Processor Off–line Tests (No. 022 ∼ 037)
Test Program No.
Description
022
Displays counts of the cradle position encoder pulses while the gantry rotates from the
home position to the home position during helical scans (Helical interval check). (1
pulse: 0.1 mm)
023
Displays outputs of the up/down counter for the cradle position encoder pulses. (1
pulse: 0.1 mm)
024
Displays outputs of the up/down counter for the IMS (Intermediate Support) position
encoder pulses. (1 pulse: 0.1 mm)
025 ∼ 034
035
Not defined.
(For TGP board of 2284399–*, or, 2156510–5 or later only)
Used when setting the lowest table height allowed.
036
(For TGP board of 2284399–*, or, 2156510–5 or later only)
Used when setting the most extended cradle In–position allowed.
037
(For TGP board of 2284399–*, or, 2156510–6 or later only)
Used when adjusting the cradle position control according to the positioning light position.
3–5
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 12
3-1-3
2202119
Management Processor
Table 3–6
Management Processor Off–line Test
Test Program No.
700
Description
Displays operation status of the management processor while the processor receives
commands from the operator console and is executing them; as defined below:
bit7
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
0
Com.
req.
Tilt
mode
Cradle Gantry Apt
mode mode mode
bit1
bit0
XG
mode
Scan
mode
The above is displayed as a tetra–number (increases like 0, 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 21, ...).
Example: If Gantry Mode, Aperture Mode, and XG Mode are requested, the following
will be displayed:
Height: 700
Pos.: 0032
3–6
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
SECTION 4 – ERROR MESSAGE
4-1
ERROR MESSAGE
The errors described in Table 4–1 through 4–53 are detected by the TGP, OGP, or CIF board. When an error occurs,
the error information is sent to the operator console (OC) using the Status communication.
Error with no Error Message
If either of the following errors occur, the microprocessor on the TGP or OGP board are forced to run in an infinite
loop, and no error message is sent to the OC.
D RAM, ROM check error:
These checks are performed during a power–up sequence.
D Processor hang up:
This is detected by the watchdog timer at intervals of 10.9 msec.
4–1
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
ERROR MESSAGE (continued)
Error Class
The errors detected by the TGP, OGP, or CIF board are either classified as Error Class, or Information Class, according to below:
D Error:
If an error of this ‘Error’ class occurs during a scan, the scan is aborted, and an error message is displayed
on the OC monitor.
D Information (written as ‘Infor.’ in Table 4–1 ∼ 4–53):
If an error of this ‘Information’ class occurs during a scan, the scan will be continued, and an error message
is not displayed on the OC monitor.
Communication via Slip Rings (RS422)
The scan processor on the OGP board communicates with the management processor on the TGP board via slip
rings.
Normally, when one of the two processors receives communication data from the other processor, the receiving processor checks a checksum data, and sends back an ACK message to the sender, if the data is OK; otherwise, sends
back a NACK message. When the sender receives this NACK message, it resends the data. If this repeats three
times (three NACK’s), the communication is regarded as an error. If the receiver does not send ACK nor NACK within
a specified time, this also is regarded as an error communication.
4–2
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6)
Note
For systems with system software version 6 or later, see Section 4-3, Errors Detected by TGP Board
(for System Version 6 or Later).
Table 4–1
Error
Code
Code
0D
11–1001–0D
Table 4–2
Scan Error
Name
Interlock X–ray.
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Error
TGP received SCAN CMD while relay(RL1) in
Gantry Rear Switch Box is energized.
1. Other equipment connected with relay(RL1)
is unexpectedly active(H).; 2. Cable connection between RL1 and other equipment(M).
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Helical Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
11
12–1001–11
Cradle Out of Limit.
(TP)
Error
Cradle position out of limit on Helical SCAN
CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
12
12–1001–12
Cradle Unlatch. (TP)
Error
Cradle unlatch was detected on Helical SCAN
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
13
12–1001–13
Cradle Slip. (TP)
Error
Cradle slip was detected during Helical Scan.
1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
14
10–0001–14
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
15
12–1001–15
Cradle Start Position
Error. (TP)
Error
Cradle start position is out of specification on
Helical Scan.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
16
12–1001–16
Interval Position Error.
(TP)
Error
Cradle Interval is out of specification on Helical 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
Scan.
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
(continued)
4–3
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–2
Helical Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
17
12–1001–17
Cradle Move Time
Out. (TP)
Error
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
total cradle movement time out on Helical
Scan.
1. Patient movement at the beginning of Helical Scan.; 2. Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or
Cradle Stepping Motor
18
12–1001–18
OC Command Error.
(TP)
Error
TGP(MP) received unspecified Helical SCAN
CMD from OC.
Take a best guess and good luck.
19
11–1001–19
SCINITREQ Time
Out. (MP)
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from
TGP(TP) on Helical Scan.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
1A
11–1001–1A
OGP Com Not Ready
in 1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
TGP
1B
11–1001–1B
TP Com Not Ready in
1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with TGP(TP) is not ready after 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
TGP
1C
10–0001–1C
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
1D
10–0001–1D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
1E
10–0001–1E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
1F
12–1001–1F
Cradle Potentio Error.
(TP)
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during Helical Scan.
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
Name
Class
Description
4–4
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–3
Scout Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
41
12–1001–41
Cradle Out of Limit.
(TP)
Error
Cradle position out of limit on Scout SCAN
CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
42
12–1001–42
Cradle Unlatch. (TP)
Error
Cradle unlatch was detected on Scout SCAN
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
43
12–1001–43
Cradle Slip. (TP)
Error
Cradle slip was detected during Scout Scan.
1. Patient movement during Scout Scan or
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
44
10–0001–44
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
45
12–1001–45
Cradle Start Position
Error. (TP)
Error
Cradle start position is out of specification on
Scout Scan.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
46
10–0001–46
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
47
12–1001–47
Cradle Move Time
Out. (TP)
Error
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
total cradle movement time out on Scout Scan. Motor
48
10–0001–48
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
49
11–1001–49
SCINITREQ Time
Out. (MP)
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from
TGP(TP) on Scout Scan.
TGP
4A
11–1001–4A
OGP Com Not Ready
in 1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Scout SCAN CMD.
TGP
4B
11–1001–4B
TP Com Not Ready in
1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with TP is not ready after 1sec TGP
during Scout SCAN CMD.
4C
11–1001–4C
Offset Scan Time Out.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive OFFSET END from OGP
on Scout Scan.
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
(continued)
4–5
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–3
Scout Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
4D
10–0001–4D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
4E
11–1001–4E
Scout Scan Time Out.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive SCAN END from OGP on
Scout Scan.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
4F
12–1001–4F
Cradle Potentio Error.
(TP)
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during Scout Scan.
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
Name
Class
Description
4–6
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–4
Fluoro Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
51
10–0001–51
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
52
10–0001–52
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
53
10–0001–53
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
54
10–0001–54
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
55
10–0001–55
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
56
10–0001–56
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
57
10–0001–57
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
58
11–1001–58
XRAY–on timeout.
(MP)
Error
mA/kV status was not received from OGP in
response to Fluoro SCAN CMD.
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface between JEDI and OGP.
59
11–1001–59
XRAY–off timeout.
(MP)
Error
mA/kV status from OGP did not stop when
X–ray Foot SW is off during Fluoro Scan.
JEDI(kV control)
5A
11–1001–5A
OGP Com is not
ready in 1sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Fluoro SCAN CMD.
TGP
5B
10–0001–5B
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5C
11–1001–5C
Fluoro scan command
in normal mode. (MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC when
NFIX is not in Fluoro mode.
NFIX or TGP/NFIX interface
5D
11–1001–5D
X–SW is not on for
1sec before scan
command. (MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC after
X–ray Foot SW is off.
NFIX or Cabling between TGP and NFIX
5E
11–1001–5E
Scan command has
come while GNTRY
button is pushed .
(MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received while Gantry
button is pushed.
Take a best guess and good luck.
5F
10–0001–5F
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Description
4–7
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–5
Gantry Req Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
1
13–1002–01
Gantry Request Command Error. (GP)
Error
Unspecified GNTRY CMD was received from
OC.
Mismatched version between TGP firmware
and OC software.
2
13–1002–02
Gantry Set Time Out
in 20 sec. (GP)
Error
Gantry position or rotation speed is not ready
in 20sec after GNTRY CMD from OC.
1. Servo Amp; 2. Axial Motor
3
13–1002–03
Axial Motor Over
Heat. (GP)
Error
Axial Motor over heat is detected.
1. Axial Motor; 2. SUB BD
4
13–1002–04
Servo Amp Alarm.
(GP)
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected.
1. Too many acceleration/deceleration in short
duration.; 2. Servo Amp; 3. Axial Motor
5
13–1002–05
Gantry Not System
Mode. (GP)
Error
Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
6
13–1002–06
Gantry Rotate Not
Response. (GP)
Error
No feedback from Axial motor encoder was
detected after Gantry rotation request.
1. Service Switch on SUB BD is set.; 2. 24V
Power Supply; 3. Servo Amp; 4. Axial Motor;
5. Cabling between Axial Motor and TGP
7
13–1002–07
Gantry Rotate Over
Speed. (GP)
Error
Gantry rotation speed is over specification.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
3. TGP
8
13–1002–08
Gantry Rotate Under
Speed. (GP)
Error
Gantry rotation speed is under specification.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
3. TGP
9
13–1002–09
Cover Safty SW
Open. (GP)
Error
Gantry Cover Switch is open and Axial Motor
is not powered.
1. Alignment between Gantry cover and
Gantry Cover Switch; 2. Gantry Cover Switch
and its cabling to TGP
A
13–1002–0A
Dynamic Break On.
(GP)
Error
GNTRY CMD was received while Axial Motor
dynamic break working.
Take a best guess and good luck.
B
13–1002–0B
Gantry Init Error or
Position Error. (GP)
Error
Gantry was not initialized correctly. Or azimuth counter on TGP is overflow.
1. G–Pulse1(M); 2. TGP; 3. Cabling between
G–Pulse1 and TGP
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–8
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–5
Gantry Req Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
C
10–0002–0C
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
D
10–0002–0D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
E
11–1002–0E
Gantry 130sec(180s
at Smartview) timer is
timeout on TGP. (MP)
Error
Gantry continues to rotate over 130sec without 1. Cabling between TGP and OC; 2. OC could
GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD from OC.
not send GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD to
TGP.
F
11–1002–0F
Gantry init timeout
ack=100ms rdy=7sec.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive reply from OGP in response to Gantry initialize request.
Name
Class
Description
4–9
Potential Cause / FRU
1. G–Pulse2; 2. OGP or TGP/OGP interface
which includes Slip Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–6
Gantry Req Error Code2
Error
Code
Code
1
13–1002–11
Over Current.
Over Current Error was detected on Servo
Amp.
1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
2
13–1002–12
Over Load.
Over Load Error was detected on Servo Amp.
1. Gantry acceleration/deceleration too frequent.; 2. Servo AMP; 3. Axial Motor
3
13–1002–13
Over Speed.
Over Speed Error was detected on Servo
Amp.
Servo AMP
4
10–0002–14
Undefined
–
–
5
13–1002–15
Abnormal Servo Amp
Temparature.
Servo Amp. Temperature is out of specification.
Servo AMP
6
13–1002–16
Abnormal Encorder
Output from Axial Motor Encoder is out of
specification.
1. Axial Motor; 2. Servo Amp
7
13–1002–17
Abnormal Driving
Power.
Driving Power of Servo Amp is out of specification.
1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
8
10–0002–18
Undefined
–
–
9
13–1002–19
Abnormal EEPROM.
Abnormal EEPROM error was detected on
Servo Amp.
1. Servo AMP
A
10–0002–1A
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
B
10–0002–1B
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
C
10–0002–1C
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
D
10–0002–1D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
E
10–0002–1E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
F
10–0002–1F
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Infor.
Infor.
Description
4–10
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–7
Cradle Req Error
Error
Code
Code
1
12–1030–01
Cradle Out of Limit.
Cradle position out of limit on CRADLE CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS Potentiometer
2
12–1030–02
Cradle Unlatch.
Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
3
12–1003–03
Cradle Slip.
Cradle slip was detected in response to
CRADLE CMD.
1. Patient movement during cradle movement
or some obstacles on bottom of cradle or
cradle roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
4
10–0003–04
Undefined
–
–
5
12–1003–05
Out of Scannable
Range.
Scannable range is zero because table position is too low.
1. Table position is too low. Raise table to
higher position.; 2. Table Height Potentiometer
6
10–0003–06
Undefined
–
–
7
12–1003–07
Cradle Move Time
Out.
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
total cradle movement time out in response to
CRADLE CMD.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
8
10–0003–08
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
9
10–0003–09
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
A
10–0003–0A
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
B
10–0003–0B
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
C
10–0003–0C
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
D
10–0003–0D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
E
10–0003–0E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
F
12–1003–0F
Cradle Potentio Error.
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
in response to CRADLE CMD.
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
Name
Class
Infor.
Infor.
Description
4–11
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–8
Tilt Req Error
Error
Code
Code
1
12–1004–01
Out of Tilt Range.
Error
Out of Tilt range on TILT CMD.
Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
2
12–1004–02
Touch Sensor On.
Error
Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected during
remote tilt. Bring tilt position back by a few
angle to recover.
1. Gantry Touch Sensor; 2. FCV BD or RCV
BD
3
12–1004–03
Already Home Key On
or FWD/BWD Key
On.
Error
TILT CMD was received from OC during
Home/FWD/BWD is ON.
–
4
12–0004–04
Home Key On or
FWD/BWD(COUNTER DIRECTION) Key
On.
Error
Home/FWD/BWD is pushed during remote–tilting. And Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as
the result.
–
5
12–0004–05
FWD/BWD(SAME DIRECTION) Key Off.
Error
Home/FWD/BWD is released during remote–
tilting and Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as
the result.
–
6
12–1004–06
Interlock or Movement
Error.
Error
Interlock was detected during remote–tilting.
Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
7
12–1004–07
OCTILT Line Off.
Error
OCTILT line from OC was detected OFF but
TILT STOP CMD from OC was not received.
1. OC could not send Tilt Stop CMD to TGP in
time.; 2. OC Keyboard.
8
12–1004–08
Tilt Req TimeOut 68
sec.
Error
Total tilting time from start tilting to end was
over specified duration.
Tilt Valve or Tilt Pump
9
10–0004–09
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
A
10–0004–0A
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
B
10–0004–0B
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–12
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–8
Tilt Req Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
C
10–0004–0C
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
D
10–0004–0D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
E
10–0004–0E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
F
10–0004–0F
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Table 4–9
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Manual Table Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
Description
1
12–1005–01
Single fault in T/G
movement, Please
call service.
Error
Tilt BWD/FWD movement or Table UP/DWN
movement is detected during key switch test
on Gantry initialization.
1. KEY SW L or R on Gantry Cover may have
the falure and stay ON.; 2. SUB BD
2
10–0005–02
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
3
10–0005–03
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
4
10–0005–04
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5
10–0005–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
6
12–1005–06
IMS POTENTIO error.
Error
Unexpected input from IMS Potentiometer dur- IMS Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
ing manual IMS movement.
and IMS Potentiometer.
7
12–1005–07
CRADLE POTENTIO
error.
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during manual cradle movement.
4–13
Potential Cause / FRU
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–10
Scan Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
11–1010–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP or OGP
edged’ from OGP more than 3 times.
2
11–1010–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from OGP.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
3
11–1010–03
SP is not wake up.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to SysConfig CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
4
10–0010–04
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5
10–0010–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
6
10–0010–06
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
7
10–0010–07
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Description
4–14
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–11
Gantry Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
11–1013–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP
edged’ from TGP(GP) more than 3 times.
2
11–1013–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from TGP(GP).
TGP
3
11–1013–03
GP is not wake up.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
Gantry Initialization did not complete correctly.;
1. TGP; 2. G–Pulse1; 3. Cabling between TGP
and G–Pluse1; 4. Servo Amp or Axial Motor
4
11–0013–04
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5
11–0013–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
6
11–0013–06
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
7
11–0013–07
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Description
4–15
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–12
Table Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
11–1012–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP
edged’ from TGP(TP) more than 3 times.
2
11–1012–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from TGP(TP).
TGP
3
11–1012–03
TP is not wakeup.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
TGP
4
11–0012–04
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5
11–0012–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
6
11–0012–06
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
7
11–0012–07
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Table 4–13
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
TGP Task Time Out Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
1
11–10F0–01
Scan Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to SCAN CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
2
11–10F0–02
XG Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to XG CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
3
11–10F0–03
Aperture Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to APERTURE CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–16
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-2
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR EARLIER THAN SYSTEM VERSION 6) (continued)
Table 4–14
TGP Task Time Out Error
Error
Code
Code
4
11–10F0–04
Gantry Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(GP) in response to GNTRY CMD.
TGP
5
11–10F0–05
Cradle Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to CRADLE CMD.
TGP
6
11–10F0–06
Tilt Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to TILT CMD.
TGP
7
11–10F0–07
Test Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to TEST MODE CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
Table 4–15
Error
Code
Code
1
11–10F1–01
Table 4–16
Error
Code
Code
1
11–10F2–01
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
TGP not System
Name
TGP Not System.
Class
Error
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
TGP is not set as System Mode.
Set TGP switch(SW1) correctly.
Safety Loop Open
Name
SAFETY LOOP
OPEN.
Class
Description
Error
mA/kV status was not received from OGP during X–ray ON. Or X–ray OFF Status was not
received correctly from OGP. Safety Loop
was opened by TGP as the result.
4–17
Potential Cause / FRU
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) or interface between JEDI and TGP including OGP and Slip
Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER)
Table 4–17
Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
01
11–1001–01
Gantry–Transporter
position is not initialized.
Error
TGP received SCAN CMD before initializing
gantry transporter. Bring gantry transporter
back to out end position.
Scan operation before gantry position initializing.
02
11–1001–02
Table is not CT mode.
Error
”TABLE READY” signal from Table is open on
SCAN CMD
Table system is powered off. Angles of Table–
rotations are not directed to CT. Lateral position of Table top is not in center of Gantry–aperture.
03
11–1001–03
Table is moving during
scan.
Error
”TABLE MOVE” signal from Table is open on
SCAN CMD
Table movement button is pushed or Table
movement is not locked during CT scanning.
04
11–1001–04
”STOP CT” signal
comes from Table on
scan process.
Error
”STOP CT” signal from the table is open on
SCAN CMD. Reset the table from Emergency Stop status.
STOP button of the Table is pushed.
05
11–1001–05
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
06
11–1001–06
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
07
11–1001–07
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
08
11–1001–08
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
09
11–1001–09
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
0A
11–1001–0A
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
0B
11–1001–0B
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
0C
11–1001–0C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
0D
11–1001–0D
Interlock X–ray.
Error
TGP received SCAN CMD while relay(RL1) in
Gantry Rear Switch Box is energized. Unexpected door interlock may cause this.
0E
11–1001–0E
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
0F
11–1001–0F
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
4–18
Potential Cause / FRU
1. Other equipment connected with relay(RL1)
is unexpectedly active(H).; 2. Cable connection between RL1 and other equipment(M).
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–18
Helical Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
11
12–1001–11
Cradle Out of Limit.
(TP)
Error
Cradle position out of limit on Helical SCAN
CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
12
12–1001–12
Cradle Unlatch. (TP)
Error
Cradle unlatch was detected on Helical SCAN
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
13
12–1001–13
Cradle Slip. (TP)
Error
Cradle slip was detected during Helical Scan.
1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
14
10–0001–14
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
15
12–1001–15
Cradle Start Position
Error. (TP)
Error
Cradle start position is out of specification on
Helical Scan.
16
12–1001–16
Interval Position Error.
(TP)
Error
Cradle Interval is out of specification on Helical 1. Patient movement during Helical Scan or
Scan.
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
17
12–1001–17
Cradle Move Time
Out. (TP)
Error
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
total cradle movement time out on Helical
Scan.
1. Patient movement at the beginning of Helical Scan.; 2. Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or
Cradle Stepping Motor
18
12–1001–18
OC Command Error.
(TP)
Error
TGP(TP) received unspecified Helical SCAN
CMD from OC.
Take a best guess and good luck.
19
11–1001–19
SCINITREQ Time
Out. (MP)
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from
TGP(TP) on Helical Scan.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
1A
11–1001–1A
OGP Com Not Ready
in 1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
TGP
1B
11–1001–1B
TP Com Not Ready in
1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with TGP(TP) is not ready after 1sec during Helical SCAN CMD.
TGP
1C
10–0001–1C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
(continued)
4–19
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–2
Helical Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
1D
12–1001–1D
Transporter Servo
Alarm detected
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transporter.
Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Servo Amp & Motor wiring, Brake is held.
1E
12–1001–1E
Over Run Switch or
Touch Sensor detected
Error
Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry
Touch Sensor ON was detected during Helical
scan. Bring transporter position back by a few
distance to recover.
Anything touches on touch sensor during Helical scan. Gantry was located to overrun position manually. Any foreign objects on Overrun
sensor.
1F
12–1001–1F
Cradle Potentio Error.
(TP)
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during Helical Scan.
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
Name
Class
Description
4–20
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–19
Axial Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
21
11–1001–21
OC Command Error.
(MP)
Error
TGP(MP) received unspecified Respiratory
SCAN CMD from OC.
22
11–1001–22
Gate Pulse Timeout.
(MP)
Error
Respiratory Signal Timeout. (Continue H–LEV- TGP,NFIX,CONNECTION BOX, (Respiratory
EL)
Monitor)
23
11–1001–23
Gate Pulse Timeout.
(MP)
Error
Respiratory Signal Timeout. (not detect rising
edge)
24
11–1001–24
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
25
11–1001–25
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
26
11–1001–26
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
27
11–1001–27
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
28
11–1001–28
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
29
11–1001–29
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
2A
11–1001–2A
OGP Com Not Ready
in 1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Respiratory SCAN CMD.
2B
11–1001–2B
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
2C
11–1001–2C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
2D
11–1001–2D
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
2E
11–1001–2E
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
24
11–1001–2F
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
4–21
Potential Cause / FRU
Mismatched version between TGP firmware
and OC software.
TGP,NFIX,CONNECTION BOX, (Respiratory
Monitor)
TGP
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–20
Scout Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
41
12–1001–41
Cradle Out of Limit.
(TP)
Error
Cradle position out of limit on Scout SCAN
CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS potentiometer
42
12–1001–42
Cradle Unlatch. (TP)
Error
Cradle unlatch was detected on Scout SCAN
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
43
12–1001–43
Cradle Slip. (TP)
Error
Cradle slip was detected during Scout Scan.
1. Patient movement during Scout Scan or
some obstacles on bottom of cradle or cradle
roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
44
10–0001–44
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
45
12–1001–45
Cradle Start Position
Error. (TP)
Error
Cradle start position is out of specification on
Scout Scan.
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
46
12–1001–46
Over Run Switch or
Touch Sensor detected
Error
Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry
Touch Sensor ON was detected during Scout
scan. Bring transporter position back by a few
distance to recover.
Anything touches on touch sensor during
Scout scan. Gantry was located to overrun
position manualy. Any foreign objects on Overrun sensor._-__-_
47
12–1001–47
Cradle Move Time
Out. (TP)
Error
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
total cradle movement time out on Scout Scan. Motor
48
12–1001–48
Transporter Servo
Alarm
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transporter.
Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Servo Amp & Motor wireing, Brake is held._-_
49
11–1001–49
SCINITREQ Time
Out. (MP)
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive SCINTREQ from
TGP(TP) on Scout Scan.
TGP
4A
11–1001–4A
OGP Com Not Ready
in 1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Scout SCAN CMD.
TGP
4B
11–1001–4B
TP Com Not Ready in
1 sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with TP is not ready after 1sec TGP
during Scout SCAN CMD.
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–22
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–3
Scout Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
Description
4C
11–1001–4C
Offset Scan Time Out.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive OFFSET END from OGP
on Scout Scan.
4D
10–0001–4D
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
4E
11–1001–4E
Scout Scan Time Out.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive SCAN END from OGP on
Scout Scan.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
4F
12–1001–4F
Cradle Potentio Error.
(TP)
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during Scout Scan.
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
4–23
Potential Cause / FRU
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–21
Fluoro Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
51
10–0001–51
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
52
10–0001–52
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
53
10–0001–53
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
54
10–0001–54
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
55
10–0001–55
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
56
10–0001–56
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
57
10–0001–57
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
58
11–1001–58
XRAY–on timeout.
(MP)
Error
mA/kV status was not received from OGP in
response to Fluoro SCAN CMD.
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface between JEDI and OGP.
59
11–1001–59
XRAY–off timeout.
(MP)
Error
mA/kV status from OGP did not stop when
X–ray Foot SW is off during Fluoro Scan.
JEDI(kV control)
5A
11–1001–5A
OGP Com is not
ready in 1sec. (MP)
Error
Communication with OGP is not ready after
1sec during Fluoro SCAN CMD.
TGP
5B
10–0001–5B
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
5C
11–1001–5C
Fluoro scan command
in normal mode. (MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC when
NFIX is not in Fluoro mode.
NFIX or TGP/NFIX interface
5D
11–1001–5D
X–SW is not on for
1sec before scan
command. (MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received from OC after
X–ray Foot SW is off.
NFIX or Cabling between TGP and NFIX
5E
11–1001–5E
Scan command has
come while GNTRY
button is pushed .
(MP)
Error
Fluoro SCAN CMD is received while Gantry
button is pushed.
Take a best guess and good luck.
5F
10–0001–5F
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
4–24
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–22
Gantry Req Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
1
13–1002–01
Gantry Request Command Error. (GP)
Error
Unspecified GNTRY CMD was received from
OC.
Mismatched version between TGP firmware
and OC software.
2
13–1002–02
Gantry Set Time Out
in 20 sec. (GP)
Error
Gantry position or rotation speed is not ready
in 20sec after GNTRY CMD from OC.
1. Servo Amp; 2. Axial Motor
3
13–1002–03
Axial Motor Over
Heat. (GP)
Error
Axial Motor over heat is detected.
1. Axial Motor; 2. SUB BD
4
13–1002–04
Servo Amp Alarm.
(GP)
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected.
1. Too many acceleration/deceleration in short
duration.; 2. Servo Amp; 3. Axial Motor
5
13–1002–05
Gantry Not System
Mode. (GP)
Error
Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
Switch of TGP is not set as system mode.
6
13–1002–06
Gantry Rotate Not
Response. (GP)
Error
No feedback from Axial motor encoder was
detected after Gantry rotation request.
1. Service Switch on SUB BD is set.; 2. 24V
Power Supply; 3. Servo Amp; 4. Axial Motor;
5. Cabling between Axial Motor and TGP
7
13–1002–07
Gantry Rotate Over
Speed. (GP)
Error
Gantry rotation speed is over specification.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
3. TGP
8
13–1002–08
Gantry Rotate Under
Speed. (GP)
Error
Gantry rotation speed is under specification.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. Servo Amp;
3. TGP
9
13–1002–09
Cover Safty SW
Open. (GP)
Error
Gantry Cover Switch is open and Axial Motor
is not powered.
1. Alignment between Gantry cover and
Gantry Cover Switch; 2. Gantry Cover Switch
and its cabling to TGP
A
13–1002–0A
Dynamic Break On.
(GP)
Error
GNTRY CMD was received while Axial Motor
dynamic break working.
Take a best guess and good luck.
B
13–1002–0B
Gantry Init Error or
Position Error. (GP)
Error
Gantry was not initialized correctly. Or azimuth counter on TGP is overflow.
1. G–Pulse1(M); 2. TGP; 3. Cabling between
G–Pulse1 and TGP
C
10–0002–0C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–25
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–5
Gantry Req Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
D
10–0002–0D
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
E
11–1002–0E
Gantry 130sec(180s
at Smartview) timer is
timeout on TGP. (MP)
Error
Gantry continues to rotate over 130sec without 1. Cabling between TGP and OC; 2. OC could
GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD from OC.
not send GNTRY CMD nor SCAN CMD to
TGP.
F
11–1002–0F
Gantry init timeout
ack=100ms rdy=7sec.
(MP)
Error
TGP did not receive reply from OGP in response to Gantry initialize request.
Name
Class
Description
4–26
Potential Cause / FRU
1. G–Pulse2; 2. OGP or TGP/OGP interface
which includes Slip Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–23
Error
Code
Code
1
Gantry Req Error Code2
Name
Class
Description
13–1002–11
Over Current.
Error
Over Current Error was detected on Servo
Amp.
1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
2
13–1002–12
Over Load.
Error
Over Load Error was detected on Servo Amp.
1. Gantry acceleration/deceleration too frequent.; 2. Servo AMP; 3. Axial Motor
3
13–1002–13
Over Speed.
Error
Over Speed Error was detected on Servo
Amp.
Servo AMP
4
10–0002–14
Undefined
Informaiton
Undefined Error
5
13–1002–15
Abnormal Servo Amp
Temparature.
Error
Servo Amp. Temperature is out of specification.
Servo AMP
6
13–1002–16
Abnormal Encorder
Error
Output from Axial Motor Encoder is out of
specification.
1. Axial Motor; 2. Servo Amp
7
13–1002–17
Abnormal Driving
Power.
Error
Driving Power of Servo Amp is out of specification.
1. Servo AMP; 2. Axial Motor
8
10–0002–18
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
9
13–1002–19
Abnormal EEPROM.
Error
Abnormal EEPROM error was detected on
Servo Amp.
A
10–0002–1A
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
B
10–0002–1B
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
C
10–0002–1C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
D
10–0002–1D
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
E
10–0002–1E
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
F
10–0002–1F
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
4–27
Potential Cause / FRU
1. Servo AMP
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–24
Cradle Req Error
Error
Code
Code
1
12–1030–01
Cradle Out of Limit.
Error
Cradle position out of limit on CRADLE CMD.
1. Cradle Potentiometer; 2. IMS Potentiometer
2
12–1030–02
Cradle Unlatch.
Error
Cradle unlatch was detected on CRADLE
CMD.
1. Accidental push on Latch Switch.; 2. Cabling between Latch Switch and TGP including
TBLCON BD and TBL BD.
3
12–1003–03
Cradle Slip.
Error
Cradle slip was detected in response to
CRADLE CMD.
1. Patient movement during cradle movement
or some obstacles on bottom of cradle or
cradle roller.; 2. Cradle Encoder
4
10–0003–04
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
5
12–1003–05
Out of Scannable
Range.
Error
Scannable range is zero because table position is too low.
6
10–0003–06
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
7
12–1003–07
Cradle Move Time
Out.
Error
Cradle acceleration/deceleration time out. Or
total cradle movement time out in response to
CRADLE CMD.
8
10–0003–08
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
9
12–1003–09
”STOP CT” signal
comes from Table during transport process
Error
”STOP CT” signal from the table is opening on
Transport–CMD. / Reset the table from
Emergency Stop status.
STOP button of the Table is pushed.
A
12–1003–0A
Gantry–Transporter
position is not initialized.
Error
TGP received Transport–CMD before initializing gantry transporter. Bring gantry transporter
back to out end position.
Gantry movement operation from Operator’s
console before gantry position initializating.
B
12–1003–0B
Touch Sensor detected
Error
Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected on
transport–CMD. Bring transporter position
back by a few distance to recover.
Touch sensor on gantry or transporter. Anything touches on touch sensor during Gantry
moving operation from Operator’s console.
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
1. Table position is too low. Raise table to
higher position.; 2. Table Height Potentiometer
Cradle Stepping Motor Belt or Cradle Stepping
Motor
(continued)
4–28
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–24
Cradle Req Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
C
12–1003–0C
Transporter Servo
Alarm detected
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transporter.
Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Servo Amp & Motor wiring, Brake is held.
D
12–1003–0D
Over Run Switch
Error
Over run limit switch of transporter was detected on transport.
Gantry was located to overrun position manually. Any foreign objects on the overrun limit
switch.
E
10–0003–0E
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
F
12–1003–0F
Cradle Potentio Error.
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
in response to CRADLE CMD.
Name
Class
Description
4–29
Potential Cause / FRU
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–25
Tilt Req Error
Error
Code
Code
1
12–1004–01
Out of Tilt Range.
Error
Out of Tilt range on TILT CMD.
Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
2
12–1004–02
Touch Sensor On.
Error
Gantry Touch Sensor ON was detected during
remote tilt. Bring tilt position back by a few
angle to recover.
1. Gantry Touch Sensor; 2. FCV BD or RCV
BD
3
12–1004–03
Already Home Key On
or FWD/BWD Key
On.
Error
TILT CMD was received from OC during Home/FWD/BWD is ON.
4
12–0004–04
Home Key On or
FWD/BWD(COUNTER DIRECTION) Key
On.
Infor.
Home/FWD/BWD is pushed during remote–tilting. And Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as the
result.
5
12–0004–05
FWD/BWD(SAME DIRECTION) Key Off.
Infor.
Home/FWD/BWD is released during remote–tilting and Home/FWD/BWD was prioritized as the
result.
6
12–1004–06
Interlock or Movement
Error.
Error
Interlock was detected during remote–tilting.
Tilt Potentiometer or IMS Potentiometer
7
12–1004–07
OCTILT Line Off.
Error
OCTILT line from OC was detected OFF but
TILT STOP CMD from OC was not received.
1. OC could not send Tilt Stop CMD to TGP in
time.; 2. OC Keyboard.
8
12–1004–08
Tilt Req TimeOut 68
sec.
Error
Total tilting time from start tilting to end was
over specified duration.
Tilt Valve or Tilt Pump
9
10–0004–09
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
A
10–0004–0A
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
B
10–0004–0B
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
C
10–0004–0C
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
D
10–0004–0D
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
E
10–0004–0E
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
F
10–0004–0F
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
4–30
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–26
Manual Table Error
Error
Code
Code
1
12–1005–01
Single fault in T/G
movement, Please
call service.
Error
Tilt BWD/FWD movement or Table UP/DWN
movement is detected during key switch test
on Gantry initialization.
1. KEY SW L or R on Gantry Cover may have
the falure and stay ON.; 2. SUB BD
2
12–1005–02
Reference position error
Error
Reference position detection is out of order.
Obstacles on Out Limit Switch or Reference
position Limit Switch. Adjustment of reference
position is not done correctly . Adjustment
should be done in slow speed.
3
12–1005–03
Table does not reset
relative position.
Error
CT does not receive ”Table all zero” after resetting the reference position of CT
Table does not send the signal of ”Table All
Zero”. Jumper switch is not correct.
4
12–1005–04
Transporter Servo
Alarm detected
Error
Servo Amp alarm is detected at the transporter.
Any foreign objects on rails or linear guide,
Servo Amp & Motor wiring, Brake is held.
5
12–1005–05
Over Run Switch or
Touch Sensor detected
Error
Over run limit switch of transporter or Gantry
Touch Sensor ON was detected during manual
movement. Bring transporter position back by
a few distance to recover.
Anything touches on touch sensor during
manual movement. Gantry was located to
overrun position manually. Any foreign objects
on Overrun sensor.
6
12–1005–06
IMS POTENTIO error.
Error
Unexpected input from IMS Potentiometer dur- IMS Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
ing manual IMS movement.
and IMS Potentiometer.
7
12–1005–07
CRADLE POTENTIO
error.
Error
Unexpected input from Cradle Potentiometer
during manual cradle movement.
Name
Class
Description
4–31
Potential Cause / FRU
Cradle Potentiometer or Cabling between TGP
and Cradle Potentiometer.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–27
Scan Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
11–1010–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP or OGP
edged’ from OGP more than 3 times.
2
11–1010–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from OGP.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
3
11–1010–03
SP is not wake up.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to SysConfig CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
4
10–0010–04
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
5
10–0010–05
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
6
10–0010–06
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
7
10–0010–07
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Table 4–28
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Gantry Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
Description
1
11–1013–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP
edged’ from TGP(GP) more than 3 times.
2
11–1013–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from TGP(GP).
TGP
3
11–1013–03
GP is not wake up.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(GP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
Gantry Initialization did not complete correctly.;
1. TGP; 2. G–Pulse1; 3. Cabling between TGP
and G–Pluse1; 4. Servo Amp or Axial Motor
4
11–0013–04
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
5
11–0013–05
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
6
11–0013–06
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
7
11–0013–07
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
4–32
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–29
Table Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
11–1012–01
Nack Detected 3
Times.
Error
TGP(MP) received the message ’Not Acknowl- TGP
edged’ from TGP(TP) more than 3 times.
2
11–1012–02
Ack/Nack Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive neither ACK nor
NACK from TGP(TP).
TGP
3
11–1012–03
TP is not wakeup.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to SysConfig CMD.
TGP
4
11–1012–04
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
5
11–1012–05
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
6
11–1012–06
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
7
11–1012–07
Undefined
Infor.
Undefined Error
Name
Class
Description
4–33
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-3
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY TGP BOARD (FOR SYSTEM VERSION 6 OR LATER) (continued)
Table 4–30
TGP Task Time Out Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
1
11–10F0–01
Scan Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to SCAN CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
2
11–10F0–02
XG Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to XG CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
3
11–10F0–03
Aperture Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to APERTURE CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
4
11–10F0–04
Gantry Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(GP) in response to GNTRY CMD.
TGP
5
11–10F0–05
Cradle Mode Time
Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to CRADLE CMD.
TGP
6
11–10F0–06
Tilt Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from
TGP(TP) in response to TILT CMD.
TGP
7
11–10F0–07
Test Mode Time Out.
Error
TGP(MP) did not receive any reply from OGP
in response to TEST MODE CMD.
OGP or TGP/OGP interface which includes
Slip Ring.
Table 4–31
Error
Code
Code
1
11–10F1–01
Table 4–32
Error
Code
Code
1
11–10F2–01
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
TGP not System
Name
TGP Not System.
Class
Error
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
TGP is not set as System Mode.
Set TGP switch(SW1) correctly.
Safety Loop Open
Name
SAFETY LOOP
OPEN.
Class
Description
Error
mA/kV status was not received from OGP during X–ray ON. Or X–ray OFF Status was not
received correctly from OGP. Safety Loop
was opened by TGP as the result.
4–34
Potential Cause / FRU
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) or interface between JEDI and TGP including OGP and Slip
Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD
Table 4–33
XG Processor Communication Error
Error
Code
Code
1
20–1014–01
XG Command Error
Error
XG CMD, sent from OGP, was rejected by
JEDI because of unspecified mA/kV/focus/
scan time request.
2
20–0014–02
JEDI Wakeup time
out.
Infor.
OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface beresponse to SysConfig CMD nor JEDI Capabil- tween JEDI and OGP.
ity Request CMD.
3
20–1014–03
No answer of mAkV.
Error
OGP did not receive reply from JEDI in response to mA/kV setup request.
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface between JEDI and OGP.
4
20–0014–04
Received message
with unknown ID.
Infor.
OGP received unspecified message from
JEDI.
Mismatched firmware version between
JEDI(kV control) and OGP.
5
20–1014–05
CAN BUS OFF Status.
Error
CAN bus between JEDI and OGP becomes
OFF Status because of too many communication Errors.
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface between JEDI and OGP.
6
20–0014–06
CAN BUS Warning
status.
Infor.
Some retries happened on CAN bus between
JEDI and OGP and CAN bus becomes
WARNING Status as the result.
JEDI(kV control or CT–IF), or interface between JEDI and OGP.
7
20–0014–07
Return to normal from
bus warning
Infor.
CAN bus between JEDI and OGP successfully –
moved to NORMAL Status from OFF Status.
Name
Class
Description
4–35
Potential Cause / FRU
Mismatched firmware version between
JEDI(kV control) and OGP.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–34
Aperture Error
Error
Code
Code
Name
1
20–1020–01
Aperture Request
Command Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified Aperture width from 1. DIPSW3 Setting of OGP; 2. Mismatched
TGP(MP).
version between OGP firmware and OC software.
2
20–1020–02
Aperture Reset Error.
Error
OGP could not detect Aperture reset position.
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
3
20–1020–03
Encorder Pulse Out of
Range.
Error
Encoder pulse input from Aperture is out of
specification while setting Aperture width.
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
4
20–1020–04
Z–AXIS control failed
Error
OGP did not receive READY status from CIF
for z–axis collimator control or OGP detected
Aperture is not ready.
1. CIF or interface between CIF and OGP.; 2.
Motor Driver for z–axis control; 3. Photo Sensor for z–axis control; 4. Firmware version of
OGP and CIF.
2D
20–0020–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2D
20–0020–06
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2D
20–0020–07
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Class
Description
4–36
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–35
OGP Event Error
Error
Code
Code
1
20–1030–01
Rotor On/Off Time
Out.
Error
OGP did not receive any reply from JEDI in
response to Rotor ON/OFF request.
1. Cabling between JEDI(kV control; CT–IF)
and OGP; 2. Fuse on AC/DC; 3. AC/DC,
LVPS, Rotor board or Heater Board
2
20–1030–02
DAS Trigger Error.
Error
DAS Trigger was out of specification during
scan. Or no DAS Trigger was detected after
GANTINTREQ.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment.; 2. Cabling for
DAS Trigger including Slip Ring.
3
20–1030–03
G–Pulse2 Error
Error
DAS Trigger in one rotation was out of specification during scan. Or no G–Pulse2 was detected.
G–Pulse2
4
20–1030–04
Mismatch
DIPSW(SW3) and
system config.
Error
DIPSW3 on OGP is mismatched with SysCon- DIPSW3 setting on OGP
fig CMD which was sent from TGP.
5
20–1030–05
3 times NACK Detected.
Error
OGP received the message ’Not Acknowledged’ from TGP or CIF more than 3 times.
1. TGP or CIF; 2. OGP
6
20–1030–06
System Config Error
Error
OGP received unspecified SysConfig from
TGP.
Mismatched version between OGP firmware
and OC software
7
20–0030–07
DAS Wakeup Time
Out.
Infor.
OGP did not receive any reply from CIF in response to SysConfig.
CIF or interface between CIF and OGP.
Name
Class
Description
4–37
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–36
Axial Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
21
20–1001–21
Scan Request Commamd Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified Axial Scan CMD
from TGP.
Mismatched version between OGP firmware
and OC software.
22
20–1001–22
Offset Scan Time Out.
Error
DAS trigger for Offset Scan, generated by Axial Motor Encoder and measured in reference
to G–Pulse2,. is out of specification or Offset
Scan did not start or end in time on Axial
Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
23
20–1001–23
X–ray On Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Axial
Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
24
20–1001–24
X–ray Off Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Axial
Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
25
20–1001–25
XG Ready Response
Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on
Axial Scan.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
26
20–1001–26
DAS Trigger Less.
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is under specification on Axial Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
27
20–1001–27
DAS Trigger Many
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is over specification on Axial Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
28
20–1001–28
Aperture Error.
Error
Aperture width is out of specification on Axial
Scan.
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–38
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–36
Axial Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
Description
29
20–1001–29
Not Gantry Initialized.
Error
OGP received Axial SCAN CMD from TGP
before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
2A
20–1001–2A
EXPCMD On Backup
Timer Error.
Error
The active time of EXPCMD is over Axial Scan 1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
time.
JEDI
2B
20–1001–2B
EXPCMD Unstable
Error
HV ON was activated by JEDI on Axial Scan
when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP.
2C
20–1001–2C
Scan Start Time Out.
Error
OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trig1. OGP; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface
ger after received Axial SCAN CMD from TGP. between this encoder and OGP including Slip
Ring.
2D
20–0001–2D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2E
20–0001–2E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2F
20–1001–2F
FPGA Counter Error
Error
DAS Trigger read out error on Axial Scan.
OGP
4–39
Potential Cause / FRU
G–Pulse2
1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
control; CT–IF) and OGP
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–37
Stationary Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
31
20–1001–31
Scan Request Commamd Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified Stationary Scan
CMD from TGP.
Mismatched version between OGP firmware
and OC software.
32
20–1001–32
Offset Scan Time Out.
Error
Offset Scan did not start or end in specified
duration on Stationary Scan. This is measured by internal timer of OGP.
OGP
33
20–1001–33
X–ray On Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Stationary Scan after EXPCMD was activated by
OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
34
20–1001–34
X–ray Off Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Stationary Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated
by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
35
20–1001–35
XG Ready Response
Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on
Stationary Scan.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
36
20–1001–36
DAS Trigger Less.
Error
DAS trigger, generated and measured by inter- OGP
nal timer of OGP, is under specification on Stationary Scan.
37
20–1001–37
DAS Trigger Many
Error
DAS trigger, generated and measured by inter- OGP
nal timer of OGP is over specification on Stationary Scan.
38
20–1001–38
Aperture Error.
Error
Aperture width is out of specification on Stationary Scan.
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
(continued)
4–40
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–38
Stationary Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
39
20–0001–39
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
3A
20–1001–3A
EXPCMD On Backup
Timer Error.
Error
The active time of EXPCMD is over Stationary
Scan time.
1. OGP; 2. JEDI
3B
20–1001–3B
EXPCMD Unstable
Error
HV ON was activated by JEDI on Stationary
Scan when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP.
1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
control; CT–IF) and OGP
3C
20–1001–3C
Scan Start Time Out.
Error
OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trigger after received Stationary SCAN CMD from
TGP. DAS Trigger is generated by OGP internally.
OGP
3D
20–0001–3D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
3E
20–0001–3E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
3F
20–1001–3F
FPGA Counter Error
Error
DAS Trigger read out error on Stationary
Scan.
OGP
Name
Class
Description
4–41
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–39
Helical Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
11
20–1001–11
Scan Request Commamd Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified Helical Scan CMD
from TGP.
Mismatched version between OGP firmware
and OC software.
12
20–1001–12
Offset Scan Time Out.
Error
Offset Scan did not start or end in specified
duration on Helical Scan.
OGP
13
20–1001–13
X–ray On Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Helical
Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
14
20–1001–14
X–ray Off Response
Time Out
Error
HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Helical
Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
15
20–1001–15
XG Ready Response
Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on
Helical Scan.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
16
20–1001–16
DAS Trigger Less.
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is under specification on Helical Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
17
20–1001–17
DAS Trigger Many
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is over specification on Helical Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
18
20–1001–18
Aperture Error.
Error
Aperture width is out of specification on Helical 1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Scan.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
19
20–1001–19
Not Gantry Initialized.
Error
OGP received Helical SCAN CMD from TGP
before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
G–Pulse2
(continued)
4–42
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–39
Helical Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
Name
Class
1A
20–1001–1A
EXPCMD On Backup
Timer Error.
Error
The active time of EXPCMD is over Helical
Scan time.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
JEDI
1B
20–1001–1B
EXPCMD Unstable
Error
HV ON was activated by JEDI on Helical Scan
when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP.
1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
control; CT–IF) and OGP
1C
20–1001–1C
Scan Start Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive SCINTREQ from TGP in
specified duration. OGP could not start scanning as the result.
TGP or interface between OGP and TGP including Slip Ring.
1D
20–0001–1D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
1E
20–0001–1E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
1F
20–1001–1F
FPGA Counter Error
Error
DAS Trigger read out error on Helical Scan.
OGP
Description
4–43
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–40
Scout Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
41
20–1001–41
Scan Request Commamd Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified command from
TGP on Scout Scan.
Take a best guess and good luck.
42
20–1001–42
Offset Scan Time Out.
Error
Offset Scan did not start or end in specified
duration on Scout Scan, This is measured by
internal timer of OGP.
OGP
43
20–1001–43
X–ray On Response
Time Out.
Error
HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Scout
Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
44
20–1001–44
X–ray Off Response
Time Out.
Error
HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Scout
Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
45
20–1001–45
XG Ready Response
Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on
Scout Scan.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
46
20–1001–46
DAS Trigger Less.
Error
DAS trigger, generated by cradle encoder and
measured by internal timer of OGP, is under
specification on Scout Scan.
1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Cradle Speed Adjustment; 3. Interface between OGP and Cradle
Encoder including Slip Ring and TGP.
47
20–1001–47
DAS Trigger Many.
Error
DAS trigger, generated by cradle encoder and
measured by internal timer of OGP is over
specification on Scout Scan.
1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Cradle Speed Adjustment; 3. Interface between OGP and Cradle
Encoder including Slip Ring and TGP.
48
20–1001–48
Aperture Error.
Error
Aperture width is out of specification on Scout
Scan.
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–44
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–40
Scout Scan Error (continued)
Error
Code
Code
49
20–1001–49
Not gantry Initialized
Error
OGP received Scout SCAN CMD from TGP
before DAS Trigger initialization.
G–Pulse2
4A
20–1001–4A
EXPCMD On Backup
Timer Error
Error
The active time of EXPCMD is over Scout
Scan time.
1. Cradle Speed Adjustment; 2. JEDI
4B
20–1001–4B
EXPCMD Unstable
Error
HV ON was activated by JEDI on Scout Scan
when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP.
1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
control; CT–IF) and OGP
4C
20–1001–4C
Scan start Time Out.
Error
OGP did not detect count–up of DAS Trigger
after received Scout SCAN CMD from TGP.
DAS Trigger is generated by Cradle Encoder.
1. Cradle Encoder; 2. Interface between OGP
and Cradle Encoder including Slip Ring and
TGP.
2D
20–0001–4D
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2D
20–0001–4E
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
2D
20–0001–4F
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
Name
Class
Description
4–45
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–41
Fluoro Scan Error
Error
Code
Code
51
20–1001–51
Scan Request Commamd Error.
Error
OGP received unspecified command from
TGP on Fluoro Scan.
Take a best guess and good luck.
52
20–1001–52
Offset Scan Time Out.
Error
Offset Scan did not start or end in specified
duration on Fluoro Scan.
OGP
53
20–1001–53
X–ray On Response
Time Out.
Error
HV ON was not activated by JEDI on Fluoro
Scan after EXPCMD was activated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
54
20–1001–54
X–ray Off Response
Time Out.
Error
HV ON was not inactivated by JEDI on Fluoro
Scan after EXPCMD was inactivated by OGP.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
55
20–1001–55
XG Ready Response
Time Out.
Error
OGP did not receive XG Ready from JEDI on
Fluoro Scan.
High possibility on JEDI in case with XG error.;
In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or
CT–IF) and interface between JEDI and OGP
56
20–1001–56
DAS Trigger Less.
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is under specification on Fluoro Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
57
20–1001–57
DAS Trigger Many.
Error
DAS trigger of one rotation, between G–
Pulse2, is over specification on Fluoro Scan.
1. G–Pulse2; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface between this encoder and OGP including
Slip Ring.
58
20–1001–58
Aperture Error.
Error
Aperture width is out of specification on Fluoro
Scan.
1. Aperture Assy; 2. Aperture Motor Driver; 3.
Cabling between OGP and Aperture Photo
Sensor or between OGP and Motor Driver
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
(continued)
4–46
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-4
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY OGP BOARD (continued)
Table 4–41
Error
Code
Code
59
20–1001–59
5A
Fluoro Scan Error (continued)
Name
Class
Description
NOT Gantry Initialized.
Error
OGP received Fluoro SCAN CMD from TGP
before DAS Trigger initialization by G–Pulse2.
G–Pulse2
20–1001–5A
EXPCMD On Backup
Timer Error.
Error
The active time of EXPCMD is over Fluoro
Scan time.
1. Rotation Speed Adjustment; 2. G–Pulse2; 3.
JEDI
5B
20–1001–5B
EXPCMD Unstable
Error
HV ON was activated by JEDI on Fluoro Scan
when EXPCMD is not activated by OGP.
1. OGP; 2. JEDI; 3. Cabling between JEDI(kV
control; CT–IF) and OGP
5C
20–1001–5C
Scan Start Time Out.
Error
OGP could not detect count–up of DAS Trigger after received Fluoro SCAN CMD from
TGP.
1. OGP; 2. Axial Motor Encoder or interface
between this encoder and OGP including Slip
Ring.
5D
20–1001–5D
HV ON command
time out.
Error
X–ray Foot SW was inactivated on Fluoro
Scan before receiving X–ray Foot SW OFF
Status from TGP.
1. TGP or interface between TGP and OGP
including Slip Ring
5E
20–1001–5E
Fluoro Scan Backup
Timer _-_Time Out.
Error
OGP detected HV ON time out during Tap
Mode or Continuous Mode.
High possibility on JEDI or Rotation Speed Adjustment in case with XG error.; In case without XG Error, JEDI(kV control or CT–IF) and
interface between JEDI and OGP.
5F
20–1001–5F
FPGA Counter Error
Error
DAS Trigger read out error on Fluoro Scan.
OGP
4–47
Potential Cause / FRU
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS
Table 4–42
Error
Code
Code
1
30–1010–01
2
DAS Error
Class
Description
Zero Detect.
Error
Zero DAS data was detected.
1. CAM; 2. CIF; 2. DDP
30–0010–02
Over Range
Infor.
DAS data Over Range was detected.
1. Reduce scan technic.; 2. CAM, CIF or DDP
3
30–0010–03
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
4
30–0010–04
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
5
30–0010–05
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
6
30–0010–06
Undefined
Infor.
–
–
7
30–1010–07
Communication error
Error
Unexpected length or checksum of command
was detected during communication between
CIF and OGP.
1. Cable connection between OGP and DAS;
2. OGP or CIF
Table 4–43
Error
Code
Name
Potential Cause / FRU
Z CH CAL Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
0101
30–0101–01
–
Infor.
CIF received unspecified Qcal Ratio Data from Mismatched version between CIF and OC
OC on SysConfig.
software.
0102
30–0101–02
–
Infor.
CIF could not receive all Qcal Ratio Data from
OC on SysConfig.
4–48
Interface between CIF and OC including Slip
Ring.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–44
Error
Code
Beam Tracking Para Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
0201
30–1102–01
–
Error
CIF received unspecified Aperture width from
OC on XG CMD.
Mismatched version between CIF and OC
software.
0202
30–1102–02
–
Error
CIF could not find Qcal Ratio Data for current
Aperture on XG CMD.
Failed to receive all Qcal Ratio Data from OC
during SysConfig.; Or mismatched version between CIF and OC software.
0301
30–1103–01
–
Error
CIF received unspecified Scan Time from OC
on Scan CMD.
Mismatched version between CIF and OC
software.
Table 4–45
Error
Code
Home Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
1101
30–1111–01
–
Error
BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensors were
interrupted at the same time during Home
Positioning.
1. BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor(H); 2.
Cabling between Limit–Photo–Sensor and CIF.
1102
30–1111–02
–
Error
BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was unexpectedly
interrupted during Home Positioning.
1. BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is connected conversely with CIF.; 2. Z–Axis Motor
movement is reversed.
1103
30–1111–03
–
Error
On Home Positioning, FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor remains interrupted when CIF drives Z–
Axis Motor to BWD direction.
1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
Cabling between Z–Axis Motor and CIF; 4.
BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is connected conversely with CIF.
(continued)
4–49
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–45
Error
Code
Home Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator) (continued)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
1104
30–1111–04
–
Error
On Home Positioning, CIF cannot detect FWD
Limit–Photo–Sensor interruption even after it
drives Z–Axis Motor to FWD limit.
1105
30–1111–05
–
Error
On Home Positioning, CIF cannot detect BWD 1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
Limit–Photo–Sensor interruption when it drives BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor; 4. Ball Screw
Z–Axis Motor from FWD limit to BWD limit.
1106
30–1111–06
–
Error
The number of pulses for Z–Axis Motor is over
specification when moving from FWD limit to
BWD limit on Home Positioning.
1. Position of BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor; 2. Jumper Setting of Z–Axis Motor Driver;
3. Ball Screw
1107
30–1111–07
–
Error
The number of pulses for Z–Axis Motor is under specification when moving from FWD limit
to BWD limit on Home Positioning.
1. Position of BWD or FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor; 2. Jumper Setting of Z–Axis Motor Driver
1108
30–1111–08
–
Error
During Home Positioning, FWD Limit–Photo–
Sensor was interrupted when moving from
BWD limit to Home Position.
Take a best guess and good luck.
4–50
1. Z–Axis Motor Driver; 2. Z–Axis Motor; 3.
Cabling between Z–Axis Motor and CIF; 4.
BWD and FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor is connected conversely with CIF.
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–46
Error
Code
Preset Positioning Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
1201
30–1112–01
–
Error
FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, FWD
ing Preset Positioning.
Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sensor and CIF.; In case without error on Home
Positioning, Preset CMD from OC may be
incorrect.
1202
30–1112–02
–
Error
BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, BWD
ing Preset Positioning.
Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sensor and CIF.; In case without error on Home
Positioning, Preset CMD from OC may be
incorrect.
Table 4–47
Error
Code
Beam Tracking Out of Limit (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
2101
30–0121–01
–
Infor.
FWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, FWD
ing Beam Tracking.
Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sensor and CIF.; In case without error on Home
Positioning, Qcal CH data from DDP may not
be normal by Qcal Obs or z–axis miss–alignment of Tube or Detector..
2102
30–0121–02
–
Infor.
BWD Limit–Photo–Sensor was interrupted dur- In case with error on Home Positioning, BWD
ing Beam Tracking.
Limit–Photo–Sensor or Cabling between Sensor and CIF.; In case without error on Home
Positioning, Qcal CH data from DDP may not
be normal by Qcal Obs or z–axis miss–alignment of Tube or Detector..
4–51
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–48
Error
Code
2201
Code
30–1122–01
Table 4–49
Error
Code
Offset View Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Name
Class
Error
–
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
The number of Offset View is out of specification.
In case with raw data correction error detected
by OC, Cabling for DAS Trigger including Slip
Ring.; In case without this error, CIF may be
failed.
FIFO Overview Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
2301
30–1123–01
–
Error
CIF detected DDP FIFO Overflow during Qcal
CH data collection(Offset view).
–
2302
30–0123–02
–
Infor.
CIF detected DDP FIFO Overflow during Qcal
CH data collection(Active view).
–
Table 4–50
Error
Code
Beam Tracking Calc Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
3101
30–1131–01
–
Error
Unexpected result of Beam Tracking calculation.
–
3102
30–1131–02
–
Error
Unexpected result of Beam Tracking calculation.
–
4–52
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
4-5
2202119
ERRORS DETECTED BY DAS (continued)
Table 4–51
Error
Code
Internal Error (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
3201
30–1132–01
–
Error
CIF Internal Error.
–
3202
30–1132–02
–
Error
CIF Internal Error.
–
Table 4–52
Error
Code
4101
Code
30–0141–01
Table 4–53
Error
Code
Z CH Count (Z–axis Collimator)
Name
–
Class
Infor.
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
Beam Tracking was paused because CIF detected Qcal CH Data is under specification.
Qcal CH Obstruction or tube spits.
Beam Tracking Hold/Resume (Z–axis Collimator)
Code
Name
Class
Description
Potential Cause / FRU
4201
30–0142–01
–
Infor.
Beam Tracking was paused because CIF detected Qcal CH obstruction.
Qcal CH Obstruction
4202
30–0142–02
–
Infor.
Beam Tracking was resumed because Qcal
CH returned to normal from obstruction.
–
4–53
TABLE/GANTRY
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
4–54
TABLE/GANTRY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 9
2202119
DAS / DETECTOR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – CHANNEL – RING RADIUS TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1–1
DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
SECTION 2 – LED DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
i
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
2202119
ii
DAS/DETECTOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 10
2202119
SECTION 1 – CHANNEL – RING RADIUS TABLE
1-1
DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE
Table 1–1 through 1–16 are Detector/DAS Channel – Ring Radius Cross Reference.
In these tables:
D CH#: Detector/DAS Channel No.
D FC#: Flex Cable No.
D CB#: CAM Board No.
– Single: for the dectecor of NP, NP+, NP++ systems
– Twin – A: for the A side detector of Twin systems
– Twin – B: for the B side detector of Twin systems
D PN#: Pin No. of the flex cable connector: Actually in Table 1–1 through 1–16, Channel Nos. are shown.
See Illustration 1–1 or 1–2.
D R (mm): Radius of image artifact in mm
1–1
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-1
2202119
DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE (Continued)
Illustration 1–1
DAS/Detector Connector Pin Assignment (NP, NP+, and NP++)
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËË
Cable #1
Detector
24 Pins
Flex Cables
Cable #51
Flex
Cable
CAM Boards
#1~#9
CAM Boards
#19~#27
CAM Boards
#10~#18
d c b a
1
2
3
4
5
6
a
b
c
d
1
CH 7
CH 8
CH 9
CH10
2
CH 5
CH 6
CH11
CH12
3
CH 3
CH 4
CH13
CH14
4
CH 1
CH 2
CH15
CH16
5
FG
FG
SG
SG
6
FG
FG
SG
SG
1–2
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
1-1
2202119
DETECTOR/DAS CHANNEL – RING RADIUS CROSS REFERENCE (Continued)
Illustration 1–2
DAS/Detector Connector Pin Assignment (Twin)
Cable #1
Detector
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
ËËËËËËËËËËËËË
Flex
Cable
Flex Cables
Cable #51
48 Pins
CAM Boards
#1~#18
CAM Boards
#37~#54
CAM Boards
#19~#36
D C B A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
A
B
C
D
1
2SG
2SG
2SG
2SG
2
2SG
2SG
2SG
2SG
3
A–1ch B–1ch A–16ch B–16ch
4
A–2ch B–2ch A–15ch B–15ch
5
A–3ch B–3ch A–14ch B–14ch
6
A–4ch B–4ch A–13ch B–13ch
7
A–5ch B–5ch A–12ch B–12ch
8
A–6ch B–6ch A–11ch B–11ch
9
A–7ch B–7ch A–10ch B–10ch
10
A–8ch B–8ch A–9ch B–9ch
11
FG
FG
FG
FG
12
FG
FG
FG
FG
1–3
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
2202119
Table 1–1
Channel – Ring Radius (#1 ~#50)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
1
1
2
3
2
1
2
3
4
14
249.7
4
15
3
1
2
249.1
3
4
16
4
2
248.5
2
3
4
1
5
248.0
2
2
3
4
2
247.4
6
2
2
3
4
3
246.8
7
2
2
3
4
4
246.2
8
2
2
3
4
5
245.6
9
2
2
3
4
6
245.0
10
2
2
3
4
7
244.5
11
2
2
3
4
8
243.9
12
2
2
3
4
9
243.3
13
2
2
3
4
10
242.7
14
2
2
3
4
11
242.1
15
2
2
3
4
12
241.5
16
2
2
3
4
13
240.9
17
2
2
3
4
14
240.4
18
2
2
3
4
15
239.8
19
2
2
3
4
16
239.2
20
3
3
5
6
1
238.6
21
3
3
5
6
2
238.0
22
3
3
5
6
3
237.4
23
3
3
5
6
4
236.8
24
3
3
5
6
5
236.2
25
3
3
5
6
6
235.6
26
3
3
5
6
7
235.1
27
3
3
5
6
8
234.5
28
3
3
5
6
9
233.9
29
3
3
5
6
10
233.3
30
3
3
5
6
11
232.7
31
3
3
5
6
12
232.1
32
3
3
5
6
13
231.5
33
3
3
5
6
14
230.9
34
3
3
5
6
15
230.3
35
3
3
5
6
16
229.7
36
4
3
5
6
1
229.1
37
4
3
5
6
2
228.5
38
4
3
5
6
3
227.9
39
4
3
5
6
4
227.3
40
4
3
5
6
5
226.8
41
4
3
5
6
6
226.2
42
4
3
5
6
7
225.6
43
4
3
5
6
8
225.0
44
4
3
5
6
9
224.4
45
4
3
5
6
10
223.8
46
4
3
5
6
11
223.2
47
4
3
5
6
12
222.6
48
4
3
5
6
13
222.0
49
4
3
5
6
14
221.4
50
4
3
5
6
15
220.8
1–4
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–2
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#51 ~#100)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
51
4
3
5
52
5
4
7
8
16
220.2
8
1
53
5
4
219.6
7
8
2
54
5
219.0
4
7
8
3
55
218.4
5
4
7
8
4
217.8
56
5
4
7
8
5
217.2
57
5
4
7
8
6
216.6
58
5
4
7
8
7
216.0
59
5
4
7
8
8
215.4
60
5
4
7
8
9
214.8
61
5
4
7
8
10
214.2
62
5
4
7
8
11
213.6
63
5
4
7
8
12
213.0
64
5
4
7
8
13
212.4
65
5
4
7
8
14
211.8
66
5
4
7
8
15
211.2
67
5
4
7
8
16
210.6
68
6
4
7
8
1
210.0
69
6
4
7
8
2
209.3
70
6
4
7
8
3
208.7
71
6
4
7
8
4
208.1
72
6
4
7
8
5
207.5
73
6
4
7
8
6
206.9
74
6
4
7
8
7
206.3
75
6
4
7
8
8
205.7
76
6
4
7
8
9
205.1
77
6
4
7
8
10
204.5
78
6
4
7
8
11
203.9
79
6
4
7
8
12
203.3
80
6
4
7
8
13
202.7
81
6
4
7
8
14
202.1
82
6
4
7
8
15
201.5
83
6
4
7
8
16
200.8
84
7
5
9
10
1
200.2
85
7
5
9
10
2
199.6
86
7
5
9
10
3
199.0
87
7
5
9
10
4
198.4
88
7
5
9
10
5
197.8
89
7
5
9
10
6
197.2
90
7
5
9
10
7
196.6
91
7
5
9
10
8
196.0
92
7
5
9
10
9
195.4
93
7
5
9
10
10
194.7
94
7
5
9
10
11
194.1
95
7
5
9
10
12
193.5
96
7
5
9
10
13
192.9
97
7
5
9
10
14
192.3
98
7
5
9
10
15
191.7
99
7
5
9
10
16
191.1
100
8
5
9
10
1
190.5
1–5
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–3
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#101 ~#150)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
101
8
5
9
102
8
5
9
10
2
189.8
10
3
103
8
5
189.2
9
10
4
104
8
188.6
5
9
10
5
105
188.0
8
5
9
10
6
187.4
106
8
5
9
10
7
186.8
107
8
5
9
10
8
186.2
108
8
5
9
10
9
185.5
109
8
5
9
10
10
184.9
110
8
5
9
10
11
184.3
111
8
5
9
10
12
183.7
112
8
5
9
10
13
183.1
113
8
5
9
10
14
182.5
114
8
5
9
10
15
181.8
115
8
5
9
10
16
181.2
116
9
6
11
12
1
180.6
117
9
6
11
12
2
180.0
118
9
6
11
12
3
179.4
119
9
6
11
12
4
178.7
120
9
6
11
12
5
178.1
121
9
6
11
12
6
177.5
122
9
6
11
12
7
176.9
123
9
6
11
12
8
176.3
124
9
6
11
12
9
175.6
125
9
6
11
12
10
175.0
126
9
6
11
12
11
174.4
127
9
6
11
12
12
173.8
128
9
6
11
12
13
173.2
129
9
6
11
12
14
172.5
130
9
6
11
12
15
171.9
131
9
6
11
12
16
171.3
132
10
6
11
12
1
170.7
133
10
6
11
12
2
170.1
134
10
6
11
12
3
169.4
135
10
6
11
12
4
168.8
136
10
6
11
12
5
168.2
137
10
6
11
12
6
167.6
138
10
6
11
12
7
166.9
139
10
6
11
12
8
166.3
140
10
6
11
12
9
165.7
141
10
6
11
12
10
165.1
142
10
6
11
12
11
164.4
143
10
6
11
12
12
163.8
144
10
6
11
12
13
163.2
145
10
6
11
12
14
162.6
146
10
6
11
12
15
161.9
147
10
6
11
12
16
161.3
148
11
7
13
14
1
160.7
149
11
7
13
14
2
160.1
150
11
7
13
14
3
159.4
1–6
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–4
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#151 ~#200)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
151
11
7
13
152
11
7
13
14
4
158.8
14
5
153
11
7
158.2
13
14
6
154
11
157.5
7
13
14
7
155
156.9
11
7
13
14
8
156.3
156
11
7
13
14
9
155.7
157
11
7
13
14
10
155.0
158
11
7
13
14
11
154.4
159
11
7
13
14
12
153.8
160
11
7
13
14
13
153.2
161
11
7
13
14
14
152.5
162
11
7
13
14
15
151.9
163
11
7
13
14
16
151.3
164
12
7
13
14
1
150.6
165
12
7
13
14
2
150.0
166
12
7
13
14
3
149.4
167
12
7
13
14
4
148.7
168
12
7
13
14
5
148.1
169
12
7
13
14
6
147.5
170
12
7
13
14
7
146.9
171
12
7
13
14
8
146.2
172
12
7
13
14
9
145.6
173
12
7
13
14
10
145.0
174
12
7
13
14
11
144.3
175
12
7
13
14
12
143.7
176
12
7
13
14
13
143.1
177
12
7
13
14
14
142.4
178
12
7
13
14
15
141.8
179
12
7
13
14
16
141.2
180
13
8
15
16
1
140.5
181
13
8
15
16
2
139.9
182
13
8
15
16
3
139.3
183
13
8
15
16
4
138.6
184
13
8
15
16
5
138.0
185
13
8
15
16
6
137.4
186
13
8
15
16
7
136.7
187
13
8
15
16
8
136.1
188
13
8
15
16
9
135.5
189
13
8
15
16
10
134.8
190
13
8
15
16
11
134.2
191
13
8
15
16
12
133.5
192
13
8
15
16
13
132.9
193
13
8
15
16
14
132.3
194
13
8
15
16
15
131.6
195
13
8
15
16
16
131.0
196
14
8
15
16
1
130.4
197
14
8
15
16
2
129.7
198
14
8
15
16
3
129.1
199
14
8
15
16
4
128.5
200
14
8
15
16
5
127.8
1–7
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–5
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#201 ~#250)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
201
14
8
15
202
14
8
15
16
6
127.2
16
7
203
14
8
126.5
15
16
8
204
14
125.9
8
15
16
9
205
125.3
14
8
15
16
10
124.6
206
14
8
15
16
11
124.0
207
14
8
15
16
12
123.4
208
14
8
15
16
13
122.7
209
14
8
15
16
14
122.1
210
14
8
15
16
15
121.4
211
14
8
15
16
16
120.8
212
15
9
17
18
1
120.2
213
15
9
17
18
2
119.5
214
15
9
17
18
3
118.9
215
15
9
17
18
4
118.2
216
15
9
17
18
5
117.6
217
15
9
17
18
6
117.0
218
15
9
17
18
7
116.3
219
15
9
17
18
8
115.7
220
15
9
17
18
9
115.0
221
15
9
17
18
10
114.4
222
15
9
17
18
11
113.8
223
15
9
17
18
12
113.1
224
15
9
17
18
13
112.5
225
15
9
17
18
14
111.8
226
15
9
17
18
15
111.2
227
15
9
17
18
16
110.5
228
16
9
17
18
1
109.9
229
16
9
17
18
2
109.3
230
16
9
17
18
3
108.6
231
16
9
17
18
4
108.0
232
16
9
17
18
5
107.3
233
16
9
17
18
6
106.7
234
16
9
17
18
7
106.0
235
16
9
17
18
8
105.4
236
16
9
17
18
9
104.8
237
16
9
17
18
10
104.1
238
16
9
17
18
11
103.5
239
16
9
17
18
12
102.8
240
16
9
17
18
13
102.2
241
16
9
17
18
14
101.5
242
16
9
17
18
15
100.9
243
16
9
17
18
16
100.3
244
17
10
19
20
1
99.6
245
17
10
19
20
2
99.0
246
17
10
19
20
3
98.3
247
17
10
19
20
4
97.7
248
17
10
19
20
5
97.0
249
17
10
19
20
6
96.4
250
17
10
19
20
7
95.7
1–8
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–6
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#251 ~#300)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
251
17
10
19
252
17
10
19
20
8
95.1
20
9
253
17
10
94.4
19
20
10
254
17
93.8
10
19
20
11
255
93.2
17
10
19
20
12
92.5
256
17
10
19
20
13
91.9
257
17
10
19
20
14
91.2
258
17
10
19
20
15
90.6
259
17
10
19
20
16
89.9
260
18
10
19
20
1
89.3
261
18
10
19
20
2
88.6
262
18
10
19
20
3
88.0
263
18
10
19
20
4
87.3
264
18
10
19
20
5
86.7
265
18
10
19
20
6
86.0
266
18
10
19
20
7
85.4
267
18
10
19
20
8
84.7
268
18
10
19
20
9
84.1
269
18
10
19
20
10
83.5
270
18
10
19
20
11
82.8
271
18
10
19
20
12
82.2
272
18
10
19
20
13
81.5
273
18
10
19
20
14
80.9
274
18
10
19
20
15
80.2
275
18
10
19
20
16
79.6
276
19
11
21
22
1
78.9
277
19
11
21
22
2
78.3
278
19
11
21
22
3
77.6
279
19
11
21
22
4
77.0
280
19
11
21
22
5
76.3
281
19
11
21
22
6
75.7
282
19
11
21
22
7
75.0
283
19
11
21
22
8
74.4
284
19
11
21
22
9
73.7
285
19
11
21
22
10
73.1
286
19
11
21
22
11
72.4
287
19
11
21
22
12
71.8
288
19
11
21
22
13
71.1
289
19
11
21
22
14
70.5
290
19
11
21
22
15
69.8
291
19
11
21
22
16
69.2
292
20
11
21
22
1
68.5
293
20
11
21
22
2
67.9
294
20
11
21
22
3
67.2
295
20
11
21
22
4
66.6
296
20
11
21
22
5
65.9
297
20
11
21
22
6
65.3
298
20
11
21
22
7
64.6
299
20
11
21
22
8
64.0
300
20
11
21
22
9
63.3
1–9
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–7
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#301 ~#350)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
301
20
11
21
302
20
11
21
22
10
62.7
22
11
303
20
11
62.0
21
22
12
304
20
61.4
11
21
22
13
305
60.7
20
11
21
22
14
60.1
306
20
11
21
22
15
59.4
307
20
11
21
22
16
58.7
308
21
12
23
24
1
58.1
309
21
12
23
24
2
57.4
310
21
12
23
24
3
56.8
311
21
12
23
24
4
56.1
312
21
12
23
24
5
55.5
313
21
12
23
24
6
54.8
314
21
12
23
24
7
54.2
315
21
12
23
24
8
53.5
316
21
12
23
24
9
52.9
317
21
12
23
24
10
52.2
318
21
12
23
24
11
51.6
319
21
12
23
24
12
50.9
320
21
12
23
24
13
50.3
321
21
12
23
24
14
49.6
322
21
12
23
24
15
49.0
323
21
12
23
24
16
48.3
324
22
12
23
24
1
47.7
325
22
12
23
24
2
47.0
326
22
12
23
24
3
46.3
327
22
12
23
24
4
45.7
328
22
12
23
24
5
45.0
329
22
12
23
24
6
44.4
330
22
12
23
24
7
43.7
331
22
12
23
24
8
43.1
332
22
12
23
24
9
42.4
333
22
12
23
24
10
41.8
334
22
12
23
24
11
41.1
335
22
12
23
24
12
40.5
336
22
12
23
24
13
39.8
337
22
12
23
24
14
39.2
338
22
12
23
24
15
38.5
339
22
12
23
24
16
37.8
340
23
13
25
26
1
37.2
341
23
13
25
26
2
36.5
342
23
13
25
26
3
35.9
343
23
13
25
26
4
35.2
344
23
13
25
26
5
34.6
345
23
13
25
26
6
33.9
346
23
13
25
26
7
33.3
347
23
13
25
26
8
32.6
348
23
13
25
26
9
32.0
349
23
13
25
26
10
31.3
350
23
13
25
26
11
30.6
1–10
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–8
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#351 ~#400)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
351
23
13
25
352
23
13
25
26
12
30.0
26
13
353
23
13
29.3
25
26
14
354
23
28.7
13
25
26
15
355
28.0
23
13
25
26
16
27.4
356
24
13
25
26
1
26.7
357
24
13
25
26
2
26.1
358
24
13
25
26
3
25.4
359
24
13
25
26
4
24.8
360
24
13
25
26
5
24.1
361
24
13
25
26
6
23.4
362
24
13
25
26
7
22.8
363
24
13
25
26
8
22.1
364
24
13
25
26
9
21.5
365
24
13
25
26
10
20.8
366
24
13
25
26
11
20.2
367
24
13
25
26
12
19.5
368
24
13
25
26
13
18.9
369
24
13
25
26
14
18.2
370
24
13
25
26
15
17.5
371
24
13
25
26
16
16.9
372
25
14
27
28
1
16.2
373
25
14
27
28
2
15.6
374
25
14
27
28
3
14.9
375
25
14
27
28
4
14.3
376
25
14
27
28
5
13.6
377
25
14
27
28
6
13.0
378
25
14
27
28
7
12.3
379
25
14
27
28
8
11.6
380
25
14
27
28
9
11.0
381
25
14
27
28
10
10.3
382
25
14
27
28
11
9.7
383
25
14
27
28
12
9.0
384
25
14
27
28
13
8.4
385
25
14
27
28
14
7.7
386
25
14
27
28
15
7.1
387
25
14
27
28
16
6.4
388
26
14
27
28
1
5.7
389
26
14
27
28
2
5.1
390
26
14
27
28
3
4.4
391
26
14
27
28
4
3.8
392
26
14
27
28
5
3.1
393
26
14
27
28
6
2.5
394
26
14
27
28
7
1.8
395
26
14
27
28
8
1.1
396
26
14
27
28
9
0.5
397
26
14
27
28
10
0.2
398
26
14
27
28
11
0.8
399
26
14
27
28
12
1.5
400
26
14
27
28
13
2.1
1–11
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–9
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#401 ~#450)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
401
26
14
27
402
26
14
27
28
14
2.8
28
15
403
26
14
3.4
27
28
16
404
27
4.1
15
29
30
1
405
4.8
27
15
29
30
2
5.4
406
27
15
29
30
3
6.1
407
27
15
29
30
4
6.7
408
27
15
29
30
5
7.4
409
27
15
29
30
6
8.0
410
27
15
29
30
7
8.7
411
27
15
29
30
8
9.3
412
27
15
29
30
9
10.0
413
27
15
29
30
10
10.7
414
27
15
29
30
11
11.3
415
27
15
29
30
12
12.0
416
27
15
29
30
13
12.6
417
27
15
29
30
14
13.3
418
27
15
29
30
15
13.9
419
27
15
29
30
16
14.6
420
28
15
29
30
1
15.2
421
28
15
29
30
2
15.9
422
28
15
29
30
3
16.6
423
28
15
29
30
4
17.2
424
28
15
29
30
5
17.9
425
28
15
29
30
6
18.5
426
28
15
29
30
7
19.2
427
28
15
29
30
8
19.8
428
28
15
29
30
9
20.5
429
28
15
29
30
10
21.1
430
28
15
29
30
11
21.8
431
28
15
29
30
12
22.5
432
28
15
29
30
13
23.1
433
28
15
29
30
14
23.8
434
28
15
29
30
15
24.4
435
28
15
29
30
16
25.1
436
29
16
31
32
1
25.7
437
29
16
31
32
2
26.4
438
29
16
31
32
3
27.0
439
29
16
31
32
4
27.7
440
29
16
31
32
5
28.4
441
29
16
31
32
6
29.0
442
29
16
31
32
7
29.7
443
29
16
31
32
8
30.3
444
29
16
31
32
9
31.0
445
29
16
31
32
10
31.6
446
29
16
31
32
11
32.3
447
29
16
31
32
12
32.9
448
29
16
31
32
13
33.6
449
29
16
31
32
14
34.2
450
29
16
31
32
15
34.9
1–12
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–10
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#451 ~#500)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
451
29
16
31
452
30
16
31
32
16
35.6
32
1
453
30
16
36.2
31
32
2
454
30
36.9
16
31
32
3
455
37.5
30
16
31
32
4
38.2
456
30
16
31
32
5
38.8
457
30
16
31
32
6
39.5
458
30
16
31
32
7
40.1
459
30
16
31
32
8
40.8
460
30
16
31
32
9
41.4
461
30
16
31
32
10
42.1
462
30
16
31
32
11
42.8
463
30
16
31
32
12
43.4
464
30
16
31
32
13
44.1
465
30
16
31
32
14
44.7
466
30
16
31
32
15
45.4
467
30
16
31
32
16
46.0
468
31
17
33
34
1
46.7
469
31
17
33
34
2
47.3
470
31
17
33
34
3
48.0
471
31
17
33
34
4
48.6
472
31
17
33
34
5
49.3
473
31
17
33
34
6
49.9
474
31
17
33
34
7
50.6
475
31
17
33
34
8
51.2
476
31
17
33
34
9
51.9
477
31
17
33
34
10
52.5
478
31
17
33
34
11
53.2
479
31
17
33
34
12
53.9
480
31
17
33
34
13
54.5
481
31
17
33
34
14
55.2
482
31
17
33
34
15
55.8
483
31
17
33
34
16
56.5
484
32
17
33
34
1
57.1
485
32
17
33
34
2
57.8
486
32
17
33
34
3
58.4
487
32
17
33
34
4
59.1
488
32
17
33
34
5
59.7
489
32
17
33
34
6
60.4
490
32
17
33
34
7
61.0
491
32
17
33
34
8
61.7
492
32
17
33
34
9
62.3
493
32
17
33
34
10
63.0
494
32
17
33
34
11
63.6
495
32
17
33
34
12
64.3
496
32
17
33
34
13
64.9
497
32
17
33
34
14
65.6
498
32
17
33
34
15
66.2
499
32
17
33
34
16
66.9
500
33
18
35
36
1
67.5
1–13
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–11
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#501 ~#550)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
501
33
18
35
502
33
18
35
36
2
68.2
36
3
503
33
18
68.8
35
36
4
504
33
69.5
18
35
36
5
505
70.1
33
18
35
36
6
70.8
506
33
18
35
36
7
71.4
507
33
18
35
36
8
72.1
508
33
18
35
36
9
72.7
509
33
18
35
36
10
73.4
510
33
18
35
36
11
74.0
511
33
18
35
36
12
74.7
512
33
18
35
36
13
75.3
513
33
18
35
36
14
76.0
514
33
18
35
36
15
76.6
515
33
18
35
36
16
77.3
516
34
18
35
36
1
77.9
517
34
18
35
36
2
78.6
518
34
18
35
36
3
79.2
519
34
18
35
36
4
79.9
520
34
18
35
36
5
80.5
521
34
18
35
36
6
81.2
522
34
18
35
36
7
81.8
523
34
18
35
36
8
82.5
524
34
18
35
36
9
83.1
525
34
18
35
36
10
83.8
526
34
18
35
36
11
84.4
527
34
18
35
36
12
85.1
528
34
18
35
36
13
85.7
529
34
18
35
36
14
86.4
530
34
18
35
36
15
87.0
531
34
18
35
36
16
87.7
532
35
19
37
38
1
88.3
533
35
19
37
38
2
89.0
534
35
19
37
38
3
89.6
535
35
19
37
38
4
90.2
536
35
19
37
38
5
90.9
537
35
19
37
38
6
91.5
538
35
19
37
38
7
92.2
539
35
19
37
38
8
92.8
540
35
19
37
38
9
93.5
541
35
19
37
38
10
94.1
542
35
19
37
38
11
94.8
543
35
19
37
38
12
95.4
544
35
19
37
38
13
96.1
545
35
19
37
38
14
96.7
546
35
19
37
38
15
97.4
547
35
19
37
38
16
98.0
548
36
19
37
38
1
98.6
549
36
19
37
38
2
99.3
550
36
19
37
38
3
99.9
1–14
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–12
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#551 ~#600)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
551
36
19
37
552
36
19
37
38
4
100.6
38
5
553
36
19
101.2
37
38
6
554
36
101.9
19
37
38
7
555
102.5
36
19
37
38
8
103.2
556
36
19
37
38
9
103.8
557
36
19
37
38
10
104.4
558
36
19
37
38
11
105.1
559
36
19
37
38
12
105.7
560
36
19
37
38
13
106.4
561
36
19
37
38
14
107.0
562
36
19
37
38
15
107.7
563
36
19
37
38
16
108.3
564
37
20
39
40
1
108.9
565
37
20
39
40
2
109.6
566
37
20
39
40
3
110.2
567
37
20
39
40
4
110.9
568
37
20
39
40
5
111.5
569
37
20
39
40
6
112.2
570
37
20
39
40
7
112.8
571
37
20
39
40
8
113.4
572
37
20
39
40
9
114.1
573
37
20
39
40
10
114.7
574
37
20
39
40
11
115.4
575
37
20
39
40
12
116.0
576
37
20
39
40
13
116.6
577
37
20
39
40
14
117.3
578
37
20
39
40
15
117.9
579
37
20
39
40
16
118.6
580
38
20
39
40
1
119.2
581
38
20
39
40
2
119.8
582
38
20
39
40
3
120.5
583
38
20
39
40
4
121.1
584
38
20
39
40
5
121.8
585
38
20
39
40
6
122.4
586
38
20
39
40
7
123.0
587
38
20
39
40
8
123.7
588
38
20
39
40
9
124.3
589
38
20
39
40
10
125.0
590
38
20
39
40
11
125.6
591
38
20
39
40
12
126.2
592
38
20
39
40
13
126.9
593
38
20
39
40
14
127.5
594
38
20
39
40
15
128.1
595
38
20
39
40
16
128.8
596
39
21
41
42
1
129.4
597
39
21
41
42
2
130.0
598
39
21
41
42
3
130.7
599
39
21
41
42
4
131.3
600
39
21
41
42
5
132.0
1–15
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–13
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#601 ~#650)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
601
39
21
41
602
39
21
41
42
6
123.6
42
7
603
39
21
133.2
41
42
8
604
39
133.9
21
41
42
9
605
134.5
39
21
41
42
10
135.1
606
39
21
41
42
11
135.8
607
39
21
41
42
12
136.4
608
39
21
41
42
13
137.0
609
39
21
41
42
14
137.7
610
39
21
41
42
15
138.3
611
39
21
41
42
16
138.9
612
40
21
41
42
1
139.6
613
40
21
41
42
2
140.2
614
40
21
41
42
3
140.8
615
40
21
41
42
4
141.5
616
40
21
41
42
5
142.1
617
40
21
41
42
6
142.7
618
40
21
41
42
7
143.4
619
40
21
41
42
8
144.0
620
40
21
41
42
9
144.6
621
40
21
41
42
10
145.3
622
40
21
41
42
11
145.9
623
40
21
41
42
12
146.5
624
40
21
41
42
13
147.2
625
40
21
41
42
14
147.8
626
40
21
41
42
15
148.4
627
40
21
41
42
16
149.1
628
41
22
43
44
1
149.7
629
41
22
43
44
2
150.3
630
41
22
43
44
3
150.9
631
41
22
43
44
4
151.6
632
41
22
43
44
5
152.2
633
41
22
43
44
6
152.8
634
41
22
43
44
7
153.5
635
41
22
43
44
8
154.1
636
41
22
43
44
9
154.7
637
41
22
43
44
10
155.4
638
41
22
43
44
11
156.0
639
41
22
43
44
12
156.6
640
41
22
43
44
13
157.2
641
41
22
43
44
14
157.9
642
41
22
43
44
15
158.5
643
41
22
43
44
16
159.1
644
42
22
43
44
1
159.7
645
42
22
43
44
2
160.4
646
42
22
43
44
3
161.0
647
42
22
43
44
4
161.6
648
42
22
43
44
5
162.2
649
42
22
43
44
6
162.9
650
42
22
43
44
7
163.5
1–16
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–14
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#651 ~#700)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
651
42
22
43
652
42
22
43
44
8
164.1
44
9
653
42
22
164.7
43
44
10
654
42
165.4
22
43
44
11
655
166.0
42
22
43
44
12
166.6
656
42
22
43
44
13
167.2
657
42
22
43
44
14
167.9
658
42
22
43
44
15
168.5
659
42
22
43
44
16
169.1
660
43
23
45
46
1
169.7
661
43
23
45
46
2
170.4
662
43
23
45
46
3
171.0
663
43
23
45
46
4
171.6
664
43
23
45
46
5
172.2
665
43
23
45
46
6
172.8
666
43
23
45
46
7
173.5
667
43
23
45
46
8
174.1
668
43
23
45
46
9
174.7
669
43
23
45
46
10
175.3
670
43
23
45
46
11
176.0
671
43
23
45
46
12
176.6
672
43
23
45
46
13
177.2
673
43
23
45
46
14
177.8
674
43
23
45
46
15
178.4
675
43
23
45
46
16
179.1
676
44
23
45
46
1
179.7
677
44
23
45
46
2
180.3
678
44
23
45
46
3
180.9
679
44
23
45
46
4
181.5
680
44
23
45
46
5
182.1
681
44
23
45
46
6
182.8
682
44
23
45
46
7
183.4
683
44
23
45
46
8
184.0
684
44
23
45
46
9
184.6
685
44
23
45
46
10
185.2
686
44
23
45
46
11
185.8
687
44
23
45
46
12
186.5
688
44
23
45
46
13
187.1
689
44
23
45
46
14
187.7
690
44
23
45
46
15
188.3
691
44
23
45
46
16
188.9
692
45
24
47
48
1
189.5
693
45
24
47
48
2
190.1
694
45
24
47
48
3
190.8
695
45
24
47
48
4
191.4
696
45
24
47
48
5
192.0
697
45
24
47
48
6
192.6
698
45
24
47
48
7
193.2
699
45
24
47
48
8
193.8
700
45
24
47
48
9
194.4
1–17
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–15
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#701 ~#750)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
701
45
24
47
702
45
24
47
48
10
195.1
48
11
703
45
24
195.7
47
48
12
704
45
196.3
24
47
48
13
705
196.9
45
24
47
48
14
197.5
706
45
24
47
48
15
198.1
707
45
24
47
48
16
198.7
708
46
24
47
48
1
199.3
709
46
24
47
48
2
199.9
710
46
24
47
48
3
200.5
711
46
24
47
48
4
201.2
712
46
24
47
48
5
201.8
713
46
24
47
48
6
202.4
714
46
24
47
48
7
203.0
715
46
24
47
48
8
203.6
716
46
24
47
48
9
204.2
717
46
24
47
48
10
204.8
718
46
24
47
48
11
205.4
719
46
24
47
48
12
206.0
720
46
24
47
48
13
206.6
721
46
24
47
48
14
207.2
722
46
24
47
48
15
207.8
723
46
24
47
48
16
208.4
724
47
25
49
50
1
209.0
725
47
25
49
50
2
209.6
726
47
25
49
50
3
210.3
727
47
25
49
50
4
210.9
728
47
25
49
50
5
211.5
729
47
25
49
50
6
212.1
730
47
25
49
50
7
212.7
731
47
25
49
50
8
213.3
732
47
25
49
50
9
213.9
733
47
25
49
50
10
214.5
734
47
25
49
50
11
215.1
735
47
25
49
50
12
215.7
736
47
25
49
50
13
216.3
737
47
25
49
50
14
216.9
738
47
25
49
50
15
217.5
739
47
25
49
50
16
218.1
740
48
25
49
50
1
218.7
741
48
25
49
50
2
219.3
742
48
25
49
50
3
219.9
743
48
25
49
50
4
220.5
744
48
25
49
50
5
221.1
745
48
25
49
50
6
221.7
746
48
25
49
50
7
222.3
747
48
25
49
50
8
222.9
748
48
25
49
50
9
223.5
749
48
25
49
50
10
224.1
750
48
25
49
50
11
224.7
1–18
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 10
Table 1–16
2202119
Channel – Ring Radius (#751 ~#793)
CB#
CH#
FC#
PN#
R (mm)
Single
Twin – A
Twin – B
751
48
25
49
752
48
25
49
50
12
225.3
50
13
753
48
25
225.9
49
50
14
754
48
226.5
25
49
50
15
755
227.0
48
25
49
50
16
227.6
756
49
26
51
52
1
228.2
757
49
26
51
52
2
228.8
758
49
26
51
52
3
229.4
759
49
26
51
52
4
230.0
760
49
26
51
52
5
230.6
761
49
26
51
52
6
231.2
762
49
26
51
52
7
231.8
763
49
26
51
52
8
232.4
764
49
26
51
52
9
233.0
765
49
26
51
52
10
233.6
766
49
26
51
52
11
234.2
767
49
26
51
52
12
234.8
768
49
26
51
52
13
235.4
769
49
26
51
52
14
235.9
770
49
26
51
52
15
236.5
771
49
26
51
52
16
237.1
772
50
26
51
52
1
237.7
773
50
26
51
52
2
238.3
774
50
26
51
52
3
238.9
775
50
26
51
52
4
239.5
776
50
26
51
52
5
240.1
777
50
26
51
52
6
240.7
778
50
26
51
52
7
241.2
779
50
26
51
52
8
241.8
780
50
26
51
52
9
242.4
781
50
26
51
52
10
243.0
782
50
26
51
52
11
243.6
783
50
26
51
52
12
244.2
784
50
26
51
52
13
244.8
785
50
26
51
52
14
245.3
786
50
26
51
52
15
245.9
787
50
26
51
52
16
246.5
788
51
27
53
54
1
247.1
789
51
27
53
54
2
247.7
790
51
27
53
54
3
248.3
791
51
27
53
54
4
248.8
792
51
27
53
54
5
249.4
793
51
27
53
54
6
250.0
1–19
DAS/DETECTOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1–20
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 2 – LED DESCRIPTION
Table 2–1
CIF Board LED Description
LED
DS1 – 8
(8 LEDs)
Description
Blinks while the microprocessor is normally operating (not hung–up).
Illustration 2–1
CIF Board
DS1 – 8 (8 LEDs)
2–1
DAS/DETECTOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–2
DAS/DETECTOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
X–RAY GENERATOR
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
KV MEASURE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FILAMENT BOARD 1 INV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROTATION BOARD HIGH SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3-2
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LV POWER SUPPLY 3 PH BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GATE COMMAND BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-5-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DUAL SNUB BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-6-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IF BOARD NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KV CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-8-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-8-2
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC/DC THREE PHASE BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-9-1
Illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECTION 2 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
(NP, NP+, NP+ TWIN)
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5-1
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEATING FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROTATION FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INVERTER GATE COMMAND DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO LOAD HV DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
i
1–1
1–1
1–1
1–2
1–2
1–3
1–3
1–4
1–5
1–5
1–6
1–6
1–7
1–7
1–8
1–9
1–9
1–10
1–11
1–11
2–1
2–1
2–1
2–3
2–7
2–8
2–8
2–28
2–30
2–32
2–33
2–34
2–36
2–39
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 3 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
(NP++, NP++ TWIN)
3–1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4-1
NP Generator Error Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4-2
Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems) . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5-1
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5-1-1
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
3–1
3–3
3–8
3–8
3–8
3–9
3–9
3–10
3–32
3–34
3–35
3–36
3–38
3–38
3–40
3–43
3–45
SECTION 4 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING
(FOR P5.4 OR LATER JEDI SOFTWARE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-11
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR CODE LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ERROR REPORTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4-1
NP Generator Error Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4-2
Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems) . . . . . .
DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5-1
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5-1-1
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WARNING ERRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OTHER FAILURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating . . . .
TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
4–1
4–1
4–3
4–8
4–8
4–8
4–9
4–9
4–10
4–33
4–35
4–36
4–37
4–39
4–39
4–41
4–45
4–47
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 1 – LED DESCRIPTION
1-1
KV MEASURE BOARD
1-1-1
Illustration
CAUTION
This board forms part of the oil seal of the High Voltage Tank. It can only be
removed at the factory. The Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) is the complete HV
Tank.
LF
C
SF
1–1
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-2
2202119
FILAMENT BOARD 1 INV
1-2-1
Illustration
DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS3 GOES
OUT.
DC
160v
LF Common
SF
DS3 – Green – +160v
DC present
160v
DS4 – Yellow – Inverter
Output Running
DC
0
SF_LF – Yellow – Small
Focus / Large Focus
Relay Feedback
ON – Yellow – Inverter Command ON
RST – Red – Board being
reset or powered up
DS2 – Yellow – Status
LED
DS1 – Yellow – Status
LED
1–2
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-3
2202119
ROTATION BOARD HIGH SPEED
1-3-1
Illustration
DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS6 AND
DS7 (NEON–ORANGE) GO OUT.
Auxiliary
DC bus Common
Main
DS6
DC bus
1–3
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-3-2
2202119
Indicators
INDICATOR
COLOR
INDICATES:
RESET
Red
BOARD BEING RESET OR POWERED UP
INV_ON
Yellow
THE INVERTER IS RUNNING
DS1
Green
PRESENCE OF +15 V SUPPLY
DS2
Green
PRESENCE OF –15 V SUPPLY
DS3
Green
PRESENCE OF +5 V SUPPLY
DS4–DS5
Yellow
BOARD STATUS
DS6
Neon (orange)
FAN VAC POWER SUPPLY PRESENT
DS7
Neon (orange)
DC BUS PRESENT
1–4
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-4
2202119
LV POWER SUPPLY 3 PH BOARD
1-4-1
Illustration
HIGH VOLTAGE AND HOT SURFACE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL
INDICATOR NE1 (NEON – ORANGE) GOES OUT.
DANGER
DC bus
– 400
+ 400
NE1 – Orange – indicates presence of DC Bus
160V
DC
0
DS2 – Green – 160 VDC
DS1 – Red – Mains Drop
1–5
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
GATE COMMAND BOARD
Illustration
DANGER
DS300
CAUTION
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL DS300 ON THIS BOARD AND
DS1 ON DUAL SNUB BOARD ARE OUT.
Hot surface on transformer T300 and heat sink.
DS300 – Neon (Orange) –
Presence of voltage on DC
bus for Flyback Converter to
create power supplies for
both Gate Commands
DC bus
DS201
DS201 – Green – Presence
of +20 V Supply on high
IGBT* Gate Command
DS202
DS200 – Yellow – High
IGBT* (Q200) Gate Command running
DS200
DS202 – Green – Presence of –10 V Supply on
high IGBT* Gate Command
Inverter
ILP
current
feedback
ILR
DS101 – Green – Presence of
+20 V Supply on low IGBT*
Gate Command
DS102
DS100 –Yellow–Low IGBT*
(Q100) Gate Command running
DS101
1-5-1
DS100
1-5
2202119
DS102 – Green – Presence of –10 V Supply on
low IGBT* Gate Command
* Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor
1–6
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
1-6
2202119
DUAL SNUB BOARD
1-6-1
Illustration
DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS1 (NEON
– ORANGE) GOES OUT.
DS1 – Neon (Orange) – Indicates presence of voltage on DC Bus
1–7
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-7
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
IF BOARD NP
Service
Laptop
System I/F
System I/F
1–8
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-8
1-8-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
KV CONTROL BOARD
Illustration
1–9
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-8-2
2202119
Indicators
INDICATOR
COLOR
INDICATES:
CONF
Red
FIELD PROGRAMMABLE GATE ARRAY (FPGA)
CONFIGURATION NOT ACCOMPLISHED
OK
Yellow
INVERTER GATE POWER SUPPLY OK
TX_TAV
Yellow
TRANSMIT TO SERVICE LAPTOP
RX_TAV
Yellow
RECEIVE FROM SERVICE LAPTOP
T_CAN_X
Yellow
SYSTEM CAN BUS TRANSMIT
R_CAN_X
Yellow
SYSTEM CAN BUS RECEIVE
HALT
Red
MICROPROCESSOR HALTED
RESET
Red
BOARD BEING RESET
S0 TO S7
Yellow
STATUS LED
IN APPLICATION MODE THESE LEDS FLASH IN
SEQUENCE CONTINUOUSLY
DS1
Green
–15V SUPPLY
DS2
Green
+15V SUPPLY
1–10
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
1-9
2202119
AC/DC THREE PHASE BOARD
1-9-1
Illustration
DANGER
CAUTION
HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL DS1 (NEON – ORANGE)
GOES OUT.
Some components on this board can become very hot.
DC Bus to inverter
DC Bus out
F1 – Fuse –
Protects (on DC Bus):
LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
Rotor Board High Speed
Gate Command Board
Type: 15 A, 600 VDC
DS1 – Neon
(Orange) – Indicates presence
of voltage on the
DC Bus.
1–11
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1–12
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 2 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING
(NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)
Note
This section is used for NP, NP+, and NP+ Twin systems. However, for the p5.4 or later JEDI software, use Section 4 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI
Software)).
For NP++ and NP++ Twin systems, use Section 3 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (NP++, NP++ Twin)).
2-1
INTRODUCTION
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
Power–On diagnostics LED indication.
List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
2-2
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS
Refer to theory of operation for power–on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards’ LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, than the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:
– During Power On Diagnostics :
kV control board
S0..................S7
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively in both directions (as indicated by the arrows): the power up
diagnostics are completed, kV control board is up and running.
2–1
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗ S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA down One out of
two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
– When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared ( by a return
to the standby mode for example ), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See LED Description)
After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any different
status correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See LED Description)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status correspond to
an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
2–2
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-3
2202119
ERROR CODE LIST
The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
simplified
error
code
30
Description
Error
Error
Code
Description
Class
Tube Spits
2
2
2
2
2
0301H
0302H
0303H
0304H
0305H
Tube spit (kV+ and kV– dropped)
Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
Tube spit (kV– has dropped)
Tube spit (kV regulation error)
FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
40
Rotation Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0101H
0102H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0107H
0109H
0110H
0111H
0149H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
Database not correct
Rotation current overload
Rotation Openload
Rotation Phases unbalanced
Rotation Phases error
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
MAINS_DROP has failed
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
F0 main frequency problem
Unknown Rotation error
50
Heater Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0201H
0203H
0204H
0205H
0206H
0207H
0208H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
0248H
0249H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
Inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
Open circuit (HW detected)
Inverter short circuit (HW detected)
Filament too high for Pre–heat
Filament current too high
Filament too hot
Current over estimated (short circuit)
Current under estimated (open circuit)
MAINS_DROP detected
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
Stay too long in Boost
Filament selection error
current feedback not null when inverter off
Filament database tube 1 error
Filament database tube 2 error
Filament database tube 3 error
Filament database tube 4 error
Unknown Heater LF error
Unknown Heater SF error
4
2–3
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
simplified
error
code
60
70
2202119
Description
Error
Error
Description
3
0306H
No kV Feedback on anode
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0307H
0308H
0309H
0310H
0311H
0312H
0313H
0314H
0316H
0317H
0318H
0319H
0320H
0323H
0401H
0402H
0403H
0504H
0801H
0802H
0803H
1406H
1407H
1408H
1409H
1410H
No kV Feedback on cathode
No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
kV detected during kV diag
kV max detected
ILP current not OK
ILR current not OK
ILR max current detected
ILR current timeout
Spit Max error
Spit Ratio error
kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
kV unbalanced detected
FPGA problem (safety signal)
ILP and ILR currents not OK
No mA feedback
mA scale error
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
Exposure backup time exceeded
Exp cmd while gene not ready
time counter error
mAs counter error
AEC counter error
mAs meter saturated
FPGA Locked
4
0501H
DC bus out of range
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0503H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
0505H Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
0506H
DC bus 1 phase precharge error
0507H
DC bus 1 phase discharge error
0549H
Unknown LVPS error
0553H
Detected +160V too high
0557H
Detected +160V too low
0563H
Detected +15V too high
0567H
Detected +15V too low
0573H
Detected –15V too strong
0577H
Detected –15V too weak
Class
Exposure errors
Power Supply
errors
2–4
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
simpliDescription
Error Error
fied error
Class
code
80
Hardware error
4
0180H
4
0181H
4
0280H
4
0281H
4
0322H
4
0601H
4
0602H
4
0902H
4
1402H
4
1403H
4
1404H
4
1405H
90
Application errors
2202119
Description
Rotor board communication problem
Rotor board has reset
Heater board communication problem
Heater board has reset
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
RTL error
External CAN bus off
tube Fan supply error
Internal CAN bus off
Connectic Fault
FPGA configuration problem
Tank sensor problem
4
0701H
Saved RAM checksum pb
4
4
0702H
0704H
Software problem
Rotor/Heater hold too long
100
Com errors
4
4
4
4
4
0603H
0604H
0605H
0606H
1301H
Debug screen com error
Database download error
TAV com error
MPC/Madrid com error
ADC Board com error
110
Thermal error
5
5
3
0804H
0903H
1454H
Tank Thermal Error
Tube exceeded 70degC
Jedi inverter temperature too high
10
Rotor Warning
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0151H
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while rotor not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while rotor speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotor acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
2–5
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
simplified error
code
20
25
27
2202119
Description
Error
Error
Description
1
0251H
Received command is not OK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
Unknown Heater warning
1
0550H
No more warn +160V too low or too high
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0551H
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
Detected +160V too high
Detected +160V too low
No more warn +15V too low or too high
Detected +15V too high
Detected +15V too low
No more warn –15V too low or too high
Detected –15V too strong
Detected –15V too weak
Unknown LVPS warning
1
1401H
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
1
0703H
Watchdog reset has just occurred
Class
Heater Warning
Low Voltage
Power supply
Warnings
Application
warnings
2–6
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-4
2202119
ERROR REPORTING
Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information :
D error message (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state may be
different to the generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time may be different
to the generator time
Whenever a generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator
console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the
error.
This function must be performed from the operator console.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the laptop
2–7
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-5
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
WARNING
2-5-1
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock
out–tag out procedure for your own safety when manipulating inside the
equipment is required.
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide
The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is :
– Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
– List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
– Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where
cases apply, such as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever
it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the LED
Description or to Illustration 2–1.
2–8
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Errors
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)
Class 2
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
30–
0301H
Tube spit (kV+ and kV–
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected
x–ray tube spit.
30–
0302H
Tube spit (kV+ has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
Anode side
1. Anode side Tube spit.
2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
30–
0303H
Tube spit (kV– has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
cathode side
1. Cathode side Tube
spit.
2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
–Check HV cables and contacts
–Tube problem. (Cathode side)
–Check cable by interchanging
them.
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank
30–
0304H
kV regulation error
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of
“smooth” spits.
1 smooth HV tube spits
2 kV control board (HV
regulation problem)
3 too much line impedance
4 half of AC/DC capacitors open
5 Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering capacitors)
6 HV tank
–Run inverter diagnostics (See
diagnostic section)
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
HV cable.
–Check DC bus voltage.
30–
0305H
Re–starting safety. (unknown reason)
Error occurring on safety
line, while No root error
present at the error inputs
(Err 0301 to 0304). This is
probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).
1. External unknown
cause.
2. kV control board.
–Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
–If permanent or too systematic,
replace kV control board. Report to
engineering.
2–9
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–If too frequent, and varies with HV,
replace x–ray tube.
Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Check HV cables and contacts
–Tube problem. (Anode side)
–Check cable by interchanging
them.
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)
Class 4
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
40–
0101H
No CAN message received within 5 sec’s
The rotation board has not
received any signal from
the kV control main software for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
1. kV Control main software lost
2. kV control or Rotation
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
40–
0102H
Data base not correct.
The firmware of the rotation board has detected
that the data base received from the kV control
board has wrong data.
Rotation current overload
Rotation board has detected Main or auxiliary
rotation current too high
compared to the max.
Tube motor current.
Rotation current openload
Rotation board detected
that no current is flowing
to the motor.
1. Wrong kV control data
base. It can only happen
at power up.
–Reload NVRam data base.
–ultimate is to replace rotation
board.
1. Rotation board
2. Rotation board capacitors
3. Wrong data base (improbable)
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube.
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift capacitors.(See diagnostic section).
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube.
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift capacitors.(See diagnostic section).
40–
0103H
40–
0104H
40–
0105H
Rotation phases unbalanced
The amplitude difference
of the current bwtween
main and auxiliary is too
large.
40–
0106H
Rotation phase error
The rotation board has
detected that the current
in the anode stator does
not shyow the correct
phase shift between main
and auxiliary.
1. Tube stator winding is
open circuit: x–ray tube
2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on rotation
board
4. Rotation board
5. Rotation board phase
capacitors
(improbable)
1. One rotation wire
missing
2. Rotation board
3. Rotation board phase
capacitors inverted or
wrong value
4. Wrong tube
configuration database
1. Rotation board
2. Rotation board phase
capacitors inverted or
wrong value
2–10
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry
– Check wiring from rotation board
to tube.
– If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors. (See diagnostic section)
– Check capacitors wiring.
– Verify none is in short circuit. If no
wiring problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors. (See diagnostic section)
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Error code
40–
0107H
40–
0108H
40–
0109H
40–
0110H
40–
0111H
40–
0149H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
An overcurrent has been
detected and 3 restart
have been tried unsuccessfully within a single
rotation state
Rotation command error.
Rotation board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a DEBUG
error.
MAINS_DROP has failed
The firmware of the rotation board has detected
the mains_drop signal activation and transmitted
error to kV control
1. Rotation board
2. Tube stator winding in
short circuit –> x–ray
tube
3. Wiring incorrect
(shorted)
PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM
test and EPLD access are
performed at power up or
reset.
FO main frequency problem.
EPLD has not applied the
inverter start command.
Unknown Rotation error.
The main software received an error from rotation board with no other
code assocxiated.
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–Check wiring from rotation board
to tube.
–Troubleshoot tube windings
–Replace rotation board
No hardware failure
None
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus between power unit and
auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
Rotation board
–Do a power and grounding check.
–If systematic, replace rotation
board
Rotation board
– Retry
– Replace rotation board
Software problem
– No action
– Report if too frequent.
Replace rotation board.
Associated data structure (refer to error code description section) :
PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
rotation database error :
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
2–11
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
other errors :
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC
2–12
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Filament Heater errors(Code 50)
Class 4
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
50–
0201H
No CAN message received within 5 sec’s
The Heater board has not
received any command
from the kV control main
software for the last 5
sec., interpreted as a loss
of communication
1. kV Control main software lost
2. kV control or Heater
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
50–
0203H
Heater inverter permanent
overcurrent.
Issued by the heater
board when an overcurrent has been detected
and 3 restarts have been
tried without success within 100 ms
Filament permanent open
circuit.
Issued by the heater
board when an open has
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
1. Heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
1. X–ray tube filament
open
2. Heater to HV tank
cable
3. Cathode HV cable or
pin contacts
4. Open circuit in filament
transformer inside HV
Tank.
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater
board is working properly. Check
heater board to HV Tank to tube
connections. If OK, test with Ohm–
meter HV Tank heater transformers
(primary and secondary) and filament impedance. Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as above. If
all are right, replace heater board
50–
0205H
Heater Inverter permanent
short circuit (HW limit)
Issued by the heater
board when a short circuit
has been detected and 3
restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
1. Heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
50–
0206H
Filament current too high
for “Pre–Heat”
This is the result of an integrated value of the RMS
current measurement on
Heater board comparison
with max. Tube value in
data base.
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
–It’s unlikely, but reload NVRam database.
–Replace heater board.
50–
0204H
2–13
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry.
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Error code Message/explanation
50–
0207H
Potential cause
Filament current too high
for “Boost”
Same as above
Filament current too high
for “Heat”
Same as above
Heater command error
Heater board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a DEBUG
error.
Current over estimated
fork
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
msec.) on heater board is
too high
Current under estimated
fork
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
m sec.) on heater board is
too low
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
No hardware failure
50–
0212H
MAINS_DROP detected.
The firmware of the Heater board has detected the
mains_drop signal activation and has transmitted
error to kV control
50–
0213H
PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM
test and EPLD access are
performed at power up or
reset.
Boost too long on inverter1.
Boost command stayed
longer than 400ms
Filament selection error.
The relay on the Heater
board selecting the filament is in the wrong position with respect to the
selection
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus between power unit and
auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
1. Heater board
2. No –15v on Heater
board
50–
0208H
50–
0209H
50–
0210H
50–
0211H
50–
0214H
50–
0215H
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting
guide
Same as above
Same as above
None
Heater board
Replace heater board
1. Open circuit
2. Heater board
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater board is
working properly. Check heater board to
HV Tank to tube connections. If OK, test
with Ohm–meter HV Tank heater transformers (primary and secondary) and filament impedance. Order accordingly
If the same error is reported, check
the connections as above. If all are
right, change heater board
–Do a power and grounding check.
–If systematic, replace heater board
– Check presence of –15V : proceed to
the recommended action discribed
under error 70–0577H
– Replace heater board.
May be a loss of communication during boost.
Retry.
It will probably be followed by another
communication code.
Heater board
Replace heater board
2–14
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Error code
50–
0216H
50–
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
50–
0248H
0249H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Measured current while in- Heater board
verter OFF
Inverter current has been
measured while the inverter was not commanded
Filament Database not
1. Wrong kV control data
correct
base. It can only
The firmware of the heater
happen at power up.
board has detected that
the Received Data base
from kV control contains
erroneous data for Tube 1,
2, 3, or 4.
Unknown heater error
The main software
received an error from
heater board with no error
code associated.
Software problem.
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
Replace heater board
–Reload NVRam data base.
–ultimate is to replace Heater
board.
– No action
– Report if too frequent.
Associated data structure (refer to error code description section) :
PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Filament database error :
2 bytes bitmap ( LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
other errors :
1 byte bitmap with the following structure :
bit7 (MSB)
focus selected
0=small focus selected
1=large focus selected
bit6
bit5
bit4
tube selected
1=tube 1 selected
2=tube 2
3=tube 3
4=tube 4
bit3
bit2
small focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
2–15
bit1
bit0 (LSB)
large focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Exposure errors (Code 60)
Class 3
Error code
60–
0306H
60–
0307H
60–
0308H
60–
0309H
60–
0310H
60–
0311H
Message/explanation
Potential cause
No kV feedback on anode
side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on anode side only
No kV feedback on cathode side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on cathode side only
No kV Feedback (on
anode and cathode)
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on both anode and
cathode.
kV detected during kV
diagnostics.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics while no
kV must be generated.
kV MAX detected
kV reached 160 kv during
exposure
ILP current not OK.
The current in the parallel
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
60–
0312H
ILR current not OK
The current in the serial
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
60–
0313H
Inverter max. ILR current
detected.
This is a hardware detection of maximum current
in serial resonant circuit.
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
1. HV tank
2. kV control board
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Verify flat cable connections and
sitting between kV control and HV
tank.
– Replace HV Tank
Improper setup before the
diagnostic is run.
See HV power diagnostic section.
kV control
Replace kV control board
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
See above
run HV power diagnostics
1 Casing spit (Tube)
2 HV tank
3 kV control
– Check Tube
– Check HV cable
– run HV power diagnostics
2–16
run HV power diagnostics
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Class 3
Error code
60–
0314H
60–
0316H
60–
0317H
60–
0318H
60–
0319H
60–
0320H
60–
0323H
60–
0401H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
ILR Current time out.
The current resonant frequency is lower than expected
Spit Max error.
kV control has detected
the number of tube spits
during exposure has
reached the limit (see
theory of operation, software section)
Spit Ratio error.
kV control has detected
the rate of tube spits during exposure has reached
the limit (see theory of operation, software section)
kV did not reach 75% after
20ms.
Indicates that there were
no HV ON signal generated for exposure time
count–up
1. kV control
2. Inverter
3. Current measurement
circuit.
reasonably x–ray tube
kV unbalanced detected.
Detects that there is more
than 12kV difference between kV+ and kV –
FPGA problem; Safety hit
with unknown reason
No error at the inputs
while checking for error
source.
ILP and ILR current not
OK
No inverter current measures at the beginning of
the exposure
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
run HV power diagnostics
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
reasonably x–ray tube
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
1. kV control
Replace kV control.
1. HV tank
2. KV control
Replace HV tank
1. This may be due to
transient interference
(Spikes).
2. SW bug
Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
If permanent or too systematic, replace kV control board.
Report to engineering
run HV power diagnostics
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit. (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy.)
2. Inverter
kV control board
No mA feedback
1. HV tank
mA measurement func2. kV control board
tion:
3. x–ray tube (filament
kV control has detected no
open)
mA feedback 20 ms after
the beginning of the exposure.
2–17
– Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is far out of range (4.9 –
5.1 ohm including DVM accuracy),
replace HV Tank.
– Verify filament impedance
– Replace kV control board
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error code
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
60–
0402H
mA scale error
mA has been measured to
be either too low or too
high with respect to mA
demand 20 ms after the
beginning of the exposure
1. kV control board
2. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
3. HV Tank (improbable)
60–
0403H
(Class 2 error)
mA accuracy exceeded
5%
Measured mA every 50
msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
This error is logged, but
does not stop the exposure.
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
gate supply voltage has
dropped below the level
required to drive the
IGBTs properly
Exposure backup time exceeded.
The exposure command
last longer than the duration that was loaded by
the system (Backup time +
5%.)
1. tube spit
60–
0504H
60–
0802H
60–
0803H
Exp cmd while gene not
ready.
generator received an exposure command while
not in ready state
60–
1406H
Time counter error.
Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
FPGA locked.
FPGA detected an error
and did not allow start exposure after exposure
command symbol was received
60–
1410H
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
– If the tube has just been replaced
or installed, run many exposures
until the filament correction adjusts
the default filament drive values.
– If the error occurs after a while on
a system :
Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is out of range, replace HV
Tank else replace kV control board
no action
1. Inverter (gate command board)
2. kV control board
3. generator input voltage
too low or line impedance too high
1. System
2. System–generator
cable
3. I/F board : exposure
line stuck to the active
state
run HV power diagnostics
1. Inverter too hot, exposure parameters not OK
2. Software problem
3. Cable / communication
problem
4. External cause
(Spikes)
kV control board
If problem is persistent, check heater, anode rotation and system to
generator preparation command to
find the root cause for the generator
not to be ready
1. Software problem
2 kV control
If persistent, replace kV control
2–18
–Retry, changing parameters and
duration
– disconnect system–generator
cable in different places and check
exposure command line voltage
Replace kV control Board
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Power supply (Code 70)
Class 4
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
70–
0501H
DC bus out if range (<400
or >850)
70–
0503H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
1. mains problem (Too
low or too high)
2. One phase missing at
generator input
1. Mains
2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board
(Inverter)
4. kV control
70–
0505H
Mains power supply has
dropped During exposure
unknown
None
70–
0549H
Unknown LVPS error
The main software received an LVPS error
with no error code associated.
Detected +160V too high
+160V is higher than
225V (measured on heater board)
Software problem
– No action
– Report if too frequent.
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–
0557H
Detected +160V too low
+160V is lower than 110V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–
0563H
Detected +15V too high
+15V is higher than 17.3V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater board.
If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater board.
If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3, pin4).
If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus cable
from the LVPS board and check the
pin2 of the connector : if voltage is
wrong replace LVPS board.
70–
0553H
2–19
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting
guide
–Check mains line 3 phases incoming
voltage.
–Verify line impedance if mains is low.
run HV power diagnostics
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Class 4
Error code
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
70–
0567H
Detected +15V too low
+15V is lower than 13V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
3. rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit)
(improbable)
70–
0573H
Detected –15V too high
–15V is lower than –17.3V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
70–
0577H
Detected –15V too low
–15V is higher than –13V
(measured on heater
board)
1.
2.
3.
4.
LVPS (open circuit)
Heater board
rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit) (improbable)
2–20
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting
guide
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3, pin4).
If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin4) and
(J1,pin2).If no continuity, replace heater
board
Else, disconnect the control bus cable
from the LVPS board and check the
pin2 of the connector : if voltage is
wrong replace LVPS board. Else,
check pin2 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate the
board inducing a voltage drop
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3, pin3).
If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus cable
from the LVPS board and check the
pin3 of the connector : if voltage is
wrong replace LVPS board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS board
is in an acceptable range (CF1/CF2) If
no, verify AC/DC fuse and AC input
voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3, pin3).
If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin3) and
(J1,pin3).If no continuity, replace heater
board
Else, disconnect the control bus cable
from the LVPS board and check the
pin3 of the connector : if voltage is
wrong replace LVPS board. Else,
check pin3 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate the
board inducing a voltage drop
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Hardware errors (Code 80)
Class 4
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
80–
0180H
Rotation board communication problem.
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Rotation board popped up
because it did not get reply from Rotation board.
1. Rotation board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
80–
0181H
Rotation board has reset.
kV control has detected
the Rotation board has reset. KV control will reload
rotation data base.
Heater board communication problem
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Heater board popped up
because it did not get reply from Heater board.
1. Rotation board
2. Interference (Spikes)
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace Rotation
board or check power and grounding.
1. Heater board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
A/Check that heater firmware is running (DS1/2 Led are lit successively). If no :
1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
pin3,4) : if they are right, change
rotation board, else go to +/–15V
errors troubleshooting
2/ verify that RST Led is not lit. If it
is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from LVPS to rotation and kV control to find the board
which is holding the reset line and
replace it. If after disconnecting all
the boards, the Led remains lit, replace heater board 3/ else replace
heater boardB/Verify the flat cable
between kV control and auxiliary
module is correctly connected until
the heater board
C/else replace kV control board
80–
0280H
2–21
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
A/Check that rotation firmware is
running (DS5 Led is blinking).
If no :
1/verify rotation board 5V : Led DS3
is lit. If no : verify DS1/DS2 Leds : if
they are lit, replace rotation board,
else go to +/–15V errors troubleshooting
2/ verify that RESET Led is not lit. If
it is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from heater and
kV control to find the board which is
holding the reset line and replace it.
If after disconnecting all the boards,
the Led remains lit, replace rotation
board
3/ else replace rotation board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is correctly connected to the Rotation
board
C/else replace kV control
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error code
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
80–
0281H
Heater board has reset.
KV control has detected
the heater board has reset. KV control will reload
rotation data base.
1. Heater board
2. Interference (Spikes)
80–
0321H
KV conversion error
KV feedback measured
while no KV generated
KV control board
Replace KV control board
80–
0322H
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
kV control DAC and ADC
capability are permanently
tested for coherency.
KV control board
Only if this error is repetitive and
comes alone (Not following other errors), replace kV control board.
80–
0601H
RTL error (+ associated
data to check which of the
4 RTL lines)
Real Time Lines show a
wrong state. RTL’s are
tested on a regular basis
in stand by.
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication power
supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control
flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
80–
0602H
External CAN bus off
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
80–
0902H
Tube Fan supply error.
Rotation board has detected that a wrong voltage is applied to the tube
fan
1. No 115V tube cooling
supply
2. Rotation board
–Check presence of the AC voltage
(DS6 neon) at the input of the Rotation
board.
If ok, replace the rotation board
80–
1402H
Internal CAN bus off
Can device on kV control
board detected abnormal
level on it’s 2 line and sent
error to the CPU
3. kV control
4. Control bus cable
3. Heater, Rotation
Check a short circuit on CAN pins of
the control bus cable. Short circuit may
be either on boards or connector /
cable.
If no fault detected, replace kV control
2–22
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting
guide
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace board or check
power and grounding.
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication power
supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control
flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error code
80–
1403H
80–
1404H
80–
1405H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
kV control board.
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
Check connection of the following
cables : kV control to system I/F
board, kV control to HV tank, HV
tank to inverter.
Replace kV control board.
Connection Fault
One of the flat cable connector is not connected in
Generator.
FPGA configuration problem.
Detected during power up.
The kV control main software cannot load the
FPGA.
Tank temperature sensor
problem.
Means that t° value of the
HV tank is < 10°C
Multiple, but likely improbable.
kV control
HV tank
Replace kV control
Replace HV Tank
2–23
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Application errors(Code 90)
Class 4
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
NV RAM checksum pb.
Generator kV control
board has detected corruption in the NV Ram
verification (After power
up)
Software problem.
1. Database problem
2. External cause
(Spikes)
3. kV control
1. Software or Data Base
problem.
2. kV control board failure.
–Reload the Data base
–Reload the software and database
If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
90–
0703H
Watchdog reset has just
occurred.
This error is logged when
the CPU of the kV control
board is reset by it’s
Watch Dog timer.
1. Software or Data Base
problem.
2. kV control board failure.
–Reload the Data base
–Reload the software and database
If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
90–
0704H
Rotation/Heater hold too
long.
Will pop up if preparation
command from the system is maintained longer
than 3 minutes.
Software problem.
No action
90–
0701H
90–
0702H
2–24
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
If persistent :
–Reload the Data base. If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board and reload the data base.
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Communication errors(code 100)
Class 4
Error code
100–
0603H
100–
0604H
100–
0605H
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Debug screen com. error
Engineering use
Database download error
Generator has detected a
problem during data base
download
TAV communication error.
Generator has detected a
communication problem
between the I/F and the
service laptop (When generator is controlled by the
laptop)
1. Database file incorrect
2. Transmission problem
Retry
Check data base file
Potential laptop incompatibility
1. Software / laptop problem
2. Cable problem
Retry
2–25
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Thermal errors(code 110)
Class 5
Error code
Message/explanation
Potential cause
110–
0804H
Tank Thermal Error
HV tank temperature
measurement has
reached 60 degree C
1. HV tank too hot; normal
error
2. HV tank
3. kV control
110–
0903H
70 degree C thermal safety error
70° loop detected open
1. X–ray tube too hot;
normal error
2. Cooling problem
3. Wiring problem
4. Sensor problem (Tube)
5. rotation board
2–26
Recommended action/ Troubleshooting guide
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent while HV Tank is cool :
1/check flat cable connection between HV Tank and kV control
board
2/ Check presence of –15v (LED
DS1 on kV control board)
3/replace HV tank
4/replace kV control
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent :
1/Check tube cooling (Fan), troubleshoot 115 volts from PDU to Fans,
through Rotation board; check tube
thermal sensor
2/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board
X–RAY GENERATOR
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
*
Heater board
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
DS 1
DS 3
+M–
DC bus,
160V (120
to 200V
–15v
+15v
*
DS 1
Gate command board
LVPS
*
DS 300
NE 1
2–27
AC/DC
OGP
12V
Pin1, 9
J2, 3
NP/IF
DS 1, 2
–15v, +15v
–15v, +15v
kV ctrl
”VCC”: +5v
–15v
+15v
+
–
DS 2
*
Rotation
board
DS 3, 2, 1
+5, –15, +15
DS 7 DS 6
JEDI Visual Power Supply Distribution
F1
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Neon’s
LEDs
Illustration 2–1
*
* *
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480 VAC
115V
AC
Connection on Gantry base,
slip ring, Gantry rotate
2202119
X–RAY GENERATOR
K1
PDU
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
C
B
1
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-6
2202119
WARNING ERRORS
Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software
events or voltages threshold overtaking.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are
listed here to help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since
the equipment is still operating.
10
20
Rotation Warning
Heater Warning
0151H
CAN Domain command number error
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while rotor not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while rotor speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotor acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
0251H
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
Received command is not OK
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
Unknown heater warning
2–28
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
25
27
2202119
Low Voltage
Power Supply
Warnings
Application
warnings
0550H
No more warn +160V too low or too high
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
Detected +160V too low
No more warn +15V too low or too high
Detected +15V too high
Detected +15V too low
No more warn –15V too low or too high
Detected –15V too strong
Detected –15V too weak
Unknown LVPS warning
1401H
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
This message is the result of a computation that is
made by the software based on the Date for a period of approximately 7 years
2–29
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-7
2202119
OTHER FAILURES
Error
Message / excode
planation
System GENERATOR
does not reply
to the system
Potential cause
Recommended action Troubleshooting guide
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : refer to system communication errors (code 06xx H)
2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
PRD errors section
3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
kV control failure
4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
(J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
no :
6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
If yes :
verify that mains_drop line is not stopping the kV
control software (mains_drop active) :
6–1/ check if DS1 LED on LVPS board is lit. If yes,
replace LVPS board.
6–2/ disconnect Heater board control bus cable.
Check if kV control software starts. If yes, replace
Heater board.
6–3/ Disconnect Rotation board control bus cable
and connect it directly to LVPS board. Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace rotation
board.
6–4/ else, replace kV control board
if no :
7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
(DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
to the kV control board. If no error, change the kV
control board. If no :
8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes :
9/disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15V/–15V/160V output. If right :
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace
LVPS board
No power on Generator
EMC filter
AC/DC– Diode bridge
Cable between AC/DC
and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. CT interface
9. Rotation board
10. Heater board
11. Inverter in short circuit
12. Generator to system
cable
2–30
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
3 phases CB1
breaker trips
in PDU
1. Short circuit on Generator :
IGBT in short circuit
ACDC or bridge rectifier in
short circuit
EMC filter in short circuit
Software or
1. After software download:
Data base cor- –Incorrect or uncompleted
rupt
download
–Checksum problem
1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between AC/DC and
inverter (on AC/DC side)
2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace inverter
if no,
3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
AC/DC (on EMC side)
4/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
5/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Retry download
2–31
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2-8
2202119
HEATING FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected
to the generator in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board,
HV Tank and tube(s). HV function and Rotation function are disabled during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D heater board alive and running : DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
D heater DC supply present : DS3 Led is lit
Test type : No manual interaction
Sequence :
Once selected the tube the test is running on , start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost
D 5s heat ( focal spot max current – 1Amp )
There is 10s stop time between each focal spot run
During the test , the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
Error codes reporting :
Refer to the troubleshooting table
2–32
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2-9
2202119
ROTATION FUNCTION DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application
supporting high speed mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the generator in
order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection
between rotation board and tube. HV function and Heater function are disabled during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D rotation board alive and running : DS5 Led blinking
D rotation DC supply present : DS7 neon is lit
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked
Test type : No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence :
Once selected the tube the test is running on , start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode
allowed) :
D acceleration ( time depends on tube type )
D 2s run
D brake ( time depends on tube type )
There is 2s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test , the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
Error codes reporting :
error code
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
associated data
associated data points only to high
speed mode
conclusion
Power–off. Check if rotation board K2 relay is short
circuiting the rotor capacitors. If yes replace the rotation board. If no replace the rotor capacitors
associated data points to both high
speed and low speed mode
– Check presence of –15v (LED DS2 on rotation
board). If not, proceed to the recommended action
described under error 70–0577
– replace the rotation board
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table
2–33
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
2-10 INVERTER GATE COMMAND DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs
gate drive supply and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no
inverter currents nor High voltage are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to
the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during
this test.
Pre–requisites :
D generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see LED Description )
2/ Power on the generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
D error reported on the operator console
D inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after a 10 sec. delay).
7/ During the “exposure”, verify :
D error reported on the operator console
D inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ Power off the generator
10/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see LED Description )
2–34
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Error reporting :
Error
DS1 neon lit
DS300 neon off
0301/0302/0303/0304/0309/03
10/0311/0312/0313/0314/0319
/0323 (H)
0320
0501
0503
0504
one of
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
LEDs off while no error reported
DS100 and/or DS200 LEDs
off
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables have been removed
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board
if problem persists, replace Kv control board
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Replace inverter
Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.
If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
2–35
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2-11 INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is
commanded at a fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the
inverter currents are correctly set. . At the same time verification is made that no High voltage is
measured. This test is performed without connecting the HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is
generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter (see the X–ray Generator Components
section of X–ray Generator, of the Component Replacement manual).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV
Tank primary cables
Put the short circuit cable ( included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown :
2–36
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Check that the parallel inductor cable do not remain unscrewed.
2/ Power on the generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
5/ Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
6/ Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
7/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ verify error reported on the console
10/ After exiting the test, power off the generator
11/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables (see the X–ray Generator
Components section of X–ray Generator, of the Component Replacement manual).
Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
Error reporting :
error
DS1 neon off
DS300 neon off
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
0301/0302/0303/0304/0309/03
Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
10/0319 (H)
If yes, replace kV control board
0311
No Ilp current detected. See note 2
0312
No Ilr current detected. See note 3
0313
replace kV control board
0314
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
0320
if problem persists, replace kV control board
0323
Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1
0501
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0503
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0504
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0505
Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be faulty
note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected
1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see LED Description).
If it is not lit, refer to “other failures” section. Else :
2/ Power off the generator. Wait until all neons are off
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly
connected. If yes :
4/ Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
5/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected.
If yes, change the inverter
6/ Reconnect all the cables
2–37
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
note 2 : Ilp current not detected
1/ Power off the generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no : replace inverter. If yes :
4/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change the capacitor set. Else :
5/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes :
6/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of
J2 of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no change the inverter. If yes :
7/ either the fault is at the capacitor set level or at the kV control level.
8/ Reconnect all the cables
note 3 : Ilr current not detected
1/ Power off the generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change capacitor set. Else :
4/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes :
5/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of
J2 of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no change inverter. If yes :
6/ either the fault is at the capacitor set level or at the kV control level.
7/ Reconnect all the cables
note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected
1/ Power off the generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that the resonant capacitor and filtering capacitors are not open. If they are : replace the
capacitor set. Else :
4/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : change the capacitor set. Else :
5/ either the fault is at the capacitor set level or at the kV control level.
6/ Reconnect all the cables
2–38
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2-12 NO LOAD HV DIAGNOSTICS
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is
taken as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that
the inverter currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied,
no XRays are generated. This test also allow to separate generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by
running it with or without the HV cables plugged on the HV tank.
Pre–requisites :
D generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
D Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
D HV Receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1. Power on the generator
2. Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
3. Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply
is working properly
4. Select kV (default = 80) and exp.time (default = 1s).
5. Press the exposure switch
6. During the “exposure”, verify :
– error reported on the operator console
7. Release the exposure switch
8. Power off the generator
Error reporting :
See troubleshooting table
2–39
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–40
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
SECTION 3 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
(NP++, NP++ Twin)
TROUBLESHOOTING
Note
This section is used for NP++ and NP++ Twin systems. However, for the p5.4 or later JEDI software,
use Section 4 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS & TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI Software)).
For NP, NP+, and NP+ Twin systems, use Section 2 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)).
3-1
INTRODUCTION
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
Power–On diagnostics LED indication.
List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
3-2
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS
Refer to theory of operation for power–on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards’ LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, than the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:
– During Power On Diagnostics :
kV control board
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively: the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board
is up and running.
3–1
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗ S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA download error):
FPGA download problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
– When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared ( by a return
to the standby mode for example ), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any different
status corresponds to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status corresponds
to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
3–2
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-3
2202119
ERROR CODE LIST
The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
simplified
error
code
30
Description
40
Rotation Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0101H
0102H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0107H
0109H
0110H
0111H
0112H
0149H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
Database not correct
Rotation current overload
Rotation Openload
Rotation Phases unbalanced
Rotation Phases error
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
MAINS_DROP has failed
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
F0 main frequency problem
Rotor HW/FW Config error
Unknown rotation error
50
Heater Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0201H
0203H
0204H
0205H
0206H
0207H
0208H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
0248H
0249H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
open circuit (HW detected)
Inverter short circuit (HW detected)
Filament current too high
Filament too high for Boost
Filament too hot
Current over estimated (short circuit)
Current under estimated (open circuit)
MAINS_DROP detected
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
Stay too long in Boost
Filament selection error
current feedback not nul when inverter off
Filament database tube 1 error
Filament database tube 2 error
Filament database tube 3 error
Filament database tube 4 error
Unknown heater LF error
Unknown heater SF error
Tube Spits
Error
Error
Clas
s
2
2
2
2
2
2
code
4
Description
0301H
Tube spit (kV+ and kV– dropped)
0302H
Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
0303H
Tube spit (kV– has dropped)
0304H
Tube spit (kV regulation error)
0305H
FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
0324H Spits detected ((1:anode 2:cathode 4:both 8:kVregul)
3–3
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Description
simplified
error
code
60
70
Exposure errors
Power Supply
errors
Error
Error
Description
Clas
s
3
code
0306H
No kV Feedback on anode
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0307H
0308H
0309H
0310H
0311H
0312H
0313H
0314H
0316H
0317H
0318H
0319H
0320H
0401H
0402H
0403H
0504H
0801H
0802H
0803H
1411H
1407H
1408H
1409H
0323H
1410H
No kV Feedback on cathode
No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
kV detected during kV diag
kV max detected
ILP current not OK
ILR current not OK
ILR max current detected
ILR current timeout
Spit Max error
Spit Ratio error
kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
kV unbalanced detected
FPGA problem (safety signal)
No mA feedback
mA scale error
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
Exposure backup time exceeded
Exp cmd while gene not ready
time counter error
mAs counter error
AEC counter error
mAs meter saturated
ILP and ILR current not OK
FPGA locked
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0501H
DC bus out of range
0503H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
0505H Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
0506H
DC bus 1 phase precharge error
0507H
DC bus 1 phase discharge error
0577H
Detected –15V too weak
0573H
Detected –15V too strong
0567H
Detected +15V too low
0563H
Detected +15V too high
0557H
Detected +160V too low
0553H
Detected +160V too high
0549H
Unknown LVPS error
3–4
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Description
simplified
error
code
80
Error
Error
Clas
s
Hardware error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
code
Description
0180H
0181H
0280H
0281H
0322H
0601H
0602H
0902H
1402H
1403H
1404H
1405H
Rotation board communication problem
Rotation board has reset
Heater board communication problem
Heater board has reset
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
RTL error
External CAN bus off
tube Fan supply error
Internal CAN bus off
Connectic Fault
FPGA configuration problem
Tank sensor problem
90
Application
errors
4
4
4
4
0701H
0702H
0704H
0705H
Saved RAM checksum pb
Software problem
Rotation/Heater hold too long
System or database configuration error
100
Com errors
4
4
4
4
4
0603H
0604H
0605H
0606H
1301H
Debug screen com error
Database download error
TAV com error
MPC/Madrid com error
AEC board com error
3–5
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Description
simplified
error
code
110
10
Thermal error
Rotation Warning
Error
Error
Description
Clas
s
5
5
3
5
5
code
0804H
0903H
1454H
0111H
0805H
Tank Thermal Error
Tube exceeded 70degC
Jedi inverter temperature too high
0 HEMIT Thermal error
Inverter Thermal Error
1
0151H
CAN Domain command number error
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while Rotation not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while Rotation speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotation acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
3–6
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
simplified
error
code
20
2202119
Description
Heater Warning
Error
Error
Description
Clas
s
1
code
0251H
Received command is not OK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
Unknown Heater warning
25
Low Voltage
Power Supply
Warnings
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0570H
0570H
0560H
0560H
0550H
0550H
0575H
0571H
0565H
0561H
0555H
0551H
0599H
No more warn –15V too low
No more warn –15V too high
No more warn +15V too low
No more warn +15V too high
No more warn +160V too low
No more warn +160V too high
Detected –15V too weak
Detected –15V too strong
Detected +15V too low
Detected +15V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected +160V too high
Unknown LVPS warning
27
Application
warnings
1
1
1401H
0703H
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
Watchdog reset has just occurred
3–7
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-4
3-4-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
ERROR REPORTING
NP Generator Error Reporting
Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information:
D error message (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state is different of
the Generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time is different of the Generator time
Whenever a Generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the operator console.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble–shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the service laptop.
3-4-2
Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Ebisu systems)
Tiger console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
Whenever a Generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available
to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the service laptop.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
3–8
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-5
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
WARNING
3-5-1
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock
out–tag out procedure for your own safety when manipulating inside the
equipment is required.
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide
The first part details errors, while the warning errors are listed in a second part of this chapter.
The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is:
–Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
–List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
–Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where cases apply, such
as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central listing.
3–9
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-5-1-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Errors
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)
Class 2
Error
code
30–0324
H
data=4*
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Tube spit (kV+ and kV–
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected
x–ray tube spit.
30–0324
H
data=1*
(see
Note)
Tube spit (kV+ has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
Anode side
1. Anode side Tube spit.
2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
30–0324
H
data=2*
(see
Note)
Tube spit (kV– has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
cathode side
1. Cathode side Tube
spit.
2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
30–0324
H
data=8*
(see
Note)
kV regulation error
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of
“smooth” spits.
(“smooth” means that the
recovery of kV is slow)
30–0305
H
Re–starting safety. (unknown reason)
Error occurring on safety
line, while No root error
present at the error inputs
(Err 0301 to 0304). This is
probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).
1. smooth HV tube spits
2. kV control board (HV
regulation problem)
3. too much line impedance (between the
power distribution
board and Jedi)
4. half of AC/DC capacitors open
5. Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering capacitors)
6. HV tank
1. External unknown
cause.
2. kV control board.
3–10
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–If too frequent, and varies with HV,
replace x–ray tube.
Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
Usual in Performix tubes. If too frequent:
–Check HV cables and contacts
–Tube problem. (Anode side)
–Check cable by interchanging
them.
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank.
Usual in Performix tubes. If too frequent:
–Check HV cables and contacts
–Tube problem. (Cathode side)
–Check cable by interchanging
them.
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Otherwise, HV tank
–Run inverter diagnostics (See
diagnostic section)
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
HV cable.
–Check DC bus voltage.
–Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
–If permanent or too systematic, replace kV control board.
Report to engineering.
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
* Note to the error 30 0324H:
The generator sends only one message of error for all the spits (0324H) at the end of the exposure.
During the same exposure we may have different kind of spits.
In the data of this error we can distinguish between the different spits:
1: Spit in anode side
2: Spit in cathode side
4: Spit in both sides
8: kV regulation error.
For a exposure with anode and both sides spit, the data will be “5”.
These data can be displayed in the OC in decimal or in hexadecimal base.
Spits code detail
See data (Z6[#H]) of XG error code 324H. Transfer #H to Binary data. Contents are as follows.
code
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
KV Regulation
Error
Insert Spits
Cathode side
arching
Anode side arching
1
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
1
0
3
0
0
1
1
4
0
1
0
0
5
0
1
0
1
6
0
1
1
0
7
0
1
1
1
8
1
0
0
0
9
1
0
0
1
A
1
0
1
0
B
1
0
1
1
C
1
1
0
0
D
1
1
0
1
E
1
1
1
0
F
1
1
1
1
ex.)
(0324H)Spits (1:anode 2: cathode 4: both 8: kVregul) (Z6[CH]:Z7[0H])
Z6[CH] –> C Hex –> 1100 Bin –> KV regulation + Insert
3–11
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
40–010 No CAN message re1H
ceived within 5 sec’s
The rotation board has not
received any signal from
the kV control main software for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
40–010 Data base not correct.
2H
The firmware of the
rotation board has
detected that the data
base received from the kV
control board has wrong
data.
40–010 Rotation current overload
3H
Rotation board has
detected Main or auxiliary
Rotation current too high
compared to the max.
Tube motor current.
40–010 Rotation current openload
4H
Rotation board detected
that no current is flowing
to the motor.
Potential cause
1. kV Control main
software lost
2. kV control or Rotation
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry
1. Wrong kV control data
base. It can only happen
at power up.
–Reload NVRam database.
–ultimate is to replace Rotation
board.
1. Rotation board
Rotation board capacitors
2. Wrong data base
(improbable)
Check wiring from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
tube.
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic.(See diagnostic section).
1. Tube stator winding is
open circuit: x–ray tube
2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on Rotation
board
4. Rotation board
5. Rotation board phase
capacitors
(improbable)
Check wiring from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
tube.
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic.(See diagnostic section)
3–12
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
40–010 Rotation Phases unbal5H
anced
The amplitude difference
of the current between
main and auxiliary is too
large.
40–010 Rotation phase error
6H
The Rotation board has
detected that the current
in the anode stator does
not show the correct
phase shift between main
and auxiliary.
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Potential cause
1. One Rotation wire
missing
2. Rotation board
Rotation board phase
capacitors inverted or
wrong value
3. Wrong tube
configuration data
base
4. Tube problem (stator)
5. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube
1. Rotation board
2. Tube problem (stator)
3. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube
3–13
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Check wiring from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
tube.
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic.(See diagnostic section)
– Check wiring from rotation board
to HEMIT and HV from HEMIT to
tube.
Verify none is in short circuit.
If no wiring problem, run Rotation
diagnostic. (See diagnostic section)
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
Error
Message/explanation
code
40–010 Rotation Inverter perma7H
nent overcurrent
An overcurrent has
been detected and 3
restart have been tried
unsuccessfully within a
single rotation state
40–010 MAINS_DROP has failed
9H
The firmware of the
rotation board has detected the mains_drop
signal activation and
transmitted error to kV
control
40–011 PRD error(Z3Z4=bitmap)
0H
Firmware checksum,
RAM test and EPLD access are performed at
power up or reset.
40–011 F0 main frequency prob1H
lem.
EPLD has not applied the
inverter start command
40–
Rotor HW/FW Config er0112H ror
40–014 Unknown rotation error.
9H
The main software received an error from rotation board with no error
code associated
2202119
Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Tube stator winding
in short circuit –>
HEMIT
3. Wiring incorrect
(shorted)
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check wiring from rotation
board to tube.
–Troubleshoot tube windings
–Replace Rotation board
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus
between power unit
and auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
Rotation board
–Do a power and grounding
check.
–If systematic, replace Rotation
board
Rotation board
–Retry
–Replace Rotation board.
Rotation board
Download official data base (NPv3)
If the problem persists, change rotor
No action.
Software problem
Replace Rotation board.
Associated data structure:
PRD error:
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
3–14
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Rotation database error:
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
Other errors:
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC
3–15
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
50–020 No CAN message re1H
ceived within 5 sec’s
The Heater board has not
received any command
from the kV control main
software for the last 5
sec., interpreted as a loss
of communication
50–020 Heater inverter permanent
3H
overcurrent.(SW limit)
Issued by the heater
board when an overcurrent has been detected
and 3 restarts have been
tried without success within 100 ms
50–020 Filament permanent open
4H
circuit.
Issued by the heater
board when an open has
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
50–020 Heater Inverter permanent
5H
short circuit (HW limit)
Issued by the heater
board when a short circuit
has been detected and 3
restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
50–
Filament current too high
0206H on inverter 1 for “Pre–
Heat”
This is the result of an integrated value of the RMS
current measurement on
Heater board comparison
with max. Tube value in
data base.
Potential cause
1. kV Control main
software lost
2. kV control or Heater
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry.
1. Heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
1. X–ray tube filament
open
2. Heater to HV tank
cable
3. Cathode HV cable or
pin contacts
4. Open circuit in filament
transformer inside HV
Tank.
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater
board is working properly. Check
heater board to HV Tank to tube
connections. If OK, test with Ohm–
meter HV Tank heater transformers
(primary and secondary) and filament impedance. Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as above. If
all are right, replace heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
1. Heater board
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
3–16
–It’s unlikely, but reload NVRam database.
–Replace heater board.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
Error
code
50–
0207H
2202119
Message/explanation
Filament current too high
on inverter 1for “Boost”
Same as above
50–
Filament current too
0208H high on inverter 1for
“Heat”
Same as above
50–021 Current over estimated
0H
fork range
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
m sec.) on heater board
is too low
50–021 Current under estimated
1H
fork/ range
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
msec.) on heater board
is too high
50–
MAINS_DROP detected.
0212H The firmware of the Heater board has detected the
mains_drop signal activation and has transmitted
error to kV control
Potential cause
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
1. Tube data base or
calibration
2. Heater board
1. short circuit
2. Heater board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Same as above
Same as above
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater
board is working properly. Check
heater board to HV Tank to tube
connections. If OK, test with
Ohm–meter HV Tank heater
transformers (primary and secondary) and filament impedance.
Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as
above. If all are right, change
heater board
Replace heater board
1. Open circuit
2. Heater board
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus
between power unit
and auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
Heater board
50–021 PRD error
3H
Firmware checksum, RAM
test and EPLD access are
performed at power up or
reset.
50–
Boost too long on inverMay be a loss of commu0214H ter1.
nication during boost.
Boost command stayed
longer than 400ms
50–
Filament selection error.
Heater board
0215H
The relay on the Heater
board selecting the filament is in the wrong position with respect to the
selection
3–17
–Do a power and grounding check.
–If systematic, replace heater
board
Replace heater board.
Retry.
It will probably be followed by another communication code.
Replace heater board
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
Error
code
50–
0216H
50–
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
50–
0248H
50–
0249H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Current feedback not
nul when inverter OFF
Inverter current has
been measured while
the inverter was not
commanded
Filament Database not
correct
The firmware of the heater
board has detected that
the Received Data base
from kV control contains
erroneous data for Tube 1,
2, 3, or 4.
Unknown heater LF error
The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated
Unknown heater SF error
The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated
Heater board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Replace heater board
1. Wrong kV control data
base. It can only
happen at power up.
–Reload NVRam data base.
–ultimate is to replace Heater
board.
1. software problem
No action
1. software problem
No action
Associated data structure:
PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Filament database error :
2 bytes bitmap ( LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
other errors :
1 byte bitmap with the following structure :
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit7 (MSB)
focus selected
tube selected
0=small focus selected
1=tube 1 selected
1=large focus selected
2=tube 2
3=tube 3
4=tube 4
bit3
bit2
small focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
3–18
bit1
bit0 (LSB)
large focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Exposure errors (Code 60)
Class 3
Error Message/explanation
code
60–030 No kV feedback on anode
6H
side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on anode side only
60–030 No kV feedback on cath7H
ode side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on cathode side only
60–030 No kV Feedback (on
8H
anode and cathode)
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on both anode and
cathode.
60–030 kV detected during kV
9H
diagnostics.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics while no
kV must be generated.
60–031 kV MAX detected
0H
kV reached 160 kv during
exposure
60–031 ILP current not OK.
1H
The current in the parallel
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
Potential cause
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
1. HV tank
2. kV control board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Verify flat cable connections and
sitting between kV control and HV
tank.
– Replace HV Tank
Improper setup before the
diagnostic is run.
See HV power diagnostic section.
kV control
Replace kV control board
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
See above
run HV power diagnostics
60–031 ILR current not OK
2H
The current in the serial
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
60–031 Inverter max. ILR cur1 Tube (it can be cas3H
rent detected.
ing spits, errors
This is a hardware
0302H and 0303H)
detection of maximum
2 HV tank
current in serial reso3 kV control
nant circuit.
3–19
run HV power diagnostics
run HV power diagnostics
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
(*)
for
N
P
(*)
for
N
P
Class 3
Error Message/explanation
code
60–031 ILR Current time out.
4H
The current resonant frequency is lower than expected
60–031 Spit Max error.
6H
kV control has detected
the number of tube spits
during exposure has
reached the limit (see
theory of operation, software section)
60–031 Spit Ratio error.
7H
kV control has detected
the rate of tube spits during exposure has reached
the limit (see theory of operation, software section)
60–031 kV did not reach 75% af8H
ter 20ms.
Indicates that there were
no HV ON signal generated for exposure time
count–up
60–031 kV unbalanced detected.
9H
Detects that there is more
than 12kV difference between kV+ and kV –
60–032 FPGA problem; Safety hit
0H
with unknown reason
No error at the inputs
while checking for error
source.
60–032 ILP and ILR current not
3H
OK
No inverter current measures at the beginning of
the exposure
60–040 No mA feedback
1H
mA measurement function:
kV control has detected
no mA feedback 20 ms after the beginning of the
exposure.
2202119
Potential cause
1. kV control
2. Inverter
3. Current measurement
circuit.
reasonably x–ray tube
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
run HV power diagnostics
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
reasonably x–ray tube
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
1. kV control
Replace kV control.
HV tank
Replace HV tank
1. This may be due to
transient interference
(Spikes).
2. SW bug
Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
If permanent or too systematic, replace kV control board.
Report to engineering
run HV power diagnostics
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit. (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
kV control board
1. HV tank
2. kV control board
3. x–ray tube (filament
open)
4. Cathode HV cable
short–circuited
5. Misconnection between HV+ and HV–
after a tank replacement
3–20
– Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is far out of range, (4.9 to
5.1 Ohm, including DVM accuracy)
replace HV Tank.
– Verify filament impedance
– Replace kV control board
– After a tank replacement, verify
the HV cable connection.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
Error Message/explanation
code
60–040 mA scale error
2H
mA has been measured to
be either too low or too
high with respect to mA
demand 20 ms after the
beginning of the exposure
60–040 mA accuracy exceeded
3H
5%
(Class
Measured mA every 50
2 error) msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
This error is logged, but
does not stop the exposure.
60–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup4H
ply error
gate supply voltage has
dropped below the level
required to drive the
IGBTs properly
N 60–080 Exposure backup mAs exot
1H
ceeded
on
The exposure command
C
last so long that the maxiT
mum mAs allowed has
been reached
60–080 Exposure backup time ex2H
ceeded.
The exposure command
last longer than the duration that was loaded by
the system (Backup time
+ 5%.)
60–080 Exp cmd while gene not
3H
ready.
Generator received an exposure command while
not in ready state
60–140 Time counter error.
6H
Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
2202119
Potential cause
1. kV control board
2. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
3. HV Tank (improbable)
1. tube spit
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
– If the tube has just been replaced
or installed, run many exposures
until the filament correction adjusts
the default filament drive values.
– If the error occurs after a while on
a system :
Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is out of range, replace HV
Tank else replace kV control board
no action
1. Inverter (gate command board)
2. kV control board
3. Generator input voltage too low or line impedance too high
1. exposure command
line stuck to the active
state
run HV power diagnostics
1. System
2. System–Generator
cable
3. I/F board : exposure
line stuck to the active
state
–Retry, changing parameters and
duration
– disconnect system–Generator
cable in different places and check
exposure command line voltage
1. Software bug/problem
2. Cable / communication
problem
3. External cause
(Spikes)
kV control board
If problem is persistent, check heater, anode rotation and system to
Generator preparation command to
find the root cause for the Generator not to be ready
Replace kV control Board
3–21
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
N
ot
C
T
N
ot
C
T
N
ot
C
T
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
60–140 mAs counter error.
7H
Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
Potential cause
60–140 AEC counter error.
8H
If there is no AEC feedback in AEC station exposure.
60–140 mAs meter saturated.
9H
A check is done on mAs
counter operation at the
beginning of exposure and
found the mAs meter with
unrealistic value.
60
Time counter error
1411H
60–141 FPGA locked.
0H
FPGA detected an error
and did not allow start exposure after exposure
command signal was received.
60
ILP and ILR current not
0323H OK
1. ION chamber
2. AEC cable, connection
3. AEC board
Run AEC diagnostics (See diagnostic section)
1. kV control
Replace kV control
Kv control
Replace Kv control
1. software bug
2. kV control
If persistent replace kV control
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
run HV power diagnostics
kV control board
3–22
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Replace kV control Board
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Power supply (Code 70)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
70–050 DC bus out if range (<400
1H
or >850)
Potential cause
1. mains problem (Too
low or too high)
2. One phase missing at
Generator input
70–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup- 1. Mains
3H
ply error (checked at prep) 2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board
(Inverter)
4. kV control
70–050 Mains power supply has
unknown
5H
dropped During exposure
N
ot
N
P
70–050 DC bus 1 phase pre–
6H
charge error.
Found DC bus did not
reach 400V after 10 sec.
Charge relay is not activated and pre–charge
relay drops.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pre–charge resistor
Relay
ACDC module
LVPS
kV control board
N
ot
N
P
70–050 DC bus 1 phase discharge ACDC
7H
error.
Found that DC bus voltage is > 30 V before pre–
charge.
3–23
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check mains line 3 phases incoming voltage.
–Verify line impedance if mains is
low.
run HV power diagnostics
None
WARNING!: Potential residual
voltage. Make sure all the NEON
are off. Verify with a DVM, range
400VDC that there is no voltage
on the capacity bench before any
intervention
–Verify LED on LVPS
–Listen to relay clicking at power
on.
–Check resistor
Replace ACDC module.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
70–057 Detected –15V too low
7H
–15V is higher than –13V
(measured on heater
board)
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Potential cause
1.
2.
3.
4.
LVPS (open circuit)
Heater board
rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit) (improbable)
70–057 Detected –15V too high
3H
–15V is lower than –17.3V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
70–056 Detected +15V too low
7H
+15V is lower than 13V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
3. rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit)
(improbable)
3–24
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
pin3). If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin3) and
(J1,pin3).If no continuity, replace
heater board
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin3 of the connector: if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board. Else,
check pin3 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate
the board inducing a voltage drop
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
pin3). If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin3 of the connector: if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
pin4). If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin4) and
(J1,pin2).If no continuity, replace
heater board
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin2 of the connector : if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board. Else,
check pin2 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate
the board inducing a voltage drop
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
70–056 Detected +15V too high
3H
+15V is higher than 17.3V
(measured on heater
board)
Potential cause
70–055 Detected +160V too low
7H
+160V is lower than 110V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–055 Detected +160V too high
3H
+160V is higher than
225V (measured on heater board)
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–054 Unknown LVPS error
9H
The main software received a LVPS error with
no error code associated
1. Software problem
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
3–25
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
pin4). If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin2 of the connector : if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater
board. If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater
board. If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS
board.
No action
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Hardware errors (Code 80)
Class 4
Error
Message/explanation
code
80–018 Rotation board commu0H
nication problem.
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Rotation board popped up
because it did not get reply from Rotation board.
80–018 Rotation board has reset.
1H
kV control has detected
the Rotation board has reset. KV control will reload
Rotation data base.
Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
1. Rotation board
2. Interference (Spikes)
3–26
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
A/Check that rotation firmware is
running (DS5 Led is blinking).
If no :
1/verify rotation board 5V : Led DS3
is lit. If no : verify DS1/DS2 Leds : if
they are lit, replace rotation board,
else go to +/–15V errors
troubleshooting
2/ verify that RESET Led is not lit. If
it is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from heater and
kV control to find the board which is
holding the reset line and replace it.
If after disconnecting all the boards,
the Led remains lit, replace rotation
board
3/ else replace rotation board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is correctly connected to the Rotation
board
C/else replace kV control
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace Rotation
board or check power and grounding.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
80–028 Heater board communica0H
tion problem
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Heater board popped up
because it did not get reply from Heater board.
Potential cause
80–028 Heater board has reset.
1H
KV control has detected
the heater board has reset. KV control will reload Rotation data base.
80–032 kV ref ADC / DAC failed
2H
kV control DAC and
ADC capability are permanently tested for coherency.
80–060 RTL error (+ associated
1H
data to check which of the
4 RTL lines)
Real Time Lines show a
wrong state. RTL’s are
tested on a regular basis
in stand by.
1. Heater board
2. Interference (Spikes)
1. Heater board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
A/Check that heater firmware is running (DS1/2 Led are lit successively).
If no :
1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
pin3,4) : if they are right, change
rotation board, else go to +/–15V
errors troubleshooting
2/ verify that RST Led is not lit. If it
is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from LVPS to rotation and kV control to find the board
which is holding the reset line and
replace it. If after disconnecting all
the boards, the Led remains lit, replace heater board
3/ else replace heater board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is correctly connected until the heater
board
C/else replace kV control board
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace board or
check power and grounding.
KV control board
Only if this error is repetitive and
comes alone (Not following other
errors), replace kV control board.
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication
power supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
3–27
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
80–060 External CAN bus off
2H
Potential cause
80–090 Tube Fan supply error.
2H
Rotation board has detected that a wrong voltage is applied to the tube
fan
80–140 Internal CAN bus off
2H
Can device on kV control
board detected abnormal
level on it’s 2 line and sent
error to the CPU
1. No 115V tube cooling
supply
2. Rotation board
–Check presence of the AC voltage
(DS6 neon) at the input of the Rotation board.
If ok, replace the rotation board
1. kV control
2. Control bus cable
3. Heater or Rotation
80–140 Connection Fault
3H
One of the flat cable connector is not connected in
Generator.
80–140 FPGA configuration prob4H
lem.
Detected during power up.
The kV control main software cannot load the
FPGA.
80–140 Tank temperature sensor
5H
problem.
Means that t° value of the
HV tank is < 10°C
Multiple, but likely improbable.
kV control board.
Check a wrong contact short circuit
on CAN lines, pins 5 & 6, of the
control bus cable. Short circuit may
be either on Boards or connector/
cable.
If no fault detected, replace kV control
Check connection of the following
cables : kV control to system I/F
board, kV control to HV tank, HV
tank to inverter.
Replace kV control board.
kV control
HV tank
Replace kV control
Replace HV Tank
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
3–28
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication
power supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Application errors (Code 90)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
90–070 NV RAM checksum pb.
1H
Generator kV control
board has detected corruption in the NV Ram
verification (After power
up)
0702H Software problem.
0704H
0705H
Rotation/Heater hold too
long.
Will pop up if preparation command from the
system is maintained
longer than 3 minutes.
System or database
configuration error
The identifier of the system and the database are
not compatible
Potential cause
1. Database problem
2. External cause
(Spikes)
3. kV control
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
If persistent :
–Reload the Data base. If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board and reload the data base.
1. Software or Data
Base problem.
2. kV control board
failure.
–Reload the Data base
–Reload the software and database
If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
Software problem.
No action
1. Database problem
Download the Data base
– Check system software release
(OC)
3–29
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
Communication errors(code 100)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
100–06 Debug screen com. error
03H
100–06 Database download error
04H
Generator has detected a
problem during data base
download
100–06 TAV communication error.
05H
Generator has detected a
communication problem
between the I/F and the
service laptop (When
Generator is controlled by
the laptop)
no 100–06 MPC/Madrid communicat
06H
tion error.
N
No reply from the console.
P
(This error message can
be seen using the service
laptop)
no 100–13 AEC board communicat
01H
tion error.
N
P
Potential cause
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Engineering use
1. Database file incorrect
2. Transmission problem
Retry
Check data base file
Potential laptop incompatibility
1. Software / laptop problem
2. Cable problem
Retry
1. Cable, connection
problem between
Generator and the
console.
2. Interface board
3. Console problem
–verify the console is powered .
–Verify EMIT LED on the interface
board.
–Verify cabling, connection.
–Verify communication with the
service computer operates.
1. Verify cables
connection
2. AEC board
3. Interface board
–
3–30
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Thermal errors(code 110)
Class 5
Error Message/explanation
code
110–08 Tank Thermal Error
04H
HV tank temperature
measurement has
reached 60 degree C
Potential cause
1. HV tank too hot; normal
error
2. HV tank
3. kV control
110–09 70 degree C thermal safe03H
ty error
70° loop detected open
1. X–ray tube too hot;
normal error
2. Cooling problem
3. Wiring problem
4. Sensor problem (Tube)
5. rotation board
110–14 Jedi inverter tempera54H
ture too high
1. Parameters kV, mA
and time exceeded
allowed use
2. software bug
1. HEMIT tank
2. DC Disch board (HEMIT assy)
3. Rotation board
110–
0111H
HEMIT Thermal error
110–
0805H
Inverter thermal error
Software bug
3–31
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent while HV Tank is cool :
1/check LED DS1 on kV control (top
and right of board). If it is off,
change kV control
2/check flat cable connection between HV Tank and kV control
board
3/replace HV tank
4/replace kV control
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent :
1/Check tube cooling (Fan),
troubleshoot 115 volts from PDU to
Fans, through Rotation board;
check tube thermal sensor
2/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board
– Wait cooling time
– change kv–ctrl board (if
trouble always present, report to
service)
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent:
1/ Check 2A fuse on DC Disch
2/ Short circuit the sensor feedback of the HEMIT. If problem
disappears, replace the HEMIT.
2/ Replace DC–Disch
3/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board
Download software and database
again
If the problem persists, change
kV control
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-6
2202119
WARNING ERRORS
Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software events or voltages
threshold overtaking.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are listed here to
help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since the equipment
is still operating.
10
20
Rotation Warn- 0151H
ing
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
Heater Warning
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while Rotation not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while Rotation speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotation acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
0251H
Received command is not OK
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
3–32
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
25
Low Voltage
Power Supply
Warnings
0570H
0570H
0560H
0560H
0550H
0550H
0575H
0571H
0565H
0561H
0555H
0551H
0599H
27
Application
warnings
1401H
No more warn –15V too low
No more warn –15V too high
No more warn +15V too low
No more warn +15V too high
No more warn +160V too low
No more warn +160V too high
Detected –15V too weak
Detected –15V too strong
Detected +15V too low
Detected +15V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected +160V too high
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
This message is the result of a computation that is
made by the software based on the Date for a period of approximately 7 years
0703H
Watchdog reset has just occurred
– 1 if it often occurs, change kv–ctrl (if real reset of the board)
– 2 if it always occurs, report to service
3–33
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
3-7
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
OTHER FAILURES
Error
Message /
Potential cause
code
explanation
System GENERATOR 1. No power on the Generdoes not reply
ator.
to the system 2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC– Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC
and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. CT interface
9. Rotation board
10.
Heater board
11.
Inverter in short circuit
12.
Generator to system cable.
3 phases CB1
breaker trips
in PDU
1. Short circuit on the Generator :
n IGBT in short circuit
n ACDC or bridge rectifier
in short circuit
n EMC filter in short circuit
Software or
Data base
corrupt
1. After software download:
–Incorrect or uncompleted
download
–Checksum problem
3–34
Recommended action Troubleshooting guide
Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : refer to communication errors troubleshooting
2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
PRD errors section
3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
kV control failure
4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
(J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
no :
6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
If yes, replace kV control. If no :
7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
(DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
to the kV control board. If no error, change the kV
control board. If no :
8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes :
9/disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15V/–15V/160V output. If right :
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace
LVPS board
(
1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between
AC/DC and inverter (on AC/DC side)
2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace inverter
if no,
3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
AC/DC (on EMC side)
4/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
5/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Retry download
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-8
2202119
HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected to the Generator
in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
Pre–requisites :
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D heater board alive and running : DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
D heater DC supply present : DS3 Led is lit
Test type : No manual interaction
Sequence :
Once selected the tube the test is running on , start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost
D 5s heat ( focal spot max current – 1Amp )
There is 10s stop time between each focal spot run
During the test , the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
Error codes reporting :
Refer to the troubleshooting table
3–35
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
3-9
2202119
ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application supporting high speed
mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or
a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection between rotation board, HEMIT and tube.
Pre–requisites:
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D rotation board alive and running : DS5 Led blinking
D rotation DC supply present : DS7 neon is lit
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked
Test type: No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence:
Once selected the tube the test is running on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode allowed) :
D acceleration ( time depends on tube type )
D 2s run
D brake ( time depends on tube type )
There is 2s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test , the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
3–36
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error codes reporting :
error code
associated data
0103H
associated data points only to high
0104H
speed mode
0105H
0106H
0107H
0109H
associated data points to both high
0111H
speed and low speed mode
0112H
associated data points to both high
speed and low speed mode
conclusion
Power–off. Check cabling. If problem, replace the
rotation board. If the problem persists, replace the
HEMIT tank. See note *
Check cabling. If problem, replace the rotation board
Download official data base (NPv3). If the problem
persists, change rotor.
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table
*Note: Before replacing the rotation board, check the impedance of the primary and secondary of the HEMIT. In
order to do a correct measure, check before the impedance of the cables of the multimeter.
• The impedance of the primary is measured between two pins of the connector J1 of the Bouchon
board in the HEMIT (3 measures). The value is low, between 0.8 ohm and 1.6 ohm.
• If the impedance is too low (short –circuit) replace the HEMIT
• If the impedance is too high (open circuit) replace the HEMIT
• The impedance of the secondary. Measure between two pins of the HV connector marked as “ST”.
(large, small and common). For the three measures the value should be between 0.8 ohm and 1.6
ohm.
• If the impedance is too low (short –circuit) replace the HEMIT
• If the impedance is too high (open circuit) replace the HEMIT
3–37
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS
3-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs gate drive supply
and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no inverter currents nor High voltage
are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode
rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see central listing )
2/ Power on the Generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after 10 sec delay)
7/ During the “exposure”, verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ Power off the Generator
10/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see central listing )
3–38
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
Error reporting :
error
DS1 neon lit
DS300 neon off
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/
0310/ 0311/ 0312/ 0313/ 0314/
0319/ 0323 (H)
0320
0501
0503
0504
one of
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
Leds off while no error
reported
DS100 and/or DS200 Leds
off
2202119
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables have been removed
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board
if problem persists, replace Kv control board
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Replace inverter
Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.
If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
3–39
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is commanded at a
fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set. . At
the same time verification is made that no High voltage is measured. This test is performed without connecting the
HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this
test.
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Test type : Manual operation is required.
3–40
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV Tank
primary cables
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown (in red, the
cable):
Parallel
inductor
1/ The parallel inductor must be connected
2/ Power on the Generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
5/ Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
6/ Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
7/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ verify error reported on the console
10/ After exiting the test, power off the Generator
11/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
3–41
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 13
2202119
Error reporting :
error
DS1 neon off
DS300 neon off
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/
Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
0310/ 0319 (H)
If yes, replace kV control board
0311
No Ilp current detected. See note 2
0312
No Ilr current detected. See note 3
0313
replace kV control board
0314
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
0320
if problem persists, replace kV control board
0323
Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1
0501
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0503
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0504
kV control or inverter can be faulty
0505
Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be
faulty
Note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected
1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing).
If it is not lit, refer to “other failures” section. Else :
2/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly connected. If
yes :
4/ Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
5/ Check that HV Tank is correctly connected to the capacitors set. If yes :
6/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes, replace the inverter
7/ Reconnect all the cables
Note 2 : Ilp current not detected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no : replace inverter. If yes :
4/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set. Else :
5/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else :
6/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes :
7/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of J2
of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
8/ Reconnect all the cables
3–42
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Note 3 : Ilr current not detected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace capacitor set. Else :
4/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set. Else :
5/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes :
6/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of J2
of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
7/ Reconnect all the cables
Note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes : replace the capacitor set. Else :
4/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else : replace kV control board.
5/ Reconnect all the cables
3-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is taken
as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that the inverter
currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are
generated.
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by running it with or without the HV
cables plugged on the HV tank. (*)
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
D Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
D (*) HV receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.
Test type : Manual operation is required.
3–43
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Sequence :
1/ Power on the Generator
2/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
3/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
4/select kV (Default = 80 kV) and exposure time (Default = 1 sec.)
5/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
6/ During the “exposure”, verify :
– error reported on the operator console
7/ Release the exposure switch
8/ Power off the Generator
Error reporting :
See troubleshooting table
3–44
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 13
2202119
3-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Illustration 3–1
Generator Visual Power Supply Distribution
L: Neon’s
Z: LED’s
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
L
Heater board
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
DS 1
DS 3
Z
+M –
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit
L
DC bus,
160V
(120 to
200 V).
+15 V
– 15 V
F1
DS 1
Gate command board
DS 300
LVPS
L
NE 1
L
AC/DC
NP I/F
DS 1 , 2
–15v, +15v
kV ctrl
“VCC“ + 5 V
Z
DS 2
+15 V
– 15 V
ZZ
OGP
12V
≅
ZZZ
DS 3, 2, 1
+5, –15, +15
+15 V
– 15 V
+
–
Rotor
Board
L
DS 7
L
DS 6
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480VAC
C
B
1
DC Disch (HEMIT assy)
Z DS1
K1
ZDS2
PDU
3–45
115V
AC
ZDS3
LDS4
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3–46
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
SECTION 4 – ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (for p5.4 or later JEDI Software)
Note
For earlier than the p5.4 JEDI software, use Section 2 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP, NP+, NP+ Twin)) or Section 3 (ERRORS, DIAGNOSTICS &
TROUBLESHOOTING (NP++, NP++ Twin)).
4-1
INTRODUCTION
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
Power–On diagnostics LED indication.
List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
4-2
POWER ON DIAGNOSTICS
Refer to theory of operation for power–on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards’ LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, than the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:
– During Power On Diagnostics :
kV control board
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗⊗
The 8 LED’s (S0...S7) are lit successively: the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board
is up and running.
4–1
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
S0.....................S7
⊗⊗⊗⊗
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
S0.........................S7
⊗⊗ S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA download error):
FPGA download problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
– When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
⊗⊗⊗⊗k ⊗k ⊗
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared ( by a return
to the standby mode for example ), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any different
status corresponds to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)
After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status corresponds
to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
4–2
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-3
2202119
ERROR CODE LIST
The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
simplified
error code
30
Description
40
Rotation Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0101H
0102H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0107H
0109H
0110H
0111H
0112H
0113H
0114H
0115H
0149H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
Database not correct
Rotation current overload
Rotation Openload
Rotation Phases unbalanced
Rotation Phases error
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
MAINS_DROP has failed
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
F0 main frequency problem
Rotor HW/FW Config error
IUVW short circuit error
HV cable short circuit error
HV cable open error
Unknown rotation error
50
Heater Error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0201H
0203H
0204H
0205H
0206H
0207H
0208H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
0248H
0249H
No CAN message received within 5 secs
inverter overcurrent (HW detected)
open circuit (HW detected)
Inverter short circuit (HW detected)
Filament current too high
Filament too high for Boost
Filament too hot
Current over estimated (short circuit)
Current under estimated (open circuit)
MAINS_DROP detected
PRD error (Z3Z4=bitmap)
Stay too long in Boost
Filament selection error
current feedback not null when inverter off
Filament database tube 1 error
Filament database tube 2 error
Filament database tube 3 error
Filament database tube 4 error
Unknown heater LF error
Unknown heater SF error
Tube Spits
Error
Class
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
Error
Description
code
0301H
Tube spit (kV+ and kV– dropped)
0302H
Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
0303H
Tube spit (kV– has dropped)
0304H
Tube spit (kV regulation error)
0305H
FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
0324H Spits detected ((1:anode 2:cathode 4:both 8:kVregul)
4–3
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
simplified
error code
60
70
2202119
Description
Exposure errors
Power Supply
errors
Error Error
Class code
3
0306H
Description
No kV Feedback on anode
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0307H
0308H
0309H
0310H
0311H
0312H
0313H
0314H
0316H
0317H
0318H
0319H
0320H
0401H
0402H
0403H
0504H
0801H
0802H
0803H
1411H
1407H
1408H
1409H
1410H
0323H
0321H
1420H
1421H
No kV Feedback on cathode
No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
kV detected during kV diag
kV max detected
ILP current not OK
ILR current not OK
ILR max current detected
ILR current timeout
Spit Max error
Spit Ratio error
kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
kV unbalanced detected
FPGA problem (safety signal)
No mA feedback
mA scale error
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
Exposure backup time exceeded
Exp cmd while gene not ready
time counter error
mAs counter error
AEC counter error
mAs meter saturated
FPGA locked
ILP and ILR current not OK
Spit retry failed (TD computing)
Tomo cut too early
Time cut instead tomo
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0501H
DC bus out of range
0503H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
0505H Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
0506H
DC bus 1 phase precharge error
0507H
DC bus 1 phase discharge error
0577H
Detected –15V too weak
0573H
Detected –15V too strong
0567H
Detected +15V too low
0563H
Detected +15V too high
0557H
Detected +160V too low
0553H
Detected +160V too high
0549H
Unknown LVPS error
4–4
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
simplified
Description
Error Error
error code
Class code
80
Hardware error
4
0180H
4
0181H
4
0280H
4
0281H
4
0322H
4
0601H
4
0602H
4
0902H
4
1402H
4
1403H
4
1404H
4
1405H
1406H
4
Description
Rotation board communication problem
Rotation board has reset
Heater board communication problem
Heater board has reset
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
RTL error
External CAN bus off
tube Fan supply error
Internal CAN bus off
Connectic Fault
FPGA configuration problem
Tank sensor problem
Inverter sensor problem
90
Application
errors
4
4
4
4
0701H
0702H
0704H
0705H
Saved RAM checksum pb
Software problem
Rotation/Heater hold too long
System or database configuration error
100
Com errors
4
4
4
4
4
0603H
0604H
0605H
0606H
1301H
Debug screen com error
Database download error
TAV com error
MPC/Madrid com error
AEC board com error
110
Thermal error
5
5
5
5
3
0804H
0805H
0903H
0904H
1454H
Tank Thermal Error
Inverter Thermal Error
Tube exceeded 70degC
HEMIT thermal error
Jedi inverter temperature too high
120
Manipul. error
5
5
5
1500H
1501H
1502H
Tomo brightness not good
Release exposure switch
AEC does not cut exposure
4–5
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
simplified
Description
Error Error
error code
Class code
10
Rotation Warn1
0151H
ing
1
0152H
1
0153H
1
0154H
1
0155H
1
0156H
1
0157H
1
0158H
1
0159H
1
0160H
1
0161H
1
0162H
1
0163H
1
0164H
1
0199H
20
Heater Warning
Description
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while Rotation not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while Rotation speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotation acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
1
0251H
Received command is not OK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
Unknown Heater warning
4–6
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
simplified
error code
25
27
2202119
Description
Low Voltage
Power Supply
Warnings
Application
warnings
Error
Class
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Error
code
0570H
0570H
0560H
0560H
0550H
0550H
0575H
0571H
0565H
0561H
0555H
0551H
0599H
Description
No more warn –15V too low
No more warn –15V too high
No more warn +15V too low
No more warn +15V too high
No more warn +160V too low
No more warn +160V too high
Detected –15V too weak
Detected –15V too strong
Detected +15V too low
Detected +15V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected +160V too high
Unknown LVPS warning
1
1
1401H
0703H
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
Watchdog reset has just occurred
4–7
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
4-4
4-4-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
ERROR REPORTING
NP Generator Error Reporting
Np system only gets the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
The Np system errorlog adds to the simplified error code the following information:
D error message (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system phase : state of the system when the error occurred. Take care, the system state is different of
the Generator phase (refer to the Np system documentation)
D system time : date and time when the error occurred. Take care, the system time is different of the Generator time
Whenever a Generator error is logged in the system errorlog file and displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the operator console.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble–shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
Error codes can also be read by connecting the service laptop.
4-4-2
Tiger Generator Error Reporting (not for NP++ and Twin systems)
Tiger console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi Generator.
Whenever a Generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload functionality is available
to get more detailed information about the error.
This function must be performed from the service laptop.
The simplified error code must be used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
Having these two information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
4–8
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-5
2202119
DIAGNOSTICS
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
WARNING
4-5-1
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock
out–tag out procedure for your own safety when manipulating inside the
equipment is required.
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide
The first part details errors, while the warning errors are listed in a second part of this chapter.
The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is:
–Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
–List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
–Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where cases apply, such
as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central listing.
4–9
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
4-5-1-1
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Errors
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)
Class 2
Error
code
30–0324
H
data=4*
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Tube spit (kV+ and kV–
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected
x–ray tube spit.
30–0324
H
data=1*
(see
Note)
Tube spit (kV+ has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
Anode side
1. Anode side Tube spit.
2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
30–0324
H
data=2*
(see
Note)
Tube spit (kV– has
dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on
cathode side
1. Cathode side Tube
spit.
2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
30–0324
H
data=8*
(see
Note)
kV regulation error
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of
“smooth” spits.
30–0305
H
Re–starting safety. (unknown reason)
Error occurring on safety
line, while No root error
present at the error inputs
(Err 0301 to 0304). This is
probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).
1. smooth HV tube spits
2. kV control board (HV
regulation problem)
3. too much line impedance
4. half of AC/DC capacitors open
5. Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering capacitors)
6. HV tank
1. External unknown
cause.
2. kV control board.
4–10
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Usual in tubes. If too frequent, and
varies with HV: replace x–ray tube.
– Run open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
If too frequent:
– Check HV cables and contacts
– Tube problem. (Anode side)
– Check cable by interchanging
them.
– Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
– Otherwise, HV tank.
If too frequent:
– Check HV cables and contacts
– Tube problem. (Cathode side)
– Check cable by interchanging
them.
– Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
– Otherwise, HV tank
–Run inverter diagnostics (See
diagnostic section)
–Run Open load kV test. (See diagnostic section)
–Troubleshoot tube and contacts of
HV cable.
–Check DC bus voltage.
–Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
–If permanent or too systematic, replace kV control board.
Report to engineering.
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
* Note to the error 30 0324H:
The generator sends only one message of error for all the spits (0324H) at the end of the exposure.
During the same exposure we may have different kind of spits.
In the data of this error we can distinguish between the different spits:
1: Spit in anode side
2: Spit in cathode side
4: Spit in both sides
8: kV regulation error.
For a exposure with anode and both sides spit, the data will be “5”.
These data can be displayed in the OC in decimal or in hexadecimal base.
Spits code detail
See data (Z6[#H]) of XG error code 324H. Transfer #H to Binary data. Contents are as follows.
code
bit3
bit2
bit1
bit0
KV Regulation
Error
Insert Spits
Cathode side
arching
Anode side arching
1
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
1
0
3
0
0
1
1
4
0
1
0
0
5
0
1
0
1
6
0
1
1
0
7
0
1
1
1
8
1
0
0
0
9
1
0
0
1
A
1
0
1
0
B
1
0
1
1
C
1
1
0
0
D
1
1
0
1
E
1
1
1
0
F
1
1
1
1
ex.)
(0324H)Spits (1:anode 2: cathode 4: both 8: kVregul) (Z6[CH]:Z7[0H])
Z6[CH] –> C Hex –> 1100 Bin –> KV regulation + Insert
4–11
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
40–010 No CAN message re1H
ceived within 5 sec’s
The rotation board has not
received any signal from
the kV control main software for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
40–010 Data base not correct.
2H
The firmware of the
rotation board has
detected that the data
base received from the kV
control board has wrong
data.
40–010 Rotation current overload
3H
Rotation board has
detected Main or auxiliary
Rotation current too high
compared to the max.
Tube motor current.
40–010 Rotation current openload
4H
Rotation board detected
that no current is flowing
to the motor.
Potential cause
1. kV Control main
software lost
2. kV control or Rotation
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry
1. Wrong kV control data
base. It can only happen
at power up.
–Reload NVRam database.
–ultimate is to replace Rotation
board.
1. Rotation board
2. Rotation board phase
capacitor short
circuited (not for
NP++)
3. Wrong data base
(improbable)
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube (cable from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
to tube for NP++).
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors (not for NP++).(See
diagnostic section).
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube (cable from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
to tube for NP++. See Rotation
diagnosis).
Check DC bus cables from AC–DC
board to rotation board
Check that phases capacitors are
correctly connected (not for NP++)
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors (not for NP++).(See
diagnostic section).
1. Tube stator winding is
open circuit: x–ray tube
2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on Rotation
board
4. Rotation board
5. Rotation board phase
capacitor not
connected (not for
NP++ and improbable)
4–12
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
40–010 Rotation Phases unbal5H
anced
The amplitude difference
of the current between
main and auxiliary is too
large.
40–010 Rotation phase error
6H
The Rotation board has
detected that the current
in the anode stator does
not show the correct
phase shift between main
and auxiliary.
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Potential cause
1. One Rotation wire
missing
2. Rotation board
3. Rotation board phase
capacitors inverted or
wrong value or not
connected (not for
NP++)
4. Wrong tube
configuration data
base
5. Tube problem (stator)
6. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube (only
for NP++)
1. Rotation board
2. Tube problem (stator)
3. HV cable between
HEMIT and tube (only
for NP++)
4. Rotation board phase
capacitors inverted or
wrong value (not for
NP++)
4–13
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube (cable from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
to tube for NP++. See Rotation
diagnosis).
Check that phases capacitors are
correctly connected (not for NP++)
If no cabling problem, run Rotation
diagnostic to differentiate between
rotation board and phase shift
capacitors (not for NP++).(See
diagnostic section).
Check wiring from rotation board to
tube (cable from rotation board to
HEMIT and HV cable from HEMIT
to tube for NP++).
Check that phases capacitors are
correctly connected (not for NP++)
Verify none is in short circuit.
If no wiring problem, run Rotation
diagnostic. (See diagnostic section)
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
NP++
NP++
NP++
2202119
Error
Message/explanation
code
40–010 Rotation Inverter perma7H
nent overcurrent
An overcurrent has
been detected and 3
restart have been tried
unsuccessfully within a
single rotation state
40–010 MAINS_DROP has failed
9H
The firmware of the
rotation board has detected the mains_drop
signal activation and
transmitted error to kV
control
40–011 PRD error(Z3Z4=bitmap)
0H
Firmware checksum,
RAM test and EPLD access are performed at
power up or reset.
40–011 F0 main frequency prob1H
lem.
EPLD has not applied the
inverter start command
40–
Rotor HW/FW Config er0112H ror
40–
IUVW short circuit error
0113H (only for NP++)
40–
HV cable short circuit er0114H ror (only for NP++)
40–
0115H
HV cable open error (only
for NP++)
40–014 Unknown rotation error.
9H
The main software received an error from rotation board with no error
code associated
Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Tube stator winding
in short circuit –>
cable (NP) or HEMIT
(only for NP++)
3. Wiring incorrect
(shorted)
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus
between power unit
and auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
Rotation board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check wiring from rotation
board to tube.
–Troubleshoot tube windings
–Replace Rotation board
–Do a power and grounding
check.
–If systematic, replace Rotation
board
Replace Rotation board.
Rotation board
–Retry
–Replace Rotation board.
Rotation board
Download official data base
If the problem persists, change rotor
– Retry
– Change rotation board
– Check HV cable impedance
– Change tube
– Change Hemit
IUVW signal shortcircuited
on rotation board
Short circuit on:
– Tube stator
– Hemit secondary
– Anode HV cable
Or bearings of tube broken
Open circuit on:
– Tube stator
– Hemit secondary
– Anode HV cable
Software problem
4–14
– Check HV cable connection and
impedance. Replace if open.
– Check tube stator impedance
– Check Hemit secondary
impedance. Replace HEMIT if open.
No action.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Associated data structure:
PRD error:
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Rotation database error:
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
Other errors:
rotation state :
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC
4–15
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
50–020 No CAN message re1H
ceived within 5 sec’s
The Heater board has not
received any command
from the kV control main
software for the last 5
sec., interpreted as a loss
of communication
50–020 Heater inverter permanent
3H
overcurrent.(SW limit)
Issued by the heater
board when an overcurrent has been detected
and 3 restarts have been
tried without success within 100 ms
50–020 Filament permanent open
4H
circuit.
Issued by the heater
board when an open has
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
50–020 Heater Inverter permanent
5H
short circuit (HW limit)
Issued by the heater
board when a short circuit
has been detected and 3
restarts have been tried
without success within
100 ms
50–
Filament current too high
0206H on inverter 1 for “Pre–
Heat”
This is the result of an integrated value of the RMS
current measurement on
Heater board comparison
with max. Tube value in
data base.
Potential cause
1. kV Control main
software lost
2. kV control or Heater
board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of
the pin on the CAN bus
line connector
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Unlikely to happen. This is a debug
error.
–Retry
–Re initialise and retry.
1. Heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
1. X–ray tube filament
open
2. Heater to HV tank
cable
3. Cathode HV cable or
pin contacts
4. Open circuit in filament
transformer inside HV
Tank.
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater
board is working properly. Check
heater board to HV Tank to tube
connections. If OK, test with Ohm–
meter HV Tank heater transformers
(primary and secondary) and filament impedance. Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as above. If
all are right, replace heater board
–Restart. If persistent, replace
Heater board
1. Heater board
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
4–16
–It’s unlikely, but reload NVRam database.
–Replace heater board.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error
code
50–
0207H
2202119
Message/explanation
Filament current too high
on inverter 1for “Boost”
Same as above
50–
Filament current too
0208H high on inverter 1for
“Heat”
Same as above
50–021 Current over estimated
0H
fork range
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
m sec.) on heater board
is too low
50–021 Current under estimated
1H
fork/ range
RMS filament current
measurement (every 0.5
msec.) on heater board
is too high
50–
MAINS_DROP detected.
0212H The firmware of the Heater board has detected the
mains_drop signal activation and has transmitted
error to kV control
50–021 PRD error
3H
Firmware checksum, RAM
test and EPLD access are
performed at power up or
reset.
50–
Boost too long on inver0214H ter1.
Boost command stayed
longer than 400ms
50–
Filament selection error.
0215H
The relay on the Heater
board selecting the filament is in the wrong position with respect to the
selection
Potential cause
1. Tube data base or calibration
2. Heater board
1. Tube data base or
calibration
2. Heater board
1. short circuit
2. Heater board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Same as above
Same as above
–Switch on the other filament:
if no error is reported, heater
board is working properly. Check
heater board to HV Tank to tube
connections. If OK, test with
Ohm–meter HV Tank heater
transformers (primary and secondary) and filament impedance.
Order accordingly
If the same error is reported,
check the connections as
above. If all are right, change
heater board
Replace heater board
1. Open circuit
2. Heater board
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector
contact in DC bus
between power unit
and auxiliary unit
4. Heater board
Heater board
–Do a power and grounding check.
–If systematic, replace heater
board
May be a loss of communication during boost.
Retry.
It will probably be followed by another communication code.
Heater board
Replace heater board
4–17
Replace heater board.
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Error
code
50–
0216H
50–
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
50–
0248H
50–
0249H
2202119
Message/explanation
Potential cause
Current feedback not
null when inverter OFF
Inverter current has
been measured while
the inverter was not
commanded
Filament Database not
correct
The firmware of the heater
board has detected that
the Received Data base
from kV control contains
erroneous data for Tube 1,
2, 3, or 4.
Unknown heater LF error
The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated
Unknown heater SF error
The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated
Heater board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Replace heater board
1. Wrong kV control data
base. It can only
happen at power up.
–Reload NVRam data base.
–ultimate is to replace Heater
board.
1. software problem
No action
1. software problem
No action
Associated data structure:
PRD error :
component failure :
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Filament database error :
2 bytes bitmap ( LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
other errors :
1 byte bitmap with the following structure :
bit7 (MSB)
bit6
bit5
bit4
focus selected
tube selected
0=small focus selected
1=tube 1 selected
1=large focus selected
2=tube 2
3=tube 3
4=tube 4
bit3
bit2
small focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
4–18
bit1
bit0 (LSB)
large focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Exposure errors (Code 60)
Class 3
Error Message/explanation
code
60–030 No kV feedback on anode
6H
side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on anode side only
60–030 No kV feedback on cath7H
ode side
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on cathode side only
60–030 No kV Feedback (on
8H
anode and cathode)
kv measured <12kV
0,5ms after start of exposure on both anode and
cathode.
60–030 kV detected during kV
9H
diagnostics.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics while no
kV must be generated.
60–031 kV MAX detected
0H
kV reached 160 kv during
exposure
60–031 ILP current not OK.
1H
The current in the parallel
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
60–031 ILR current not OK
2H
The current in the serial
resonant circuit of the inverter did not rise at the
beginning of the exposure.
60–031 Inverter max. ILR cur3H
rent detected.
This is a hardware
detection of maximum
current in serial resonant circuit.
Potential cause
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
1. HV cable short circuit
2. HV tank
3. kV control board (less
probable)
1. HV tank
2. kV control board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Troubleshoot HV cables : run no
load kV diagnostic along with inverting HV cables
If HV cables are right, replace HV
Tank
–Verify flat cable connections and
sitting between kV control and HV
tank.
– Replace HV Tank
Improper setup before the
diagnostic is run.
See HV power diagnostic section.
kV control
Replace kV control board
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
See above
run HV power diagnostics
1 Tube (it can be casing spits, error 0324H
data=1 or 2)
2 HV tank
3 kV control
4 inv LC resonant circuit
run HV power diagnostics in order to determine if it is associated to tube
If during the test, you have kV unbalance, see error 0319H.
4–19
run HV power diagnostics
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
(*)
for
NP
(*)
for
NP
2202119
Class 3
Error Message/explanation
code
60–031 ILR Current time out.
4H
The current resonant frequency is lower than expected
60–031 Spit Max error.
6H
kV control has detected
the number of tube spits
during exposure has
reached the limit (see
theory of operation, software section)
Potential cause
1. kV control
2. Inverter
3. Current measurement
circuit.
reasonably x–ray tube
60–031 Spit Ratio error.
7H
kV control has detected
the rate of tube spits during exposure has reached
the limit (see theory of operation, software section)
reasonably x–ray tube
60–031 kV did not reach 75% af8H
ter 20ms.
Indicates that there were
no HV ON signal generated for exposure time
count–up
60–031 kV unbalanced detected.
9H
Detects that there is more
than 12kV difference between kV+ and kV –
60–032 FPGA problem; Safety hit
0H
with unknown reason
No error at the inputs
while checking for error
source.
60–032 ILP and ILR current not
3H
OK
No inverter current measures at the beginning of
the exposure
1. kV control
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
run HV power diagnostics
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
– if it is associated to kV regul out
spit detection, check mains input
voltage connection
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
–Try again at various kV/mA to confine problem.
– if it is associated to kV regul out
spit detection, check mains input
voltage connection
–Troubleshoot HV section. (x–ray
tube, cable, HV tank)
–Diagnose based on tube history.
Replace kV control.
HV tank
–Try again at various mA to confirm
problem.
Replace HV tank
1. This may be due to
transient interference
(Spikes).
2. SW bug
Do a power and Grounding Check.
Verify cabling and contacts.
If permanent or too systematic, replace kV control board.
Report to engineering
run HV power diagnostics
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit. (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control board
4–20
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Not
on
CT
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
60–040 No mA feedback
1H
mA measurement function:
kV control has detected
no mA feedback 20 ms after the beginning of the
exposure.
Potential cause
60–040 mA scale error
2H
mA has been measured to
be either too low or too
high with respect to mA
demand 20 ms after the
beginning of the exposure
4. kV control board
5. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
6. HV Tank (improbable)
60–040 mA accuracy exceeded
3H
5%
(Class
Measured mA every 50
2 error) msec exceeded 5% of mA
demand.
This error is logged, but
does not stop the exposure.
60–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup4H
ply error
gate supply voltage has
dropped below the level
required to drive the
IGBTs properly
60–080 Exposure backup mAs ex1H
ceeded
The exposure command
last so long that the maximum mAs allowed has
been reached
60–080 Exposure backup time ex2H
ceeded.
The exposure command
last longer than the duration that was loaded by
the system (Backup time
+ 5%.)
2. tube spit
6. HV tank
7. kV control board
8. x–ray tube (filament
open or short circuited)
9. Cathode HV cable
short–circuited
10.Misconnection between HV+ and HV–
after a tank replacement
11. heater function
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
– Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is far out of range, (4.9 to
5.1 Ohm, including DVM accuracy)
replace HV Tank.
– Verify filament impedance
– Verify filament drive (heater)
– Replace kV control board
– After a tank replacement, verify
the HV cable connection.
– If the tube has just been replaced
or installed, run many exposures
until the filament correction adjusts
the default filament drive values.
– If the error occurs after a while on
a system :
Disconnect HV Tank to kV control
flat cable and verify with an Ohm–
meter the accuracy of the 5 Ohms
resistor on the HV Tank mA measure. If it is out of range, replace HV
Tank else replace kV control board
no action
4. Inverter (gate command board)
5. kV control board
6. Generator input voltage too low or line impedance too high
2. exposure command
line stuck to the active
state
run HV power diagnostics
4. System
5. System–Generator
cable
6. I/F board : exposure
line stuck to the active
state
–Retry, changing parameters and
duration
– disconnect system–Generator
cable in different places and check
exposure command line voltage
4–21
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Not
CT
Not
CT
Not
CT
for
NP
Not
NP
Not
NP
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
60–080 Exp cmd while gene not
3H
ready.
Generator received an exposure command while
not in ready state
60–141 Time counter error.
1H
Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
60–140 mAs counter error.
7H
Error found in verifying the
counter normal operation.
60–140 AEC counter error.
8H
If there is no AEC feedback in AEC station exposure.
60–140 mAs meter saturated.
9H
A check is done on mAs
counter operation at the
beginning of exposure and
found the mAs meter with
unrealistic value.
60–141 FPGA locked.
0H
FPGA detected an error
and did not allow start exposure after exposure
command signal was received.
60
Spit retry failed (only for
0321H NP/NP+)
60
0323H
ILP and ILR current not
OK
60
1420H
60
1421H
Tomo cut too early (only
for RAD)
Time cut instead tomo
(only for RAD)
Potential cause
1. Software bug/problem
2. Cable / communication
problem
3. External cause
(Spikes)
kV control board
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
If problem is persistent, check heater, anode rotation and system to
Generator preparation command to
find the root cause for the Generator not to be ready
Replace kV control Board
kV control board
Replace kV control Board
1. ION chamber
2. AEC cable, connection
3. AEC board
Run AEC diagnostics (See diagnostic section)
1. kV control
Replace kV control
1. software bug
2. kV control
If persistent replace kV control
1. Tube (most probable)
2. HV cables
3. HV tank
If this error is associated to spit
detection on anode side, same time,
(0324h data 1), change tube
else run no load HV diagnostics.
run HV power diagnostics
1. Inverter LC resonant
circuit (Inverter coil
assy, capa inverter
assy, current transformers.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
Positioner cut exposure
before programmed time
Positioner does not cut
exposure
4–22
positioner trouble
positioner trouble
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Power supply (Code 70)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
70–050 DC bus out if range (<400
1H
or >850)
70–050 Inverter Gate Power Sup3H
ply error (checked at prep)
70–050 Mains power supply has
5H
dropped During exposure
Potential cause
1. mains problem (Too
low or too high)
2. One phase missing at
Generator input
1. Mains
2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board
(Inverter)
4. kV control
unknown
Not
NP
70–050 DC bus 1 phase pre–
6H
charge error.
Found DC bus did not
reach 400V after 10 sec.
Charge relay is not activated and pre–charge
relay drops.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pre–charge resistor
Relay
ACDC module
LVPS
kV control board
Not
NP
70–050 DC bus 1 phase discharge
7H
error.
Found that DC bus voltage is > 30 V before pre–
charge.
ACDC
4–23
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check mains line 3 phases incoming voltage.
–Verify line impedance if mains is
low.
run HV power diagnostics
None
WARNING!: Potential residual
voltage. Make sure all the NEON
are off. Verify with a DVM, range
400VDC that there is no voltage
on the capacity bench before any
intervention
–Verify LED on LVPS
–Listen to relay clicking at power
on.
–Check resistor
Replace ACDC module.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
70–057 Detected –15V too low
7H
–15V is higher than –13V
(measured on heater
board)
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Potential cause
1.
2.
3.
4.
LVPS (open circuit)
Heater board
rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit) (improbable)
70–057 Detected –15V too high
3H
–15V is lower than –17.3V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
70–056 Detected +15V too low
+15V is lower than 13V
7H
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
3. rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit)
(improbable)
4–24
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
pin3). If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin3) and
(J1,pin3).If no continuity, replace
heater board
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin3 of the connector: if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board. Else,
check pin3 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate
the board inducing a voltage drop
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check –15V on heater board (J3,
pin3). If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin3 of the connector: if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
pin4). If OK, replace heater board.
If voltage=0, check the continuity on
heater board between (J3, pin4) and
(J1,pin2).If no continuity, replace
heater board
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin2 of the connector : if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board. Else,
check pin2 of the control bus cable
when disconnecting the cable from
each board successively to isolate
the board inducing a voltage drop
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
70–056 Detected +15V too high
+15V is higher than 17.3V
3H
(measured on heater
board)
Potential cause
70–055 Detected +160V too low
7H
+160V is lower than 110V
(measured on heater
board)
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–055 Detected +160V too high
3H
+160V is higher than
225V (measured on heater board)
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
70–054 Unknown LVPS error
9H
The main software received a LVPS error with
no error code associated
1. Software problem
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
4–25
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 15V on heater board (J3,
pin4). If OK, replace heater board.
Else, disconnect the control bus
cable from the LVPS board and
check the pin2 of the connector : if
voltage is wrong replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater
board. If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS
board.
Verify that the DC bus on LVPS
board is in an acceptable range
(CF1/CF2) If no, verify AC/DC fuse
and AC input voltage.
Check 160V on CF2/1 on heater
board. If OK, replace heater board
Else, disconnect the CF2 cable and
measure again on the LVPS side. If
voltage is wrong, replace LVPS
board.
No action
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Hardware errors (Code 80)
Class 4
Error
Message/explanation
code
80–018 Rotation board commu0H
nication problem.
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Rotation board popped up
because it did not get reply from Rotation board.
80–018 Rotation board has reset.
1H
kV control has detected
the Rotation board has reset. KV control will reload
Rotation data base.
Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
1. Rotation board
2. Interference (Spikes)
4–26
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
A/Check that rotation firmware is
running (DS5 Led is blinking).
If no :
1/verify rotation board 5V : Led DS3
is lit. If no : verify DS1/DS2 Leds : if
they are lit, replace rotation board,
else go to +/–15V errors
troubleshooting
2/ verify that RESET Led is not lit. If
it is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from heater and
kV control to find the board which is
holding the reset line and replace it.
If after disconnecting all the boards,
the Led remains lit, replace rotation
board
3/ else replace rotation board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is correctly connected to the Rotation
board
C/else replace kV control
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace Rotation
board or check power and grounding.
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
80–028 Heater board communica0H
tion problem
kV control board communication Watch Dog with
Heater board popped up
because it did not get reply from Heater board.
Potential cause
80–028 Heater board has reset.
1H
KV control has detected
the heater board has reset. KV control will reload Rotation data base.
80–032 kV ref ADC / DAC failed
2H
kV control DAC and
ADC capability are permanently tested for coherency.
80–060 RTL error (+ associated
1H
data to check which of the
4 RTL lines)
Real Time Lines show a
wrong state. RTL’s are
tested on a regular basis
in stand by.
1. Heater board
2. Interference (Spikes)
1. Heater board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
A/Check that heater firmware is running (DS1/2 Led are lit successively).
If no :
1/verify heater board 5V : J3/pin2. If
wrong : verify +15V/–15V (J3,
pin3,4) : if they are right, change
rotation board, else go to +/–15V
errors troubleshooting
2/ verify that RST Led is not lit. If it
is lit, disconnect successively the
control bus cable from LVPS to rotation and kV control to find the board
which is holding the reset line and
replace it. If after disconnecting all
the boards, the Led remains lit, replace heater board
3/ else replace heater board
B/Verify the flat cable between kV
control and auxiliary module is correctly connected until the heater
board
C/else replace kV control board
–Reinitialize system, retry.
–If persistent, replace board or
check power and grounding.
KV control board
Only if this error is repetitive and
comes alone (Not following other
errors), replace kV control board.
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication
power supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
4–27
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Error Message/explanation
code
80–060 External CAN bus off
2H
Potential cause
80–090 Tube Fan supply error.
2H
Rotation board has detected that a wrong voltage is applied to the tube
fan
80–140 Internal CAN bus off
2H
Can device on kV control
board detected abnormal
level on it’s 2 line and sent
error to the CPU
1. No 115V tube cooling
supply
2. Rotation board
–Check presence of the AC voltage
(DS6 neon) at the input of the Rotation board.
If ok, replace the rotation board
1. kV control
2. Control bus cable
3. Heater or Rotation
80–140 Connection Fault
3H
One of the flat cable connector is not connected in
Generator.
80–140 FPGA configuration prob4H
lem.
Detected during power up.
The kV control main software cannot load the
FPGA.
80–140 Tank temperature sensor
5H
problem.
Means that t° value of the
HV tank is < 10°C
80–140 Inverter temperature sensor problem (not imple6H
mented).
Multiple, but likely improbable.
kV control board.
Check a wrong contact short circuit
on CAN lines, pins 5 & 6, of the
control bus cable. Short circuit may
be either on Boards or connector/
cable.
If no fault detected, replace kV control
Check connection of the following
cables : kV control to system I/F
board, kV control to HV tank, HV
tank to inverter.
Replace kV control board.
kV control
HV tank
Replace kV control
Replace HV Tank
kV control
Replace kV control
1. system communication
power supply (for isolated communications)
2. system communication
cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV
control flat cable
5. kV control board
4–28
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Check communication cable
–Check system communication
power supply (if any)
–Check system interface to kV control flat cable
–replace system interface board
–replace kV control board
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Application errors (Code 90)
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
90–070 NV RAM checksum pb.
1H
Generator kV control
board has detected corruption in the NV Ram
verification (After power
up)
0702H Software problem.
0704H
0705H
Rotation/Heater hold too
long.
Will pop up if preparation command from the
system is maintained
longer than 3 minutes.
System or database
configuration error
The identifier of the system and the database are
not compatible
Potential cause
1. Database problem
2. External cause
(Spikes)
3. kV control
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
If persistent :
–Reload the Data base. If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board and reload the data base.
1. Software or Data
Base problem.
2. kV control board
failure.
–Reload the Data base
–Reload the software and database
If no improvement :
–Replace kV control board
Software problem.
No action
1. Database problem
Download the Data base
– Check system software release
(OC)
4–29
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Communication errors(code 100)
not
NP
not
NP
Class 4
Error Message/explanation
code
100–06 Debug screen com. error
03H
100–06 Database download error
Generator has detected a
04H
problem during data base
download
100–06 TAV communication error.
05H
Generator has detected a
communication problem
between the I/F and the
service laptop (When
Generator is controlled by
the laptop)
100–06 MPC/Madrid communica06H
tion error.
No reply from the console.
(This error message can
be seen using the service
laptop)
100–13 AEC board communica01H
tion error.
Potential cause
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
Engineering use
1. Database file incorrect
2. Transmission problem
Retry
Check data base file
Potential laptop incompatibility
1. Software / laptop problem
2. Cable problem
Retry
1. Cable, connection
problem between
Generator and the
console.
2. Interface board
3. Console problem
–verify the console is powered .
–Verify EMIT LED on the interface
board.
–Verify cabling, connection.
–Verify communication with the
service computer operates.
1. Verify cables
connection
2. AEC board
3. Interface board
–
4–30
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Thermal errors(code 110)
Class 5
Error Message/explanation
code
110–08 Tank Thermal Error
04H
HV tank temperature
measurement has
reached 60 degree C for
Np/Np+ or 66 degree c for
Np++
110–
0805H
Inverter thermal error
Potential cause
1. HV tank too hot; normal
error
2. HV tank
3. kV control
Software bug
110–09 70 degree C thermal safe03H
ty error
70° loop detected open
1. X–ray tube too hot;
normal error
2. Cooling problem
3. Wiring problem
4. Sensor problem (Tube)
5. rotation board
110–
0904H
1. HEMIT tank
2. DC Disch board (HEMIT assy)
3. Rotation board
HEMIT Thermal error
(only for NP++)
110–14 Jedi inverter tempera54H
ture too high
1. Parameters kV, mA
and time exceeded
allowed use
2. software bug
4–31
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent while HV Tank is cool :
1/check LED DS1 on kV control (top
and right of board). If it is off,
change kV control
2/check flat cable connection between HV Tank and kV control
board
3/replace HV tank
4/replace kV control
Download software and database
again
If the problem persists, change
kV control
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent :
1/Check tube cooling (Fan),
troubleshoot 115 volts from PDU to
Fans, through Rotation board;
check tube thermal sensor
2/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board
–Wait for error clearance
–If persistent:
1/ Check 2A fuse on DC Disch
2/ Short circuit the sensor feedback of the HEMIT. If problem
disappears, replace the HEMIT.
3/ Replace DC–Disch
4/ short circuit the sensor feedback
on rotation board connector and
verify that error disappears. If no,
replace rotation board
– Wait cooling time
– change kv–ctrl board (if
trouble always present, report to
service)
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
Manipulation errors(code 120)
not
CT
not
CT
not
CT
Class 5
Error Message/explanation
code
120–15 Tomo brightness not good
00H
(RAD)
120–15 Release exposure switch
01H
(RAD)
120–15
AEC does not cut expo02H
sure (RAD)
Potential cause
kV not correctly set
during exposure switch is
released
backup parameters (mAs,
...) cut exposure
4–32
Recommended action/
Troubleshooting guide
change kV
no action
– change parameters (kV, mAs)
– change AEC
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-6
2202119
WARNING ERRORS
Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software events or voltages
threshold overtaking.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of error, they are listed here to
help error sorting out.
Should too many of them are seen when viewing error log, it is advised to report them via CQA, since the equipment
is still operating.
10
20
Rotation Warn- 0151H
ing
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
Heater Warning
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while Rotation not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while Rotation speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotation acceleration while in error
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
0251H
Received command is not OK
0252H
0253H
0254H
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
Heater command not OK
No CAN message received within 4 secs
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
CAN Domain command number error
CAN Domain request with no transfer init
CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Database download while heater not cut
4–33
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
25
Low Voltage
Power Supply
Warnings
0570H
0570H
0560H
0560H
0550H
0550H
0575H
0571H
0565H
0561H
0555H
0551H
0599H
27
Application
warnings
1401H
No more warn –15V too low
No more warn –15V too high
No more warn +15V too low
No more warn +15V too high
No more warn +160V too low
No more warn +160V too high
Detected –15V too weak
Detected –15V too strong
Detected +15V too low
Detected +15V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected +160V too high
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
This message is the result of a computation that is
made by the software based on the Date for a period of approximately 7 years
0703H
Watchdog reset has just occurred
– 1 if it often occurs, change kv–ctrl (if real reset of the board)
– 2 if it always occurs, report to service
4–34
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-7
2202119
OTHER FAILURES
Error
Message /
Potential cause
code
explanation
System GENERATOR
13.
No power on the
does not reply
Generator.
to the system 14.
EMC filter
15.
AC/DC– Diode
bridge
16.
Cable between AC/
DC and LVPS
17.
LVPS down
18.
CAN cable problem
19.
kV control
20.
CT interface
21.
Rotation board
22.
Heater board
23.
Inverter in short circuit
24.
Generator to system cable.
3 phases CB1
breaker trips
in PDU
2. Short circuit on the Generator :
n IGBT in short circuit
n ACDC or bridge rectifier
in short circuit
n EMC filter in short circuit
Software or
Data base
corrupt
1. After software download:
–Incorrect or uncompleted
download
–Checksum problem
4–35
Recommended action Troubleshooting guide
Perform the troubleshooting in the following way :
1/kV control Leds S0–S7 are lit successively : refer to communication errors troubleshooting
2/Leds S0–S7 show a specific pattern : refer to
PRD errors section
3/Led RESET is lit : board is maintained in reset
either by the system or by a system I/F failure or
kV control failure
4/Led HALT is lit : replace kV control
5/No Led is lit : verify that +5V on kV control board
(J6, pin2).is present. If yes, replace kV control. If
no :
6/ verify if +15V/–15V is present (Leds DS1/DS2).
If yes, replace kV control. If no :
7/ Verify if +15V/–15V is present on rotation board
(DS1/DS2) and the 160V is present on the heater
board (DS3). If yes : check the control bus cable
to the kV control board. If no error, change the kV
control board. If no :
8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes :
9/disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15V/–15V/160V output. If right :
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace
LVPS board
(
1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between
AC/DC and inverter (on AC/DC side)
2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace inverter
if no,
3/ Disconnect AC line cables between EMC and
AC/DC (on EMC side)
4/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace AC/DC FRU
if no :
5/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Retry download
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-8
2202119
HEATING WITHOUT HV NOR ROTATION DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes connected to the Generator
in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
Pre–requisites :
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D heater board alive and running : DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
D heater DC supply present : DS3 Led is lit
Test type : No manual interaction
Sequence :
Once selected the tube the test is running on , start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus :
D 5 seconds preheat
D 0,4s boost
D 5s heat ( focal spot max current – 1Amp )
There is 10s stop time between each focal spot run
During the test , the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
D Run JEDI ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
Error codes reporting :
Refer to the troubleshooting table
4–36
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
4-9
2202119
ROTATION WITHOUT HV NOR FILAMENT DIAGNOSTIC
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application supporting high speed
mode ) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or
a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection between rotation board, HEMIT (only for NP++) and tube.
Pre–requisites:
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D rotation board alive and running : DS5 Led blinking
D rotation DC supply present : DS7 neon is lit
D cabling between rotation board and tube checked (including HEMIT connections for NP++ only)
Test type: No manual interaction, no loop on
Sequence:
Once selected the tube the test is running on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode allowed) :
D acceleration ( time depends on tube type )
D 2s run
D brake ( time depends on tube type )
There is 2s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test , the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode
D Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
4–37
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Error codes reporting for generators without HEMIT:
Refer to the troubleshooting table
Error codes reporting for generators with HEMIT (only for NP++):
error code
associated data
conclusion
0103H
associated data points only to high
Power–off. Check cabling. If problem, replace the
0104H
speed mode
rotation board. If the problem persists, replace the
0105H
HEMIT tank. See note *
0106H
0107H
0109H
associated data points to both high
Check cabling. If problem, replace the rotation board
speed and low speed mode
0111H
0112H
associated data points to both high
Download official data base (NPv3). If the problem
speed and low speed mode
persists, change rotor.
40–
HV cable short circuit error
There is a short circuit in the High voltage line between
Open circuit on:
Hemit and tube. The actions are:
0114H
– Tube stator
– Check HV cable impedance (Hemit ST to Tube +)
– Hemit secondary
– Change tube
–Anode HV cable
– Change Hemit
•
Or bearings of tube broken
(**).
40–
HV cable open error
There is an open circuit in the High voltage line
0115H
between Hemit and tube. The actions are:
– Check HV cable connection and impedance
– Check tube stator impedance
– Check Hemit secondary impedance. Replace HEMIT
if open.
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table
*Note: Before replacing the rotation board, check the impedance of the primary and secondary of the HEMIT. In
order to do a correct measure, check before the impedance of the cables of the multimeter.
• The impedance of the primary is measured between two pins of the connector J1 of the Bouchon
board in the HEMIT (3 measures). The value is low, between 0.8 ohm and 1.6 ohm.
• If the impedance is too low (short –circuit) replace the HEMIT
• If the impedance is too high (open circuit) replace the HEMIT
• The impedance of the secondary. Measure between two pins of the HV connector marked as “ST”.
(large, small and common). For the three measures the value should be between 0.8 ohm and 1.6
ohm.
• If the impedance is too low (short –circuit) replace the HEMIT
• If the impedance is too high (open circuit) replace the HEMIT
4–38
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
4-10 HV POWER DIAGNOSTICS
4-10-1 Inverter Gate Command Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs gate drive supply
and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no inverter currents nor High voltage
are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode
rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
Test type : Manual operation is required.
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board ( see central listing )
2/ Power on the Generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
6/ Press the exposure switch (10s exposure is taken after 10 sec delay)
7/ During the “exposure”, verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit : IGBTs gate drive is working properly
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
10/ Power off the Generator
11/ Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see central listing )
4–39
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error reporting :
error
DS1 neon lit
DS300 neon off
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/
0310/ 0311/ 0312/ 0313/ 0314/
0319/ 0323 (H)
0320
0501
0503
0504
one of
DS101/DS102/DS201/DS202
Leds off while no error
reported
DS100 and/or DS200 Leds
off
2202119
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables have been removed
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board
if problem persists, replace Kv control board
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Replace inverter
Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.
If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
4–40
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
4-10-2 Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostic
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is commanded at a
fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set. . At
the same time verification is made that no High voltage is measured. This test is performed without connecting the
HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this
test.
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Test type : Manual operation is required.
4–41
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Sequence :
1/ Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with the HV Tank
primary cables
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit ) between the the two capacitors as shown (in red, the
cable):
(NP++ Configuration)
Parallel
inductor
4–42
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
(NP/NP+/ESR Configuration)
Parallel
inductor
1/ The parallel inductor must be connected
2/ Power on the Generator
3/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
4/ Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
5/ Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
6/ Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
7/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
8/ Release the exposure switch
9/ verify error reported on the console
10/ Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
11/ After exiting the test, power off the Generator
12/ Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables ( see HV Tank D/R job card ).
Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
4–43
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
Error reporting :
error
DS1 neon off
DS300 neon off
0301/ 0302/ 0303/ 0304/ 0309/
0310/ 0319 (H)
0311
0312
0313
0314
0320
0323
0501
0503
0504
0505
2202119
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board
No Ilp current detected. See note 2
No Ilr current detected. See note 3
replace kV control board
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
if problem persists, replace kV control board
Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1
kV control or inverter can be faulty
kV control or inverter can be faulty
kV control or inverter can be faulty
Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter can be
faulty
Note 1 : Ilp and Ilr currents not detected
1/ Check the –15V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing).
If it is not lit, refer to “other failures” section. Else :
2/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
3/ Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly connected. If
yes :
4/ Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
5/ Check that HV Tank is correctly connected to the capacitors set. If yes :
6/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes, replace the inverter
7/ Reconnect all the cables
Note 2 : Ilp current not detected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no : replace inverter. If yes :
4/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set. Else :
5/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else :
6/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes :
7/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of J2
of HV Tank is 3,3Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
8/ Reconnect all the cables
4–44
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 11
2202119
Note 3 : Ilr current not detected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace capacitor set. Else :
4/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set. Else :
5/ Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly connected.
If yes :
6/ Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin20 and pin21 of J2
of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace inverter. If yes : replace kV control board.
7/ Reconnect all the cables
Note 4 : Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected
1/ Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2/ Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes :
3/ Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes : replace the capacitor set. Else :
4/ Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no : replace the capacitor set. Else : replace kV control board.
5/ Reconnect all the cables
4-10-3 No Load HV Diagnostic without Anode Rotation nor Filament Heating
Purpose :
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly. The exposure is taken
as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is running. Verification is made that the inverter
currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are
generated.
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x–ray tube problem by running it with or without the HV
cables plugged on the HV tank. (*)
Pre–requisites :
D Generator input line in an acceptable range ( 380V–10% to 480V+10% for 3–phase AC input )
D kV control board alive and running : S0–S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them blink
D inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present : DS300 neon is lit
D inverter dual snubber board DC supply present : DS1 neon is lit
D Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
D Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
D (*) HV receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.
Test type : Manual operation is required.
4–45
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
Sequence :
1/ Power on the Generator
2/ Push the TGP board reset switch, or OGP board reset switch.
3/ Start the diagnostic and verify :
– error reported on the operator console
– inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS 102, DS201, DS202 are lit : IGBTs gate drive supply is
working properly
4/select kV (Default = 80 kV) and exposure time (Default = 1 sec.)
5/ Press the exposure switch (500ms exposure is taken)
6/ During the “exposure”, verify :
– error reported on the operator console
7/ Release the exposure switch
8/ Run ERROR LOG RETRIEVE to see the Error Code.
9/ Power off the Generator
Error reporting :
See troubleshooting table
4–46
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 11
2202119
4-11 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS
Illustration 4–1
Generator Visual Power Supply Distribution
L: Neon’s
Z: LED’s
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
L
Heater board
DC bus, 400 ...800 V.
DS 1
DS 3
Z
+M –
INVERTER. & LLC.circuit
L
DC bus,
160V
(120 to
200 V).
+15 V
– 15 V
F1
DS 1
Gate command board
DS 300
LVPS
L
NE 1
L
AC/DC
NP I/F
DS 1 , 2
–15v, +15v
kV ctrl
“VCC“ + 5 V
Z
DS 2
+15 V
– 15 V
ZZ
OGP
12V
≅
ZZZ
DS 3, 2, 1
+5, –15, +15
+15 V
– 15 V
+
–
Rotor
Board
L
DS 7
L
DS 6
EMC Flt.
3ph, 380 – 480VAC
C
B
1
DC Disch (HEMIT assy)
Z DS1 (only for NP++)
K1
ZDS2
PDU
4–47
115V
AC
ZDS3
LDS4
X–RAY GENERATOR
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
4–48
X–RAY GENERATOR
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
PAGE
SECTION 1 – EMERGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1–1
SECTION 2 – SAFETY LOOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2–1
SECTION 3 – GANTRY ROTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3–1
SECTION 4 – TILT FWD/BWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4–1
SECTION 5 – CRADLE IN/OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5–1
SECTION 6 – IMS IN/OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6–1
SECTION 7 – TABLE UP/DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7–1
SECTION 8 – AUTO VOICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8–1
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
i
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
2202119
ii
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 1 – EMERGENCY
PDU
GANTRY
24V
RMT CNT BD
FRONT RIGHT
TGP BD
CN3
J2
1
Safety Loop
J4
E–OFF SW
CN2
1
3
3
2
6
6
K11
2
REAR LEFT
REAR RIGHT
FCV BD
RSW BD
K15
EMRGL3
CN3
CN1
CN2
0
0
1
1
1
2
J1
1
FRONT EMRG–R
U145
J3
6
5
3
CN8
4
CN1
0
0
1
1
LSW BD
CN1
CN4
OC
0
1
1
1
2
FRONT EMRG–L
EMRGL4
6
REAR CN1 PANEL
5
3
4
J15
CN9
J10
Thermal SW
1
2
Thermal SW
1
2
J17
A20
0
1
0
1
RCV BD
A19
CN1
CN10
KEYBOARD
EMRG SW
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
1–1
CN10
1
1
2
2
CN2
0
REAR SW OPTION
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
1–2
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 2 – SAFETY LOOP
OC
Rear CN1 w/Panel
RMT CNT BD Assy
J3
J15
9
9
10
10
J1
J2
A25
4
1
PDU
A25
DBPCI
J3
Driver
Resister
PCI Back Plane
TGP BD Assy
BP Controller Card
CN2
1
PCI Host Card
4
(CN23)
HOST CPU
GANTRY
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
2–1
Safety Loop
1
4
(CN24)
1
4
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
2–2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 3 – GANTRY ROTATION
(*1)
CN2
TGP BD ASSY
CN10
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN5
To OC
Signal Brush
DGCOM–H
DGCOM–L
GDCOM–H
GDCOM–L
2
14
3
15
CN7
GDTRIG–H
GDTRIG–L
4
5
SUB BD ASSY
CN2
CN5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
CN1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
OGP
SERVO AMP
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
CN1
A
B
C
D
G
F
H
J
K
L
M
T
S
R
CN2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
(*1)
BRK
u v w N L
CN1
CN13
1 2 3
CN14
ROTATE
3
4
3 4
1
2
NF3
3
4
3
4
1
2
CN6
1
2
3
4
1 2 3
CN7
Rotate
Counter
1 2 3 4
CN8
1 2
Cover SW Assy
BUZZER
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
SERVO
MOTOR
1 2
OPT SW
Encoder
1C–BRK2
3–1
From PDU
200V
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
3–2
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 4 – TILT FWD/BWD
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
4–1
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
4–2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 5 – CRADLE IN/OUT
FCV
SW BD Front/Right
CN1
S7
S8
S9
OUT
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
TGP
CN1
CN4
28
11
28
11
K1
FAST
FAST
12
12
IN
IN_R
10
10
TBL BD
CN8
34
36
+5V IN
34
36
19
16
20
18
35
37
OUT_R
SWEN5V
FAST
IN_R
GND
19
16
20
18
35
37
CN1
TP
µp
CN1
TBL CONT BD
CN2
CN1
CN9
16 STEPSEL
16
6
CDPLSA
6
6 CDPLSA
18 CONTPLS
18
7
CDPLSB
7
7 CDPLSB
19 CINPLS
19
8
CDPLSC
8
8 CDPLSC
ENCODER
E
1 +5V
4 DGND
6 SGND
SW BD Front/Left
CN3
CN1
S7
S8
OUT
CN3
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
28
11
28
11
FAST
12
12
A/D
FAST
4
CPPOT–H
4
21 CPPOT–H
21
1
CPPOT–H
5
CPPOT–M
5
22 CPPOT–M
22
2
CPPOT–M
6
CPPOT–L
6
23 CPPOT–L
23
3
CPPOT–L
C–POT
4
S9
IN
IN_R
10
10
LATCH SW
COUTENC
CINENC
CN8
SW BD Rear/Right
RCV
CN1
S7
S8
S9
S10
OUT
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
CN1
CN4
28
11
28
11
K1
K2
FAST
FAST
12
12
IN_R
10
10
RENBL
26
14
26
14
IN
RENBL
CN9
34
36
+5V IN
19
16
20
18
35
37
OUT_R
SWEN5V
FAST
IN_R
DGND
34
36
19
16
20
18
35
37
28 LATCH
28
24 ONLACH
24
26 CDPLS–A
26
27 CDPLS–B
27
12
14
13
15
+5V
+5V
DGND
DGND
12
14
13
15
5
Latch SW
5
S8
21(23) DGND
20(22) +5V
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
CN3
28
11
28
11
GDTRIG
OUT
21(23)
20(22)
CN1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CINPLS–H
CINPLS–L
COUTPLS–H
COUTPLS–L
HOFF–H
HOFF–L
STEPSEL–H
STEPLEL–L
12
1
A
2
B
3
A
4
B
CN3
CN5
1
GND
12
2
24V
PS1
S9
IN
To OGP
–
IN_R
10
10
+S
26
14
–S
RENBL
26
14
L
+
S10
RENBL
From/To
OC
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
LEFT
CN2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
4 16 2 14 3 15
FAST
FAST
5 Latch SW
K3
Stepping Motor Driver
SW BD Rear/Left
S7
RIGHT
25
CN3
CN1
4 +5V
5–1
CRADLE–H
–L
OGCOM–H
–L
GOCOM–H
–L
N
AC115V
MOTOR
M
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
5–2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 6 – IMS IN/OUT
SW BD Front/Right
FCV BD
CN1
S7
S9
S10
OUT
IN
CN4
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
28
11
28
11
IN_R
10
10
IMS_R
26
14
26
14
IMS
TGP BD
CN1
TBL BD
CN8
34
36
19
18
22
16
35
37
+5V IN
+5V IN
OUT_R
IN_R
IMS_R
SWENBL
GND
GND
CN1
34
36
19
16
20
18
35
37
Servo Amp
CN1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
29
32
33
IPPOT–H
IPPOT–M
IPPOT–L
IMSALM
IMSSVE
ALMRST
IINPLS
IOUTPLS
TBLSEL
IMSPLS–A
IMSPLS–B
CN4
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
29
32
33
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IINPLS–H
IINPLS–L
IOUTPLS–H
IOUTPLS–L
AMP+5V
ALARM
SVE–H
SVE–L
ALMPST
SGND
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CN2
CN39
SW BD Front/Left
CN1
S7
S9
IN
CN3
TEMP+5V
OUT_R
28
11
28
11
IN_R
10
10
IMS_R
26
14
26
14
IMS
CN38
CN4
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
M
IMS
MOTOR
CN2
12 13
or or
2 3 4 9 10 11 25 26 27 14 15
IMSPLS–C
IMSPLS–A
IMSPLS–B
IPPOT–H
IPPOT–M
IPPOT–L
+5V
DGND
S10
OUT
9 10 11
12
or
14
CN1
CN4
Touch SW
Right (IMS)
CN42
1
3
4
6
CN6
1
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
7
8
IPPOT–L
IPPOT–M
IMPOT–H
IMS
POT.
2
3
CN44
1
3
4
6
Touch SW
Left (IMS)
CN10
1
2
3
4
5
6
CN45
1
3
4
6
CN7
1
2
3
7
8
CN47
1
3
4
6
TBL CONN BD
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
6–1
+5V
IMSPLS–B
IMSPLS–A
DGND
IMSPLS–C
SGND
E
IMS
ENCODER
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
6–2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 7 – TABLE UP/DOWN
SW BD Front/Right
FCV BD
CN1
S6
S11
UP
TEMP+5V
UP_R
TGP
CN4
28
16
28
16
CN1
K1
DOWN
DOWN_R
17
17
SUB BD
CN8
34
36
+5V IN
34
36
24
16
25
35
37
UPR
SWEN5V
DOWNR
GND
24
16
25
35
37
CN10
CN2
CN4
RTN
AC115V
µP
28
UPE
28
29
DNE
29
UP
26
UP
26
DN
27
DN
27
17
DNTSW
17
23
DNTCH
23
14
+5V
14
15
GND
15
20
+24
20
4
3
RTN
AC115V
K19
2
1
V
TABLE VALVE
P
TABLE PUMP
K18
SW BD Front/Right
CN1
S6
S11
UP
TEMP+5V
UP_R
CN3
28
16
28
16
DOWN
DOWN_R
17
17
21
SW BD Rear/Right(Option)
S11
S10
UP
TEMP+5V
UP_R
28
16
CN1
K1
RearEnable +5VSW
RENBL
17
26
14
CN9
34
36
K2
24
16
25
35
37
DOWN
DOWN_R
K7
K15
21
17
26
14
+5V IN
UPR
SWEN5V
DOWNR
GND
CN11
34
36
24
16
25
35
37
A/D
CN1
0
1
2
HPOT–H
HPOT–M
HPOT–L
0
1
2
20
22
+5V
20
22
21
23
DGND
21
23
CN1
AC115V
RTN
TBL BD
CN4
28
16
GND
RCV BD
CN1
S6
K12
Table/Tilt
6
8
PDU
SW1
TBL CONN BD
CN2
CN1
17
18
19
CN5
17
18
19
HPOT–H
HPOT–M
HPOT–L
1
2
3
1
SGND
4
3
H–POT
2
CN6
4
5
6
Touch Sensor
4
5
6
Touch Sensor
CN7
SW BD Rear/Right(Option)
CN1
S6
UP
TEMP+5V
UP_R
CN3
28
16
28
16
CN8
S11
S10
DOWN
DOWN_R
RearEnable +5VSW
RENBL
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
17
17
26
14
26
14
36
7–1
36
0
13/15
1
0
13/15
1
DNTCH1
DGND
DNTSCON
1
2
3
6
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Touch Sensor
R
L
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
7–2
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
REV 5
2202119
SECTION 8 – AUTO VOICE
Rear CN1
Host CPU (O2)
Key Board
J17
A13
B9
J5
System Module
Key BD
KBMIC
KBMIC RTN
TALK ON
KB MIC
B9
B10
Foot Switch
J16
Hard
Disk
Audio
Modulu
Low
Pass
Filter
J6
Audio L
In R
3
1
1
2
3
NC
NO
NAA1 Assy
J7
Audio L
Out R
AUTO VOICE
3
1
CN2
J9
1
Low
Pass
Filter
2
3
Low
Pass
Filter
4
LEFT
LEFT RTN
RIGHT
RIGHT RTN
PreAmp
1
CN1
1
2
OC Speaker
SP+
SP–
2
3
4
TGP BD
NAA2 Assy
FCV BD
6V
CN5
J14
DBPCI
A5
A6
X–RAY ON
ALERT ON
A21
A21
Tone Gen. IC
Tone Gen. IC
Elec.
Volume
J1
J4
8
9
10
11
12
13
22
23
24
25
PAT SPK
PAT MIC
+12V
+12V
+12V
+12V
+12V RTN
+12V RTN
+12V RTN
+12V RTN
CN6
CN4
8
9
10
11
12
13
22
23
24
25
1
2
Audio +12V Out
Audio GND Out
MIC OUT
LOUT+
LOUT–
THI IN+
THI IN–
SPI+
SPI–
B7
A7
B5
A5
B2
A2
CN1
CN9
CN3
PreAmp
1
2
3
MIC OUT
38 39
1
2
TBL BD
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
8–1
CN7
3
1
4
Mic.
RCV BD
38 39
CN7
1
2
3
PreAmp
SPI+
SPI–
CN11
1
2
3
CN1
CN6
6
7
10
11
16
17
CN8
CN2
1
2
CN40
1
2
Table Speaker
1
2
3
CN7
3
1
4
Mic.
PROPRIETARY TO GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY
blank
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAM
CT HISPEED SERIES
ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS
2202119
8–2
GE Medical Systems: Telex 3797371
P.O. Box 414, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201 U.S.A.
(Asia, Pacific, Latin America, North America)
GE Medical Systems – Europe: Telex 698626
283, rue de la Miniére, B.P. 34, 78533 Buc Cedex, France